HomeMy WebLinkAboutITB 21-08-01 Utility Undergrounding Golden Shores (final)
City of Sunny Isles Beach | Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 1
Invitation to Bid
Goods & Services
gt
UTILITY UNDERGROUNDING
FOR GOLDEN SHORES
Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01
Advertisement Date: Monday, August 16, 2021
Mandatory Pre-Bid Conference: Tuesday, August 31, 2021 at 1:00 PM
All Questions Due: Monday, September 13, 2021 by 5:00 PM
Submission due date: Tuesday, September 28, 2021 at 2:30 PM
Submit to: Sunny Isles Beach Government Center
City Clerk
18070 Collins Avenue, 4th Floor
City of Sunny Isles Beach | Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table of Contents Page 2
Legal Advertisement / Notice to Bidders Page 3
Instructions to Bidder / General Terms and Conditions Section 1 Page 4
Special Terms and Conditions Section 2 Page 10
Scope of Work and Technical Specifications Section 3 Page 18
Bid Submittal Instructions and Forms Section 4 Page 21
i. Bid Submittal Form Page 23
ii. Acknowledgement of Addenda Page 24
iii. Bid Pricing Page 25
AFFIDAVITS Page 32
Non-Collusion Affidavit
Public Entity Crimes
Equal Opportunity / Affirmative Action Statement
Conflict of Interest Statement
Dispute Disclosure Form
Anti-Kickback Affidavit
Contractor Anti-Boycott Certification
E-Verify Affidavit
Bid Bond
Performance Bond
City of Sunny Isles Beach | Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 3
LEGAL ADVERTISEMENT
NOTICE TO BIDDER
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the City of Sunny Isles Beach is seeking sealed Bids for the following
work as specified
UTILITY UNDERGROUNDING FOR GOLDEN SHORES
Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01
The Specifications for this Invitation to Bid (ITB) is available from DemandStar by calling (800) 711-1712
or by accessing their website at www.demandstar.com. The ITB may also be examined at the City of
Sunny Isles Beach, Office of the City Clerk. Bidders who obtain the ITB from sources other than
DemandStar or the City of Sunny Isles Beach are cautioned that their Bid response package may be
incomplete. Addenda will be posted and disseminated by DemandStar at least five calendar days prior to
the Bid due date to all Bidders who are listed on the official list. The City may not accept incomplete Bids.
Sealed Bids will be received by the City Clerk no later than 2:30 PM, on Tuesday, September 28, 2021
at the Sunny Isles Beach Government Center located at 18070 Collins Avenue, 4th floor, Sunny Isles Beach,
Florida, 33160. Bids received after this time will not be considered. The City is under no obligation to
return Bids. Timely submitted Bids will be opened publicly and read aloud at this time. The envelope
containing the sealed Bid must be clearly marked:
“IMPORTANT BID ENCLOSED
”Bid No. 21-08-01
TITLE: Utility Undergrounding for Golden Shores
OPENING DATE AND TIME: Tuesday, September 28, 2021 at 2:30PM
The City reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, with or without cause, to waive technical errors and
informalities, and to accept the Bid, which best serves the interest of, and represents the best value to, the
City in conformity with the criteria set forth in Section 62-8 of the Code of Ordinances of the City of Sunny
Isles Beach.
All questions regarding this Invitation to Bid shall be directed in writing to Mauricio Betancur, CMC, City
Clerk, prior to the deadline mentioned above. Questions may be submitted via email to:
MBetancur@sibfl.net or via facsimile (305) 792-1563 or via regular mail at: Mauricio Betancur, CMC, City
Clerk, City of Sunny Isles Beach, 18070 Collins Avenue, Sunny Isles Beach, FL 33160.
Pursuant to Florida Statutes 119.071, sealed bids, proposals or replies by an agency pursuant to a competitive
solicitation are exempt from inspection until such time as the agency provides notice of an intended decision or
until thirty (30) days after the opening of the bids, proposals, or final replies, whichever is earlier.
Mauricio Betancur, CMC, City Clerk
City of Sunny Isles Beach
City of Sunny Isles Beach | Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 4
SECTION 1
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDER / GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE STANDARD FOR ALL BID COMMODITIES/SERVICES ISSUED BY THE CITY OF SUNNY ISLES BEACH. THE CITY OF SUNNY ISLES BEACH MAY DELETE,
SUPERSEDE OR MODIFY ANY OF THESE STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS FOR A PARTICULAR CONTRACT BY INDICATING SUCH CHANGE IN SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
OR IN THE BID SHEETS. ANY AND ALL SPECIAL CONDITIONS THAT MAY VARY FROM THE GENERAL CONDITIO0NS SHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE. BIDDER AGREES THAT THE
PROVISIONS INCLUDED WITHIN THIS BID OR RFP SHALL PREVAIL OVER ANY CONFLICTING PROVISION WITHIN ANY STANDARD FORM CONTRACT OF THE BIDDER
REGARDLESS OF ANY LANGUAGE IN BIDDER’S CONTRACT TO THE CONTRARY.
1.1 CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION/QUESTIONS:
Any questions concerning the Bid Specifications or any required need
for clarification must be made to Mauricio Betancur, CMC, City Clerk
via email to: MBetancur@sibfl.net or via facsimile (305) 792-1563
or via regular mail at: Mauricio Betancur, CMC, City Clerk, City of
Sunny Isles Beach, 18070 Collins Avenue, Sunny Isles Beach, FL
33160. Such requests for clarification/explanation or questions must
be made in writing to Mauricio Betancur, CMC, City Clerk, at least
five (5) business days prior to the date of the Bid opening.
Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the City will
be issued by addenda and posted/disseminated by DemandStar
(www.demandstar.com) to all parties listed on the official plan
holders’ list as having received the Bid documents. Only questions
answered by written addenda shall be binding. Oral interpretations
or clarifications shall be without legal effect. No plea of ignorance
or delay or required need of additional information shall exempt a
Bidder from submitting their Bid on the required date and time as
publicly noted.
1.2 PLAN HOLDER’S LIST:
As a convenience to Bidders, the City of Sunny Isles Beach has made
available via internet lists of all plan holders for each Invitation to
Bid, Request for Proposal, and Request for Qualifications. The
information is available on-line at www.demandstar.com or by calling
the Office of the City Clerk at (305) 792-1703.
1.3 ADDENDA TO SPECIFICATIONS:
If any addenda are issued after the initial specifications are released,
the City will post and disseminate the addenda through DemandStar.
For those projects with separate plans, blue prints, or other materials
that cannot be accessed through the internet, the Office of the City
Clerk will make good faith effort to ensure that all registered Bidders
(those who have been registered as receiving a Bid package) receive
the documents. It is the responsibility of the Bidder prior to the
submission of any Bid to check the above website or contact the
Office of the City Clerk at (305) 792-1703 to verify any addenda
issued. The receipt of all addenda must be acknowledged on the Bid
Response Sheet.
1.4 SPECIAL ACCOMMODATIONS:
Any person requiring a special accommodation at a Pre-Bid
Conference or Bid/RFP/RFQ opening because of a disability should
call the Office of the City Clerk at (305) 792-1703 at lease five (5)
days prior to the Pre-Bid Conference or Bid/RFP/RFQ opening. If you
are hearing or speech impaired, please contact the Office of the City
Clerk by calling the City of Sunny Isles Beach using the Florida Relay
Service which can be reached at 1(800) 955-8771 (TDD).
1.5 PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES STATEMENT:
Pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (2) (a) of section 287.133,
Florida statutes -"a person or affiliate who has been placed on the
convicted vendor list following a conviction for a public entity crime
may not submit a Bid on a contract to provide any goods or services
to a public entity, may not submit a Bid on a contract with a public
entity for the construction or repair of a public building or public
work, may not submit Bids on leases of real property to a public
entity, may not be awarded to perform work as a Contractor,
supplier, sub-Contractor, or consultant under a contract with any
public entity, and may not transact business with any public entity in
excess of the threshold amount provided in section 287.107, for
category two for a period of 36 months from the date of being placed
on the convicted vendor list”.
1.6 BID DEADLINE:
Bids must be submitted no later than the time and date shown within
this document.
1.7 SEALED BID:
The entire Bid Response Package shall be placed in an opaque
envelope (with all items listed on the Bid checklist form and all other
items required within this Invitation to Bid must be executed) and
submitted in a sealed envelope.
1.8 BID EXECUTION, SIGNATURES, ERASURE/CORRECTION:
All Bids shall be signed in blue ink. All price quotes shall be
typewritten or printed with ink. All corrections made by the Bidder
prior to the opening must be initialed and dated by the Bidder. No
changes or corrections will be allowed after Bids are opened. Bids
must contain an original, manual signature of an authorized
representative of the company.
1.9 WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS:
Bidder may withdraw Bids only by written request and shall forward
the withdrawal request via “Certified U.S. Mail – Return Receipt
Requested” prior to the Bid opening time. Negligence on the part of
the Bidder in preparing the Bid confers no right for the withdrawal
of the Bid after it has been opened.
1.10 BID OPENING:
Bids will be opened publicly at the time and place stated in the Notice
to Bidder. It is the responsibility of the Bidder to insure that the Bid
reaches the Office of the City Clerk on or before the closing hour and
date stated on the Invitation to Bid. After the Bid opening, the
contents of the Bid Form will be made public for the information of
Bidders and other interested parties who may be present either in
person or by representative. Bids that are received after the Bid
opening time will not be considered and will not be returned.
1.11 EVALUATION OF BIDS:
The City, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to inspect any/all
Bidder facilities to determine their capability of meeting the
requirements for the Contract. Also, price, responsibility, and
responsiveness of the Bidder, the financial position, experience,
staffing, equipment, materials, references, and past history of
service to the City and/or with other units of state, and/or local
governments in Florida, or comparable private entities, will be taken
into consideration in the Award of the Contract.
1.11.1 Hold Harmless: All Bidders shall hold the City, it's
officials and employees harmless and covenant not to
sue the City, it's officials and employees in reference to
their decisions to reject, award, or not award a Bid, as
applicable.
1.11.2 Cancellation: Failure on the part of the Bidder to
comply with the conditions, specifications,
requirements, and terms as determined by the City,
shall be just cause for cancellation of the Award.
1.11.3 Disputes: If any dispute concerning a question of fact
arises under the Contract, other than termination for
City of Sunny Isles Beach |Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 5
default or convenience, the Contractor and the City
department responsible for the administration of the
Contract shall make a good faith effort to resolve the
dispute. If the dispute cannot be resolved by
agreement, then the department with the advice of the
City Attorney shall resolve the dispute and send a
written copy of its decision to the Contractor, which
shall be binding on both parties.
1.12 AGREEMENT:
After the Bid award, the City will, at its option, prepare an Agreement
specifying the terms and conditions resulting from the award of this
Bid. The Bidder will have ten (10) calendar days after notification of
the award by the City to execute the Agreement and provide the
required Performance Bond.
The Bidder who has the Contract awarded to them and who fails to
execute the Agreement and furnish the Performance Bond and
Insurance Certificates within the specified time shall forfeit the Bid
Security that accompanied their Bid, and the Bid Security shall be
retained as liquidated damages by the City, and it is agreed that this
sum is a fair estimate of the amount of damages the City will sustain
in case the Bidder fails to enter into the Contract and furnish the
Bonds as herein before provided. Bid Security deposited in the form
of a cashier’s check drawn on a local bank in good standing shall be
subject to the same requirements as a Bid Bond.
The performance of the City of Sunny Isles Beach of any of its
obligations under the agreement shall be subject to and contingent
upon the availability of funds lawfully expendable for the purposes
of the agreement for the current and any future periods provided for
within the Bid specifications.
1.13 PAYMENTS:
Payment will be made after commodities/services have been
received, accepted, and properly invoiced as indicated in the contract
and/or purchase order. Invoices must bear the purchase order
number.
1.14 BRAND NAMES:
If a brand name, make, of any "or equal" manufacturer trade name,
or vendor catalog is mentioned whether or not followed by the words
"approved equal" it is for the purpose of establishing a grade or
quality of material only. Bidder may offer equals with appropriate
identification, samples, and/or specifications on such item(s). The
City shall be the sole judge concerning the merits of items Bid as
equals.
1.15 MATERIAL:
Material(s) delivered to the City under this Bid shall remain the
property of the seller until accepted to the satisfaction of the City.
In the event materials supplied to City are found to be defective or
do not conform to specifications, the City reserves the right to return
the product(s) to the seller at the seller’s expense.
1.16 SAMPLES:
Samples of items, when required, must be furnished by the Bidder
free of charge to the City. Each individual sample must be labeled
with the Bidder’s name and manufacturer's brand name and
delivered by them within ten (10) calendar days of Bidder’s receipt
of the “Notice to Proceed”, unless schedule indicates a different time.
If samples are requested subsequent to the Bid opening, they should
be delivered within ten (10) calendar days of the request. The City
will not be responsible for returning samples.
1.17 QUANTITY GUARANTY:
No guaranty or warranty is given or implied by the City as to the total
amount that may or may not be purchased from any resulting
Contract or Award. These quantities are for Bid purposes only and
will be used for tabulation and presentation of the Bid. The City
reserves the right to increase or decrease quantities as required,
even significantly. The prices offered herein and the percentage rate
of discount applies to other representative items not listed in this Bid.
1.18 GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS ON MATERIALS:
In the event any governmental restrictions may be imposed which
would necessitate alteration of the material quality, workmanship, or
performance of the items offered on this Bid prior to their delivery,
it shall be the responsibility of the successful Bidder to notify the City
at once, indicating in their letter the specific regulation which
required an alteration. The City of Sunny Isles Beach reserves the
right to accept any such alteration, including any price adjustments
occasioned thereby, or to cancel at no further expense to the City.
1.19 SAFETY STANDARDS:
The Bidder warrants that the product(s) supplied to the City
conforms in all respects to the standards set forth in the occupational
safety and health act (OSHA) and its amendments. Bids must be
accompanied by a materials data safety sheet (MSDS) when
applicable.
1.20 WARRANTIES:
Successful Bidders shall act as agent for the City in the follow-up and
compliance of all items under Warranty/Guaranty and complete all
forms for Warranty/Guarantee coverage under this Contract.
1.21 COPYRIGHTS/PATENT RIGHTS:
Bidder warrants that there has been no violation of copyrights or
patent rights in manufacturing, producing or selling of goods shipped
or ordered, as a result of this Bid. The seller agrees to indemnify
City from any and all liability, loss, or expense occasioned by any
such violation.
1.22 LOCAL BUSINESS TAX (OCCUPATIONAL LICENSE
REGISTRATION):
The contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and maintaining
throughout the contract period his or her city and county local
business tax receipts. Each Bidder submitting a Bid on this Invitation
to Bid shall include a copy of the company’s local business
tax/occupational license(s) with the Bid response. For information
specific to City of Sunny Isles Beach local business tax/occupational
licenses, please call Code Enforcement & Licensing at (305) 792-
1705. If the contractor is operating under a fictitious name as
defined in Section 865.059, Florida Statutes, proof of current
registration with the Florida Secretary of State shall be submitted
with the Bid. A business formed by an attorney actively licensed to
practice law in this state, by a person actively licensed by the
Department of Business and Professional Regulations or the
Department of Health for the purpose of practicing his or her licensed
profession, or by any corporation, partnership, or other commercial
entity that is actively organized or registered with the Department of
State shall submit a copy of the current licensing from the
appropriate agency and/or proof of current active status with the
Division of Corporations of the State of Florida.
1.23 LIABILITY, INSURANCE, PERMITS AND LICENSES:
Bidder shall assume the full duty, obligation, and expense of
obtaining all necessary licenses, permits, inspections, and insurance
required. The Bidder shall be liable for any damages or loss to the
City occasioned by negligence of the Bidder (or their agent) or any
person the Bidder has designated in the completion of their contract
as a result of the Bid. Contractor shall be required to furnish a copy
of all licenses, certificates of competency or other licensor
requirements necessary to practice their profession as required by
Florida State Statute, Miami-Dade County, and City of Sunny Isles
Beach Code. Contractors shall include current Miami-Dade County
Certificates of Competency. These documents shall be furnished to
the City along with the Bid response. Failure to furnish these
documents or to have required licensor will be grounds for rejecting
the Bid.
1.24 CERTIFICATE(S) OF INSURANCE:
Bidder shall furnish to the Office of the City Clerk, City of Sunny Isles
Beach, 18070 Collins Avenue, Sunny Isles Beach, Florida 33160,
certificate(s) of insurance which indicate that insurance coverage has
City of Sunny Isles Beach |Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 6
been obtained from an insurance company authorized to do business
in the State of Florida or otherwise secured in a manner satisfactory
to the City, for those coverage types and amounts listed in this
document, in an amount equal to 100% of the requirements and
shall be presented to the City prior to issuance of any Contract(s) or
Award(s) Document(s). The City of Sunny Isles Beach shall be
named as "additional insured" with respect to this coverage. The
required certificates of insurance shall not only name the types of
policies provided, but shall also refer specifically to this Bid and
section. At the time of Bid submission the Bidder must submit
certificates of insurance as outlined in the General Conditions
section. All required insurances shall name the City of Sunny Isles
Beach as additional insured and such insurance shall be issued by
companies authorized to issue insurance in the State of Florida. It
shall be the responsibility of the Bidder and insurer to notify the City
Manager of the City of Sunny Isles Beach of cancellation, lapse, or
material modification of any insurance policies insuring the Bidder,
which relate to the activities of such Bidder and the City of Sunny
Isles Beach. Such notification shall be in writing, and shall be
submitted to the City finance support service director thirty (30) days
prior to cancellation of such policies. This requirement shall be
reflected on the certificate of insurance. Failure to fully and
satisfactorily comply with the city's insurance and bonding
requirements set forth herein will authorize the City Manager to
implement a rescission of the Bid award without further City
Commission action. The Bidder hereby holds the City harmless and
agrees to indemnify City and covenants not to sue the City by virtue
of such rescission.
1.25 ASSIGNMENT:
The Contractor shall not transfer or assign the performance required
by this Bid without prior written consent of the City Manager. Any
award issued pursuant to the Invitation to Bid and monies which may
be due hereunder are not assignable except with prior written
approval of the City Manager. Further, in the event that the majority
ownership or control of the Contractor changes hands subsequent to
the award of this contract, Contractor shall promptly notify City in
writing (via United States Postal Service – Certified Mail, Return
Receipt Requested) of such change in ownership or control at least
thirty (30) days prior to such change and City shall have the right to
terminate the contract upon sixty (60) days written notice, at City’s
sole discretion.
1.26 HOLD HARMLESS/INDEMNIFICATION:
The Contractor shall indemnify, hold harmless, and defend the City
of Sunny Isles Beach, it's officers, agents and employees from and
against any claims, demands or causes of action of whatsoever kind
or nature arising out of error, omission, negligent act, conduct, or
misconduct of the Contractor, their agents, servants or employees in
the provision of goods or the performance of services pursuant to
this Bid and / or from any procurement decision of the City including
without limitation, awarding the Contract to the Contractor.
1.27 NON-CONFORMANCE TO CONTRACT:
The City of Sunny Isles Beach may withhold acceptance of, or reject
items which are found upon examination, not to meet the
specification requirements. Upon written notification of rejection,
items shall be removed within (5) calendar days by the Bidder at
their own expense and redelivered at their expense. Rejected goods
left longer than thirty (30) calendar days will be regarded as
abandoned and the City shall have the right to dispose of them as
its own property. Rejection for non-conformance or failure to meet
delivery schedules may result in the Contractor being found in
default.
1.28 DEFAULT PROVISION:
In case of default by the Bidder, the City of Sunny Isles Beach may
procure the articles or services from other sources and hold the
Bidder responsible for any excess costs occasioned or incurred
thereby.
1.29 SECONDARY/OTHER BIDDERS:
The City reserves the right in the event the primary Bidder cannot
provide an item(s) or service(s) in a timely manner as requested, to
seek other sources without violating the intent of the Contract.
1.30 DEFINITIONS:
Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract
Documents, the following terms shall have the meaning indicated
which shall be applicable to both the singular and plural thereof:
Acceptance: Acceptance by the City of the Work as
being fully complete in accordance with
the Contract Documents subject to
waiver of claims.
Agreement: The written Agreement between the City
and the Contractor covering the Work to
be performed, which includes the
Contract Documents.
Addenda: Written or graphic instruments issued
prior to the Bid Opening which modify or
interpret the Contract Documents,
Drawings and Specifications, by addition,
deletions, clarifications or corrections.
Approved: Means approved by the City.
Bid: The offer of the Bidder submitted on the
prescribed form setting forth the prices
for the Work to be performed.
Bidder: Any person, firm or corporation
submitting a Bid for Work.
Bonds: Bid, performance bond and other
instruments of security, furnished by the
Contractor and their surety in accordance
with the Contract Documents and in
accordance with the law of the State of
Florida.
Change Order: A written order to the Contractor signed
by the City authorizing an addition,
deletion or revision in the Work, or an
adjustment in the Contract Price or the
Contract Time issued after execution of
the Agreement.
City: City of Sunny Isles Beach, 18070 Collins
Avenue, Sunny Isles Beach, Florida
33160.
Contract Documents: Contract Documents shall include,
Instructions to Bidders, Contractor's Bid,
the Bonds, the Notice of Award, the
Agreement between the City and
Contractor as well as any addenda
thereto, these General Conditions,
Special Conditions, the Technical
Specifications, Drawings and
Modifications, Notice to Proceed,
Invitation to Bid, Insurance Certificates,
Change Orders and Acknowledgment of
Conformance with the City of Sunny Isles
Beach.
Contract Price: The total monies payable to the
Contractor under the Contract
Documents.
Contract Time: The number of calendar days stated in
the Agreement for the completion of the
Work.
City of Sunny Isles Beach |Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 7
Contracting Officer: The individual who is authorized to sign
the contract documents on behalf of the
City’s governing body.
Contractor: The person, firm or corporation with
whom the City has executed this
Agreement.
Day: A calendar day of twenty-four hours
measured from midnight to the next
midnight.
Field Order: A written order issued by the City which
clarifies or interprets the Contract
Documents or orders minor changes in
the Work.
Modification: Modification means any one of the
following: (a) a written amendment of
the Contract Documents signed by both
parties, (b) a Change Order, (c) a written
clarification or interpretation if issued by
the City, or (d) a written order for minor
change or alteration in the Work issued
by the City. A modification may only be
issued after execution of the Agreement.
Notice of Award: The written notice by City to the apparent
successful Bidder stating that upon
compliance with the conditions precedent
to be fulfilled by him within the time
specified, City will execute and deliver
the Agreement to him.
Samples: Physical examples which illustrate
materials, equipment or workmanship
and establish standards by which the
Work will be judged.
Specifications: Those portions of the Contract
Documents consisting of written
technical descriptions of materials,
equipment, construction systems,
standards and workmanship as applied to
the Work.
Statement of Services: The form furnished by the City which is
to be used by the Contractor in
requesting progress payments.
Supplier: Any person or organization who supplies
materials or equipment for the Work,
including that fabricated to a special
design, but who does not perform labor
at the site.
Work: Any and all obligations, duties and
responsibilities necessary to the
successful completion of the Project
assigned to or undertaken by Contractor
under the Contract Documents, including
all labor, materials, equipment and other
incidentals, and the furnishing thereof.
Written Notice: The term “Notice” as used herein shall
mean and include all written notices,
demands, instructions, claims, approvals
and disapproval’s required to obtain
compliance with Contract requirements.
Written notice shall be deemed to have
been duly served if delivered in person to
the individual or to a member of the firm
or to an officer of the corporation for
whom it is intended, or to an authorized
representative or such individual, firm, or
corporation, or if delivered at or sent by
registered mail to the last business
address known to them who gives the
notice. Unless otherwise stated in
writing, any notice to or demand upon
the City under this Contract shall be
delivered to the City.
1.31 BID AWARD:
The City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids at its sole
discretion. Bids shall be awarded by the City after the City performs
all necessary searches, inquiries, exploration, and analysis of the
Bids. The Bid shall be awarded to the lowest responsible and
responsive Bidder whose Bid best serves the interests of and
represents the best value to the City in conformity with the criteria
set forth in Section 62-8 of the City Code. No Notice of Award will
be given until the City has concluded any investigation(s) as they
deem necessary to establish the Bidder’s capability to perform the
Services as described in this RFP, ITB, RFQ or ITQ, as substantiated
by the required professional experience, client references, technical
knowledge and qualifications; and sufficient labor and equipment to
comply with the City’s established standards, as well as the financial
capability of the Bidder to perform the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents to the satisfaction of the City within the time
prescribed. The City reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder
on the basis of these queries and investigations and who does not
meet the City’s satisfaction, even though the firm may be the lowest
dollars and cents Bid. In analyzing Bids, the City will also take into
consideration client references, past work experience and work
product, proven ability to satisfactorily perform. If the Contract is
awarded, the City will issue the Notice of Award and give the
successful Bidder a Contract for execution within ninety (90) days
after opening of Bids. The City specifically reserves the right to award
the contract to a Bidder who is not necessarily the lowest dollars and
cents but on the basis of the results of these queries and
investigation(s).
1.32 EXECUTION OF AGREEMENT:
At least four counterparts of the Agreement, the Performance Bond,
the Certificates of Insurance and such other Documents as required
by the Contract Documents shall be executed and delivered by
Contractor to the City within ten (10) calendar days of receipt of the
Notice of Award.
1.33 LAWS AND REGULATIONS:
The Contractor will give all notices and comply with all laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations applicable to the Work. If the
Contractor observes that the Specifications are at variance therewith,
they will give the City prompt written notice thereof, and any
necessary changes shall be adjusted by an appropriate modification.
If the Contractor performs any Work knowing it to be contrary to
such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice
to the City, they will bear all costs arising wherefrom.
1.34 TAXES:
The City of Sunny Isles Beach is exempt from sales tax imposed by
the State and/or Federal Government. Florida Sales Tax Exemption
No. 23-00-477131-54C appears on each purchase order. Exemption
certificates are available upon request.
1.35 DUTY TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND SAVE HARMLESS:
In consideration of the separate sum of twenty-five dollars ($25.00)
and other valuable consideration, the Contractor shall defend,
indemnify and hold harmless the City, its officers, agents and
employees, from or on account of any injuries or damages, received
or sustained by any person or persons during or on account of any
operations connected with the Work described in the Contract
Documents, or by or in consequence of any negligence in connection
with the same; or by use of any improper materials or by or on
account of any act or omission of the said Contractor or his Sub-
Contractor, agents, servants or employees. The Contractor will
defend, indemnify and hold harmless the City and their agents or
employees from and against all claims, damages, losses and
expenses including attorneys' fees arising out of or resulting from
the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim damage,
loss or expense (a) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease
City of Sunny Isles Beach |Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 8
or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other
than Work itself) including the loss of use resulting wherefrom and
(b) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of
the Contractor, Sub-Contractor, anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may
be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused by a party
indemnified hereunder. In the event that a court of competent
jurisdiction determines that Sec. 725.06 (2), F.S. is applicable to this
Work, then in lieu of the above provisions of this section the parties
agree that Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the
City, their officers and employees, to the fullest extent authorized by
Sec. 725.06 (2) F.S., which statutory provisions shall be deemed to
be incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In
the event that any action or proceeding is brought against City by
reason of any such claim or demand, Contractor, upon written notice
from City shall defend such action or proceeding by counsel
satisfactory to City. The indemnification provided above shall
obligate Contractor to defend at its own expense or to provide for
such defense, at City’s option, any and all claims of liability and all
suits and actions of every name and description that may be brought
against City, excluding only those which allege that the injuries arose
out of the sole negligence of City, which may result from the
operations and activities under this Contract whether the Work be
performed by Contractor, its Sub-Contractors, or by anyone directly
or indirectly employed by either.
1.36 DECISIONS ON DISAGREEMENTS:
The City will be the initial interpreter of the Technical Specifications.
1.37 CITY MAY TERMINATE:
If the Contractor is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or if they make
a general assignment for the benefit of their creditors, or if a trustee
or receiver is appointed for the Contractor or for any of their
property, or if they file a petition to take advantage of any debtor’s
act, or to reorganize under bankruptcy or similar laws, or if they
repeatedly fails to supply sufficient skilled workmen or suitable
materials or equipment, or if they repeatedly fail to make prompt
payments to Sub-Contractors or for labor, materials or equipment or
they disregard laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any
public body having jurisdiction, or if they disregard the authority of
the City, of if they otherwise violate any provision of, the Contract
Documents, then the City may, without prejudice to any other right
or remedy and after giving the Contractor and the surety ten (10)
days written notice, terminate the services of the Contractor and take
possession of the Project and of all materials, equipment, tools,
construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the
Contractor, and finish the Work by whatever method they may deem
expedient. In such case the Contractor shall not be entitled to
receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid
balance of the Contract Price exceeds the direct and indirect costs of
completing the Project, including compensation for additional
professional services, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If
such costs exceed such unpaid balance, the Contractor will pay the
difference to the City. Such costs incurred by the City will be
determined by the City and incorporated in a Change Order. If after
termination of the Contractor under this Section, it is determined by
a court of competent jurisdiction for any reason that the Contractor
was not in default, the rights and obligations of the City and the
Contractor shall be the same as if the termination had been issued
pursuant to this document.
1.37.1 Where the Contractor’s services have been so
terminated by the City said termination shall not affect
any rights of the City against the Contractor then
existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention
or payment of moneys by the City due the Contractor
will not release the Contractor from liability.
1.37.2 Upon ten (10) days written notice to the Contractor,
the City may, without cause (termination for
convenience) and without prejudice to any other right
or remedy, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such
case, the Contractor shall be paid for all Work executed
and accepted by the City as of the date of the
termination. No payment shall be made for profit for
Work which has not been performed.
1.38 MISCELLANEOUS:
Bidder acknowledge the following miscellaneous conditions:
1.38.1 Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents
requires the giving of written notice it shall be deemed
to have been validly given if delivered in person to the
individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of
the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered
at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage
prepaid, to the last business address known to them
who gives the notice.
1.38.2 The Contract Documents shall remain the property of
the City. The Contractor shall have the right to keep
one record set of the Contract Documents upon
completion of the Project.
1.38.3 The duties and obligations imposed by these General
Conditions, Special Conditions and Supplemental
Conditions and the rights and remedies available
hereunder, and, in particular but without limitation, the
warranties, guarantees and obligations imposed upon
Contractor and those in the Special Conditions and the
rights and remedies available to the City, shall be in
addition to, and shall not be construed in any way as a
limitation of, any rights and remedies available by law,
by special guarantee or by other provisions of the
Contract Documents.
1.38.4 Should the City or the Contractor suffer injury or
damage to its person or property because of any error,
omission, or act of the other or of any of their
employees or agents or others for whose acts they are
legally liable, claim shall be made in writing to the other
party within a reasonable time of the first observance
of such injury or damage.
1.39 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL:
City and Contractor knowingly, irrevocably voluntarily and
intentionally waive any right either may have to a trial by jury in
State or Federal Court proceedings in respect to any action,
proceeding, lawsuit or counterclaim based upon the Contract
Documents or the performance of the Work there under.
1.40 GOVERNING LAW:
The Contract shall be construed in accordance with and governed by
the law of the State of Florida.
1.41 VENUE:
Venue of any action to enforce the Contract Documents shall be in
Miami-Dade County, Florida.
1.42 ARBITRATION:
It is the intention of the parties that whenever possible, if a dispute
or controversy arises hereunder then such dispute or controversy
shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the procedures,
rules and regulations of the American Arbitration Association. The
decision rendered by the Arbitrator shall be final and binding upon
the parties and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator
may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. Arbitration shall be
held in Miami-Dade County, Florida. All costs of arbitration and
attorneys’ fees incurred by the parties shall be paid by the non-
prevailing party or, if neither party prevails on the whole, each party
shall be responsible for a portion of the costs of arbitration and their
respective attorneys’ fees as may be determined by the court on
confirmation.
1.43 PROJECT RECORDS:
City shall have right to inspect and copy during regular business
hours at City’s expense, the books and records and accounts of
City of Sunny Isles Beach |Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 9
Contractor which relate in any way to the Project, and to any claim
for additional compensation made by Contractor, and to conduct an
audit of the financial and accounting records of Contractor which
relate to the Project. Contractor shall retain and make available to
City all such books and records and accounts, financial or otherwise,
which relate to the Project and to any claim for a period of three
years following final completion of the Project. During the Project
and the three year period following final completion of the Project,
Contractor shall provide City access to its books and records upon
five days written notice.
1.44 SEVERABILITY:
If any provision of the Contract or the application thereof to any
person or situation shall to any extent, be held invalid or
unenforceable, the remainder of the Contract, and the application of
such provisions to persons or situations other than those as to which
it shall have been held invalid or unenforceable shall not be affected
thereby, and shall continue in full force and effect, and be enforced
to the fullest extent permitted by law.
1.45 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR:
The Contractor is an independent Contractor under the Contract.
Services provided by the Contractor shall be by employees of the
Contractor and subject to supervision by the Contractor, and not as
officers, employees, or agents of the City. Personnel policies, tax
responsibilities, social security and health insurance, employee
benefits, purchasing policies and other similar administrative
procedures, applicable to services rendered under the Contract shall
be those of the Contractor.
END OF SECTION
City of Sunny Isles Beach | Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 10
SECTION 2
SPECIAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
2.1 PURPOSE:
The City of Sunny Isles Beach is seeking bids from qualified Bidders to provide installation of
ductbank, conduit, and equipment pads for the conversion of overhead to underground utilities.
Construction will consist of approximately 12,000 LF of ductbank including setting of transformer
and equipment pads, Vista Switch Cabinets, manholes, handholes, splice boxes, and junction boxes
as associate with conversion of FPL, AT&T, Atlantic Broadband services from overhead to
underground including additional conduit for City. Upon completion of ductbank installation,
roadways throughout the neighborhood are to be milled and resurfaced. Equipment and conduit
for FPL to be provided by FPL for installation by contractor.
In addition, there are two sub-projects included within this ITB, one for Additional Sidewalk along
Atlantic Avenue connecting to Collins, the other for enhancements to the Urban Walkway project
along Collins between 189th Street and 191st Street. Plans for each are included within this ITB.
Services include all testing, traffic control, site restoration, appurtenant and miscellaneous items
necessary for a complete, functional, and satisfactory installation in accordance with the terms,
conditions, and specifications contained in this ITB.
2.2 PRE-BID CONFERENCE:
A Mandatory pre-bid conference will be held on Tuesday, August 31, 2021 at 1:00 PM at Sunny
Isles Beach Government Center, 18070 Collins Avenue, Sunny Isles Beach, FL 33160; 1st Floor
Conference Room to discuss the special conditions and specifications included within this
solicitation. Those who fail to attend this mandatory pre-bid conference will not be considered by
the City and their bid will be determined non-responsive.
Bidders are requested to bring this solicitation document to the conference, as additional copies
may not be available. Covid-19 precautions will be adhered to: building screening, masks, social
distancing, etc.
2.3 TERM
This initial contract shall commence upon approval by the City Commission, contingent upon the
completion and submittal of all required bid documents and fully executed contract. The
contract shall remain in effect for the term of construction, assumed to be 18-months unless agreed
upon otherwise by the City. This contract shall remain in effect until the completion of services,
provided that the services rendered by Contractor during the contract period are satisfactory and
that City funding is available as appropriated on an annual basis. However, in the event funding is
not appropriated on an annual basis during any particular year within the contract period, the
contract may be canceled upon thirty (30) days written notice to Firm. In such an event, the City
City of Sunny Isles Beach | Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 11
shall only be responsible for the reasonable value of services performed prior to the effective date
of termination.
2.4 OPTIONS TO RENEW
NOT APPLICABLE
2.5 METHOD OF AWARD
Following the review of bids, the lowest responsible, responsive bidder(s) meeting all terms,
conditions, and specifications of the ITB shall be recommended for award either by bid item, bid
group, or for the entirety of all bid items, as deemed in the best interest of the City. The City
Manager may also reject all proposals received. In determining the lowest responsible, responsive
bidder, and in addition to price, section 62-8 of the City Code provides that the City may consider
the following:
The ability, capacity and skill of the bidder to perform the Contract.
Previous experience of similar size and nature.
Whether the bidder can perform the Contract within the time specified, without delay or
interference.
The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience and efficiency of the bidder.
The quality of performance of previous contracts with the City and references.
The previous and existing compliance by the bidder with laws and ordinances relating to
the Contract.
The City reserves the right in the event the primary vendor cannot provide an item(s) or
service(s) in a timely manner as requested, to award to a secondary vendor without violating
the intent of this ITB or any Contract awarded.
2.6 SUB-CONTRACTORS:
If one or more subcontractors are to be used, the subcontractor must be clearly identified and
noted in the submittal when it is submitted. The City must approve any changes in the use of
subcontractors in advance and in writing. No such approval will be construed as making the City a
party to such subcontract, or subjecting the City to liability of any kind to any subcontractor. No
subcontractor will under any circumstances relieve the Contractor of its liability and obligation
under any resulting contract. Subcontractor is subject to the same contractual conditions as is the
Bidder.
2.7 BID BOND
The City of Sunny Isles Beach shall require that every Bidder furnish a Bid Bond in the amount
of 5% of the total Proposal Price.
2.8 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND
City of Sunny Isles Beach | Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 12
The City of Sunny Isles Beach shall require the successful Bidder to furnish a Performance Bond
and Payment Bond in the amount of 100% of the total Bid Price, with the City of Sunny Isles Beach
as the Obligee, as security for the faithful performance of the Contract and for the payment of all
persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection herewith within ten (10) calendar
days after issuance of the Notice of Award by the City. The Performance and Payment Bond shall
continue in effect through the contract term. The bonds shall be with a surety company authorized
to do business in the State of Florida and having been in business with a record of successful
continuous operation for at least five (5) years.
The Performance Bond shall guarantee all work and materials furnished under the Contract
including losses resulting from defects in the materials or improper performance of Work under
the Contract that may appear or be discovered during performance of the Work or during any
applicable warranty period after completion of all Work, and for latent defects, during the time
periods set forth in section 95.11(3)(c), Florida Statutes. The Payment Bond shall stay in effect
until the time required by section 255.05, Florida Statutes, for the making of claims under such
Bond, or when all claimants submitting valid claims have been paid, whichever
INSURANCE
2.8.1 Comprehensive General Liability Insurance
Comprehensive General Liability with minimum limits of five million dollars ($5,000,000.00) per
occurrence for Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability. Coverage must be afforded on a form
no more restrictive than the latest edition of the Comprehensive General Liability policy, without
restrictive endorsements, as filed by the Insurance Services Office, and must include:
o Premises and Operation
o Independent Contractors
o Products and/or Completed Operations Hazard
o Broad Form Property Damage
o Professional Liability
o Broad Form Contractual Coverage applicable to this specific contract, including any hold
harmless and/or indemnification agreement.
o Personal Injury Coverage with employee and Contractual Exclusions removed, with
minimum limits of coverage equal to those required for Bodily Injury Liability and Property
Damage Liability.
Business Automobile Liability with minimum limits of one million dollars (1,000,000.00) per
occurrence combined single limit for Bodily Injury Liability and Property Damage Liability.
Coverage must be afforded on a form no more restrictive than the latest edition of the Business
Automobile Liability policy, without restrictive endorsements, as filed by the Insurance Services
Office, and must include:
City of Sunny Isles Beach | Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 13
o Owned Vehicles;
o Hired and Non-Owned Vehicles;
o Employers’ Non-Ownership.
2.8.2 Worker’s Compensation Insurance
Worker's Compensation Insurance for statutory obligations imposed by Worker's
Compensation or Occupational Disease Laws, including, where applicable, the United
States Longshoremen's and Harbor Worker's Act, the Federal Employers’ Liability Act and
the Homes Act. Employer's Liability Insurance shall be provided with a minimum of One
Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per accident. Contractor agrees to be responsible for the
employment, conduct and control of its employees and for any injury sustained by such
employees in the course of their employment. Before starting the work, the contractor will
file and make sure that all certificates of insurance required by this document and by the
contract are in the City’s possession. These certificates shall contain a provision that the
coverage afforded under the policies will not be canceled or materially changed until at
least thirty (30) days prior written notice has been given to the City Manager or his
designee by certified mail. The City shall be named as an additional insured on the above-
referenced policies.
2.8.3 Additional Insured:
The Contractor agrees to endorse the City as an Additional Insured on all policies set forth
in this Section 2.6, and the City of Sunny Isles Beach, Contract Number, and Title, must
appear on each Certificate of Insurance. All Certificates of Insurance must remain active
during the term of the contract.
2.8.4 Waiver of Subrogation:
Contractor agrees to provide a Waiver of Subrogation for each required policy herein.
When required by the insurer, or should a policy condition not permit Contractor to enter
into a pre-loss agreement to waive subrogation without an endorsement, then Contractor
agrees to notify the insurer and request the policy be endorsed with a Waiver of Transfer
of Rights of Recovery Against Others, or its equivalent. This Waiver of Subrogation
requirement shall not apply to any policy, which includes a condition specifically prohibiting
such an endorsement, or voids coverage should Contractor enter into such an agreement
on a pre-loss basis.
2.8.5 Cancellation and Re-Insurance
If any insurance should be cancelled or changed by the insurance company or should any
insurance expire during the period of this contract, the Contractor shall be responsible for
securing other acceptable insurance to provide the coverage specified in this section to
maintain coverage during the life of this Contract. All deductibles must be declared by the
City of Sunny Isles Beach | Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 14
Bidder and must be approved by the City. At the option of the City, either the Bidder shall
eliminate or reduce such deductible or the Bidder shall procure a Bond, in a form
satisfactory to the City, covering the same.
NOTE: THE CITY OF SUNNY ISLES BEACH, CONTRACT NUMBER AND TITLE MUST APPEAR ON
EACH CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. THE CITY OF SUNNY ISLES BEACH MUST BE SHOWN AS
AN ADDITIONAL INSURED WITH RESPECT TO THIS COVERAGE.
2.9 CHANGE ORDER
The Contract may only be changed by a Change Order approved by the City. Any
increase or decrease in the Contract Price or adjustment in the Contract Time shall be based
on written notice by the Contractor delivered promptly to the City (but in no event later than
seven (7) days) after the acknowledgement or occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim
and stating the general nature of the claim. Within fourteen (14) days thereafter, notice of the
amount of the claim with all supporting data shall cover all amounts (direct, indirect and
consequential) to which the claimant is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All
claims for adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time shall be determined by the City.
The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an increase or
decrease in the Contract Price or Contract Time shall be determined by: 1) mutual
acceptance of a lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit) or 2) by
application of unit prices contained in the Contract Documents to the quantities of the items
involved. The City shall decide, in its sole discretion, whether to issue and agree to a Change
Order, and verbal representations or instructions may not be relied upon by the Contractor.
2.10 RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR, BACKGROUND CHECK & FINGERPRINTING
The Contractor shall be responsible for hiring the necessary personnel to conduct the daily
operation of the services and will comply with all federal, state, and local laws related to minimum
wage, social security, nondiscrimination, Americans with Disabilities act (“ADA”), unemployment
compensation, and workers’ compensation.
The Contractor and all personnel employed by them shall be required, at their sole cost and
expense, to pass a criminal background check prior to award of the contract, and every renewal
term. The Criminal background check shall consist of a Florida Department of Law Enforcement
("FDLE") Florida Crime Information Center National Crime Information Center ("FCIC/NCIC")
criminal records check. Any employee not meeting this requirement will not be permitted to work
under this Agreement. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate the criminal background
checks by contacting the City’s Human Resources Office at 305-792-1708.
NOTE: Contractor’s employees shall not be cleared by the City to provide services
under this Agreement nor allowed on City property until the entire background check
and fingerprint scanning have been completed, and such proof is provided to the City.
City of Sunny Isles Beach | Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 15
2.11 MONTHLY INVOICES PAYMENTS
Vendor shall submit no later than the 10th day of the following month vendor's completed Invoice
for services rendered. Should the 10th fall on a weekend or holiday, Contractor shall submit his
invoice on the next workday.
Payment will be made by the City after services have been received and accepted in accordance
with Section 1.13 of the General Terms and Conditions. These invoices shall be submitted to the
City of Sunny Isles Beach, ATTN: Accounts Payable, 18070 Collins Avenue, Sunny Isles Beach, FL
33160 or AccountsPayable@sibfl.net. All documentation shall reference the appropriate Contract
number, detailed trip information, and the dates or period that the Services were provided.
2.12 RIGHT TO TERMINATE
The city may, by written notice to the contractor, terminate the contract if the contractor has been
found to have failed to perform their services in a manner satisfactory to the city as per
specifications. The date of termination shall be stated in the notice. The city shall be the sole judge
of non-performance.
2.13 E-VERIFY
Florida Statute 448.095 directs all public employers, including municipal governments, to verify the
employment eligibility of all new public employees through the U.S. Department of Homeland
Security’s E-Verify System, and further provides that a public employer may not enter into a
contract unless each party to the contract registers with and uses the E-Verify system. Florida
Statute 448.095 further provides that if a contractor enters into a contract with a subcontractor,
the subcontractor must provide the contractor with an affidavit stating that the subcontractor does
not employ, contract with, or subcontract with an unauthorized alien.
In accordance with Florida Statute 448.095, all contractors doing business with the City are required
to verify employee eligibility using the E-Verify system for all existing and new employees hired by
the contractor during the contract term. Further, the contractor must also require and maintain the
statutorily required affidavit of its subcontractors. It is the responsibility of the awarded vendor to
ensure compliance with E-Verify requirements (as applicable). To enroll in E-Verify, employers
should visit the E-Verify website (https://www.e-verify.gov/employers/enrolling-in-e-verify)
and follow the instructions. The contractor must, as usual, retain the I-9 Forms for inspection.
2.14 COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL STANDARDS
All items to be purchased and utilized in the performance of this contract shall be in accordance
with all governmental standards, to include, but not be limited to, those issued by the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the National Institute of Occupational Safety Hazards
(NIOSH), and the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
City of Sunny Isles Beach | Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 16
2.15 PROHIBITION AGAINST CONTRACTING WITH SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES
Pursuant to Florida Statutes Section 287.135, contracting with any entity that is listed on the
Scrutinized Companies that Boycott Israel List or that is engaged in the boycott of Israel is
prohibited. Contractors must certify that the company is not participating in a boycott of Israel.
Any contract for goods or services of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) or more shall be
terminated at the City’s option if it is discovered that the entity submitted false documents of
certification, is listed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the
Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or has been
engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria after July 1, 2018. Any contract entered
into or renewed after July 1, 2018 shall be terminated at the City’s option if the company is listed
on the Scrutinized Companies that Boycott Israel List or engaged in the boycott of Israel.
Contractors must submit the certification that is attached to this agreement. Submitting a false
certification shall be deemed a material breach of contract. The City shall provide notice, in
writing, to the Contractor of the City’s determination concerning the false certification. The
Contractor shall have ninety (90) days following receipt of the notice to respond in writing
and demonstrate that the determination was in error. If the Contractor does not demonstrate
that the City’s determination of false certification was made in error, then the City shall have
the right to terminate the contract and seek civil remedies pursuant to Florida Statute Section
287.135.
2.16 DEBARRED OR SUSPENDED BIDDERS OR PROPOSERS
The Bidder certifies, by submission of a response to this solicitation, that neither it nor its principals
and subcontractors are presently debarred or suspended by any Federal department or agency.
2.17 DISCREPANCIES
Should a Bidder find discrepancies or ambiguities in, or omissions from, the Drawings or
Specifications, or should they be in doubt as to their meaning, they shall at once notify the City in
writing.
2.18 DAMAGE TO PUBLIC OR PRIVATE PROPERTY
If property (public or private) is damaged while contractor is performing work specified or is
removed for the convenience of the work, it shall be repaired or replaced at the expense of the
contractor in a manner acceptable to the City prior to the final acceptance of the work. Contractor
will be responsible for applying and securing any permits that may be required to complete such
repairs. Such property shall include but not be limited to: existing facilities and all of its components,
site amenities, concrete and/or asphalt surfaces, vehicles, structures, sidewalks, curbs and gutters,
driveways, utilities, etc. Contractor must provide protection necessary to prevent damage to
property being repaired or replaced. If the work site has any pre-existing damage, the Contractor
City of Sunny Isles Beach | Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 17
shall notify the Public Works/Capital Projects Department in writing. Failure to do so shall obligate
the contractor to make repairs per the above section.
2.19 PUBLIC RECORDS LAW
The City is subject to Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, “Public Records Law.” No claim of
confidentiality or proprietary information in all or any portion of a response will be honored unless
a specific exemption from the Public Law exists and is cited in the response. An incorrectly claimed
exemption does not disqualify the firm, only the exemption claimed. Contractor acknowledges the
public shall have access at all reasonable times, to all documents and information pertaining to
City’s contracts, subject to the provisions of Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, and agrees to allow
access by the City and the public to all documents subject to disclosures under applicable law. To
the extent that Contractor has been provided access to or has received security sensitive
information, as defined by Florida Statutes, Section 119.071 and/or has executed a Confidential
Information Acknowledgement and Agreement as part of the ITB process, Contractor shall keep
and maintain the security sensitive information as confidential and exempt from public disclosures
as required by Florida Statutes.
IF THE SUCCESSFUL PROPOSER HAS QUESTIONS REGARDING THE
APPLICATION OF CHAPTER 119, FLORIDA STATUTES, TO THE
SUCCESSFUL PROPOSER’S DUTY TO PROVIDE PUBLIC RECORDS
RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, CONTACT THE CUSTODIAN OF PUBLIC
RECORDS AT CITY OF SUNNY ISLES BEACH 18070 COLLINS AVENUE,
SUNNY ISLES BEACH, FL 33160. THE CITY CLERK’S OFFICE MAY BE
CONTACTED BY PHONE AT (305) 792-1703 OR VIA EMAIL AT
MBetancur@sibfl.net.
2.20 PENALTIES
The Contractor should take pride in the quality of work provided, therefore the City plans to
implement a strike system that will result in a penalty fine when an issue is brought to the
Contractor’s attention and the issue continues to occur. The first time an issue occurs the
Contractor will be notified in writing and the issue must be corrected within 48 hours of receipt of
notice. The second offense also will be documented in writing and a meeting will take place
between the Contractor’s representative and the City representative to discuss the current and past
infractions. At the time of the meeting the Contractor will be required to present a written corrective
action plan to address the City’s concern and how they plan to correct the issue within 48 hours of
the meeting. The third or subsequent violation for the same issue shall result in a penalty of
$200.00 each time the same problem reoccurs. This information shall remain in the Contractor file
and will be taken into account when it comes time to renew a contract.
END OF SECTION
City of Sunny Isles Beach | Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 18
SECTION 3
SCOPE OF SERVICES
3.1 BACKGROUND
The City of Sunny Isles Beach is seeking bids from qualified Bidders to provide installation of
ductbank, conduit, and equipment pads for the conversion of overhead to underground utilities.
Construction will consist of approximately 14,000 LF of ductbank including setting of transformer
and equipment pads, Vista Switch Cabinets, manholes, handholes, splice boxes, and junction boxes
as associate with conversion of FPL, AT&T, Atlantic Broadband services from overhead to
underground including additional conduit for City. Upon completion of ductbank installation,
roadways throughout the neighborhood are to be milled and resurfaced. Equipment and conduit
for FPL to be provided by FPL for installation by contractor.
In addition, there are two sub-projects included within this ITB, one for Additional Sidewalk along
Atlantic Avenue connecting to Collins, the other for enhancements to the Urban Walkway project
along Collins between 189th Street and 191st Street. Plans for each are included within this ITB.
Services include all testing, traffic control, site restoration, appurtenant and miscellaneous items
necessary for a complete, functional, and satisfactory installation in accordance with the terms,
conditions, and specifications contained in this ITB.
3.2 RELATED CONTRACT ACTIVITIES
A. The Contractor shall comply with all Municipal, County, State and Federal laws, rules and
regulations applicable to the work and the execution of the work.
B. The Contractor shall employ and pay for a Land Surveyor registered in the State Of Florida to
establish all elevations, lines and levels including right-of-way and property lines.
C. The Contractor shall be responsible for prompt notification to the Owner and timely field repairs in
the event that the Contractor damages any of the Owner’s existing properties or overhead/
underground utilities.
D. The Contractor shall utilize storage/staging areas identified by City for materials and equipment.
The Contractor shall coordinate deliveries in accordance with the construction schedule and these
specifications, so that materials do not pose an unnecessary long-term nuisance to motorists or
residents. Excavated materials and/or backfill materials shall not be stored in the roadway right-
of-way. If suitable for backfill elsewhere, excavated material must be stockpiled within the staging
area. Materials unsuitable for backfill must be removed and disposed of immediately.
• Open trenches must be backfilled/plated, and barricades removed while maintaining
adequate safety measures.
• Streets must be graded/leveled to provide maximum assurance against personal injury,
vehicle damage, etc.
• Streets temporarily restored, as described above, must be regularly maintained. For
City of Sunny Isles Beach | Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 19
example, streets must be watered, new potholes filled and disturbed and adjacent paved
streets swept.
E. The Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to
perform quality control services on work performed by the contractor.
F. At a minimum, 50% of the work must be done through the Contractor’s themselves.
G. Field red-lines and reports to be provided on a daily basis to be submitted with pay requisition.
3.3 WORK PERFORMED BY OTHERS
The City of Sunny Isles Beach or other contractors may perform work on the existing water
distribution system or public utilities as part of their maintenance and operations. The Contractor
shall conduct its operations so as to cause a minimum of interference with the work of such other
contractors and/or public utilities, and shall cooperate fully to provide continuous safe access to
their respective portions of the site to perform their respective contracts.
3.4 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
See General Conditions.
3.5 WORK SEQUENCE, COORDINATION ACTIVITIES AND SCHEDULED DATES:
A. General: Work under this contract shall be scheduled and performed in such a manner as
to result in the least possible disruption to driveway access. The CONTRACTOR will coordinate its
work with other adjacent contractors, landowners, residents and City activities, with specific
attention to access and staging areas. Construction sequence shall be determined by CONTRACTOR
subject to the following needs for continuous access and operation by others.
1. The work will be performed in residential/commercial neighborhoods. The CONTRACTOR
shall minimize the inconvenience to the residents and property owners, and reasonably
maximize the safety of the residents:
2. Construction activities shall take place between the hours of 7:00 AM to 7:00 PM. Deliveries
shall be allowed between the hours of 7:00 AM to 7:00 PM.
3. All open trenches and excavations shall be closed or covered, and be in good driving
condition with temporary pavement, at the end of each work day.
4. CONTRACTOR cannot proceed with the construction in more than one street at the same
time, unless approved otherwise.
City of Sunny Isles Beach | Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 20
5. The work shall be conducted to maintain access to existing driveways at all
times.
B. Construction Schedule: The CONTRACTOR shall submit a proposed construction schedule,
clearly showing the sequence of the work on a street-by-street and block by block basis to the City
and the ENGINEER for their approval. Refer to Section 01310 Construction Schedules.
THIS SECTION INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
END OF SECTION
City of Sunny Isles Beach | Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 21
SECTION 4
BID SUBMITTAL INSTRUCTIONS & FORMS
BID SUBMITTAL FORMAT
Bidders must submit (1) original and four (4) copies of the Bid, and one electronic file, USB or
CD. The original Bid must contain an original signature. Be sure that the individual signing the Bid is authorized
to commit the Bidder’s organization to the Bid as submitted. The City reserves the right to request additional
data or material to support Bids. All material submitted in response to the ITB will become the property of the
City.
The bid must be in the following format at the time of submittal:
1. Company Information
In response to this ITB, all vendors must provide the following:
• Name of Agency/Company (including any "Doing Business As" names)
• Internet Web Site Address (if any)
• Details of Entity Business Structure (Corporation, Partnership, LLC)
• Date Founded
• Contact information, such as telephone number, company locations and email address
• Proof of insurance
• Provide a history of any Criminal or Civil Litigation for a five‐year (5) period of time immediately
preceding this ITB
• Proposer must submit a copy of Florida Division of Corporations Sunbiz report with your company
registered as active.
2. Qualifications
Proposer’s relevant experience, qualifications and past performance
• With reference to specific projects, demonstrate previous experience of similar size and
nature.
• An explanation of why the vendor is the best qualified to perform the contract including how the
firm meets or exceeds the requirements of this ITB.
• Current Contracts in Miami-Dade, Broward or Palm Beach, Florida Counties.
3. References
Each Proposer must submit a list of four (4) references of Current and Past Customers, preferably, at least
one of these being a government agency of which they have provided services similar in scope and size of
those described herein. No staff at the City of Sunny Isles Beach staff shall be listed as a reference.
The City retains the right to request any additional information pertaining to the bidder’s ability, qualifications,
and procedures used to accomplish all work under the contract as it deems necessary to ensure safe and
satisfactory work.
City of Sunny Isles Beach | Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 22
4. Bid Packet
Bidders must include the following Bid Forms & Affidavits:
Bid Form 1 ................................................... Bid Submittal Form
Bid Form 2 ....................................... Addenda Acknowledgement
Bid Form 3 ................................................................ Bid Pricing
Affidavit ............................................................... Non-Collusion
Affidavit ...................................................... Public Entity Crimes
Affidavit ............................. Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action
Affidavit ........................................................ Conflict of Interest
Affidavit ........................................................ Dispute Disclosure
Affidavit ................................................................ Anti-Kickback
Affidavit .............................. Contractor Anti-Boycott Certification
Affidavit ........................................................................ E-Verify
Affidavit ...................................................................... Bid bond
Affidavit ........................................................ Performance bond
FAILURE TO SIGN BID FORMS 1 -3 WILL RENDER YOUR BID NON-RESPONSIVE
City of Sunny Isles Beach | Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 23
DELIVER TO:
City of Sunny Isles
Beach
City Clerk
18070 Collins Avenue
Sunny Isles Beach, FL
33160
INVITATION
TO BID
SECTION 4
BID
SUBMITTAL
FORMS
OPENING: 2:30
P.M.
09/28/2021
PLEASE QUOTE PRICES F.O.B. DESTINATION, LESS TAXES, DELIVERED IN
CITY OF SUNNY ISLES BEACH, FLORIDA
NOTE: City of Sunny Isles Beach is exempt from all taxes (Federal, State, and Local). Bid price should be
less all taxes. Tax Exemption Certificate furnished upon request.
Issued
by:
Purchasing
Agent:
Mauricio
Betancur
Date
Issued:
8-16-21
This Bid Submittal Consists of
Pages 23 through 44 (including
all documents within Affidavits)
Sealed bids are subject to the Terms and Conditions of this Invitation to Bid and the accompanying Bid
Submittal. Such other contract provisions, specifications, drawings or other data as are attached or
incorporated by reference in the Bid Submittal, will be received at the office of the City Clerk at the address
shown above until the above stated time and date, and at that time, publicly opened for furnishing the supplies
or services described in the accompanying Bid Submittal Requirement.
ITB No. 21-08-01
Golden Shores Utility Undergrounding
A Bid Deposit in the amount of 5% of the total amount of the bid shall accompany all bids
A Performance Bond in the amount of 100% of the total amount of the bid will be required upon execution
of the contract by the successful bidder and City of Sunny Isles Beach.
Procurement Agent: Firm Name:
Mauricio Betancur
________________________________________
Commodity Code(s):
FAILURE TO SIGN PAGE 22 OF SECTION 4 BID SUBMITTAL WILL RENDER YOUR BID NON-
RESPONSIVE
City of Sunny Isles Beach | Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 24
ADDENDA ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
INSTRUCTIONS: COMPLETE PART I OR PART II, WHICHEVER APPLIES
PART I:
LIST BELOW ARE THE DATES OF ISSUE FOR EACH ADDENDUM RECEIVED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
BID
Addendum #1, Dated
Addendum #2, Dated
Addendum #3, Dated
Addendum #4, Dated
Addendum #5, Dated
Addendum #6, Dated
Addendum #7, Dated
Addendum #8, Dated
PART II:
NO ADDENDUM WAS RECEIVED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS BID
COMPANY NAME: _____________________________________________________________________
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE: _______________________________ DATE: _______________________
TITLE OF OFFICER: ______________________________________
City of Sunny Isles Beach | Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 25
BID PRICING
Bid Title: Golden Shores Utility Undergrounding
The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an agreement with The
City of Sunny Isles Beach to perform and furnish all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract
Documents for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time indicated in this Bid and in accordance with
the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents.
The Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid and Instructions
to Bidders. This Bid will remain subject to acceptance for 90 days after the day of Bid opening. The Bidder
agrees to sign and submit the Agreement and other documents required by the Bidding Requirements
within ten days after the date of the City’s Notice of Award.
In submitting this Bid, the Bidder represents, as more fully set forth in the Agreement, that:
The Bidder has familiarized himself/herself with the nature and extent of the
Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and Law and
Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance, or
furnishing of the Work.
The Bidder has given the City written notice of all conflicts, errors, discrepancies
that it has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof
by City is acceptable to the Bidder.
This Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed
person, firm or corporation and is not submitted in conformity with any agreement
or rules of any group, association, organization, or corporation; the Bidder has not
directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham
Bid; the Bidder has not solicited or induced any person, firm or corporation to
refrain from Bidding; and Bidder has not sought by collusion to obtain for itself
any advantage over any other Bidders or over the City.
The Bidder understands and agrees that the Bid is for unit prices to furnish and install individual Work
Items, complete in place. Quantity estimates are provided for the purpose of Bid Evaluation and to establish
unit prices for individual Work Items to be contracted by the City, based on the unit prices established
under this Bid.
The City and the successful Bidder will establish completion times for each individual Work Item and the
successful Bidder agrees that the work will be completed within the time frames agreed upon and stipulated
in the individual Purchase Orders and/or Notice to Proceed.
City of Sunny Isles Beach | Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 26
Note: Some pay items are broken down into material and labor costs. The Sum of these two costs determines the total
unit costs. Total Unit Cost will be used to determine Base Price. Where material provided by others, material unit costs
to not apply. Cost that do not apply are marked "N/A". Cost included in Total Unit Cost are identified as "INCL".
PAY ITEM
Quantity Unit Labor Unit
Cost
Material
Unit Cost
Total Unit
Cost
(labor +
material)
Base Price
(total unit
cost x
quantity) PER 01020
1 Bonds and Insurance 1 LS INCL INCL
2 Mobilization 1 LS INCL INCL
3 Maintenance of Traffic 18 MONTHLY INCL INCL
4 Testing, Surveying and
Miscellaneous 1 LS INCL INCL
5 Indemnification Allowance 1 LS N/A N/A $100 $100
SUBTOTAL DIVISION 1
6
Install only one(1)-6 inch PVC
schedule 40 conduit bundled in
one main trench with others for
FPL Utility (FPL to furnish
material)
1,374 LF N/A
7
Install only two (2)-6 inch PVC
schedule 40 conduit bundled in
one main trench with others for
FPL Utility (FPL to furnish
material)
172 LF N/A
8
Install only three (3)-6 inch PVC
schedule 40 conduit bundled in
one main trench with others for
FPL Utility (FPL to furnish
material)
20 LF N/A
City of Sunny Isles Beach | Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 27
PAY ITEM
Quantity Unit Labor Unit
Cost
Material
Unit Cost
Total Unit
Cost
(labor +
material)
Base Price
(total unit
cost x
quantity) PER 01020
9
Install only one (1)-2 inch PVC
schedule 40 conduit bundled in
one main trench with others for
FPL Utility (FPL to furnish
material)
1,085 LF N/A
10
Install only two (2)-2 inch PVC
schedule 40 conduit bundled in
one main trench with others for
FPL Utility (FPL to furnish
material)
2,126 LF N/A
11
Install only three (3)-2 inch PVC
schedule 40 conduit bundled in
one main trench with others for
FPL Utility (FPL to furnish
material)
10,853 LF N/A
12
Install only four (4)-2 inch PVC
schedule 40 conduit bundled in
one main trench with others for
FPL Utility (FPL to furnish
material)
23 LF N/A
13
Install only six (6)-2 inch PVC
schedule 40 conduit bundled in
one main trench with others for
FPL Utility (FPL to furnish
material)
70 LF N/A
14
Install only nine (9)-2 inch PVC
schedule 40 conduit bundled in
one main trench with others for
FPL Utility (FPL to furnish
material)
135 LF N/A
15
Install only feeder splice box for
FPL Utility (FPL to furnish
material)
4 EA N/A
16
Install only concrete pad for vista
switch cabinets for FPL Utility
(FPL to furnish material)
2 EA N/A
City of Sunny Isles Beach | Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 28
PAY ITEM
Quantity Unit Labor Unit
Cost
Material
Unit Cost
Total Unit
Cost
(labor +
material)
Base
Price
(total unit
cost x
quantity)
PER 01020
17
Install only 50” splice box for
FPL Utility (FPL to furnish
material)
6 EA N/A
18 Install only 30’’handhole for FPL
Utility (FPL to furnish material) 26 EA N/A
19
Install only concrete pad for
transformers for FPL Utility
(FPL to furnish material)
62 EA N/A
20
Install only 18"x24" service pull
boxes for FPL Utility (FPL to
furnish material)
238 EA N/A
21
Supply and install only two (2)-4
inch PVC schedule 40 conduit
bundled in one main trench
with others for Atlantic
Broadband
3,125 LF
22
Supply and install only four (4)-
4 inch PVC schedule 40 conduit
bundled in one main trench
with others for Atlantic
Broadband
4,797 LF
23
Supply and install only six (6)-4
inch PVC schedule 40 conduit
bundled in one main trench
with others for Atlantic
Broadband
350 LF
24
Supply and install only eight (8)-
4 inch PVC schedule 40 conduit
bundled in one main trench
with others for Atlantic
Broadband
10 LF
City of Sunny Isles Beach | Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 29
PAY ITEM
Quantity Unit Labor Unit
Cost
Material
Unit Cost
Total Unit
Cost
(labor +
material)
Base
Price
(total unit
cost x
quantity)
PER 01020
25
Supply and install only twelve
(12 )-4 inch PVC schedule 40
conduit bundled in one main
trench with others for Atlantic
Broadband
7 LF
26
Supply and install only two (2)-4
inch PVC schedule 40 conduit
bundled in one main trench
with others for AT&T
8,921 LF
27
Supply and install only four (4)-
4 inch PVC schedule 40 conduit
bundled in one main trench
with others for AT&T
1,741 LF
28
Supply and install only six (6)-4
inch PVC schedule 40 conduit
bundled in one main trench
with others for AT&T
213 LF
29
Supply and install only one (1)-2
inch PVC schedule 40 conduit
bundled in one main trench
with others for AT&T
6,330 LF
30
Supply and install only two (2)-2
inch PVC schedule 40 conduit
bundled in one main trench
with others for AT&T
3,208 LF
31 Supply and install only 10’’x 15’’
handhole for AT&T 84 EA
32 Supply and install only 17’’x 30’’
handhole for AT&T 48 EA
33 Supply and install only 30’’x
48’’x36’’ handhole for AT&T 16 EA
34
Supply and install only two (2)-
2-inch PVC schedule 40 conduit
bundled in one main trench
with others for City conduit
293 LF
City of Sunny Isles Beach | Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 30
PAY ITEM
Quantity Unit Labor Unit
Cost
Material
Unit Cost
Total Unit
Cost
(labor +
material)
Base
Price
(total unit
cost x
quantity)
PER 01020
35
Supply and install only four (4)-
2 inch PVC schedule 40 conduit
bundled in one main trench
with others for City conduit
10,944 LF
36
Supply and install only eight (8)-
2 inch PVC schedule 40 conduit
bundled in one main trench
with others for City conduit
358 LF
37
Supply and install only
24”X13”X12” pull box for City
conduit
20 EA
38 Flowable Fill 97,125 CF INCL. INCL.
39 Asphalt Mill & Resurface 34,583 SY INCL. INCL.
40 Construct Concrete Sidewalk 1 ALLOWANCE INCL. INCL. $320,000
41 Urban Walkway 1 ALLOWANCE INCL. INCL. $225,000
42 Concrete fill over FPL conduits 1 ALLOWANCE INCL. INCL. $15,000
43 CONTINGENCY 1 ALLOWANCE N/A N/A $250,000
44 TOTAL BID PRICE
(Bid Items 1 through 43)
City of Sunny Isles Beach | Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 31
Firm Name:
_____________________________________________________________________________
Street Address:
_____________________________________________________________________________
Mailing Address (if different):
_____________________________________________________________________________
Telephone No. _______________________________Fax No. _________________________
Email Address: _______________________________FEIN No. __/__-__/__/__/__/__/__/__
*“By signing this document the bidder agrees to all Terms
Signature:
__________________________________________________________________
(Signature of authorized agent)
Print Name: _________________________
Title:_________________________________________
THE EXECUTION OF THIS FORM CONSTITUTES THE UNEQUIVOCAL OFFER OF BIDDER TO BE
BOUND BY THE TERMS OF ITS BID. FAILURE TO SIGN THIS SOLICITATION WHERE INDICATED
ABOVE BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL RENDER THE BID NON-
RESPONSIVE. THE CITY MAY, HOWEVER, IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION, ACCEPT ANY BID THAT
INCLUDES AN EXECUTED DOCUMENT, WHICH UNEQUIVOCALLY BINDS THE BIDDER TO THE
TERMS OF ITS OFFER.
City of Sunny Isles Beach | Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 32
AFFIDAVITS
1 of 12
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
City of Sunny Isles Beach
18070 Collins Avenue
Sunny Isles Beach, FL 33160
Telephone: (305) 947-0606 Fax: (305) 949-3113
STATE OF FLORIDA )
)
COUNTY OF _____________)
The undersigned being first duly sworn as provided by law, deposes, and says:
This Affidavit is made with the knowledge and intent that it is to be filed with the City of Sunny Isles Beach City Commission and that it will be
relied upon by said County, in any consideration which may give to and any action it may take with respect to this Bid.
The undersigned is authorized to make this Affidavit on behalf of,
_____________________________________________________________
(Name of Corporation, Partnership, Individual, etc.)
a, ________________________________, formed under the laws of _____________
(Type of Business) (State)
of which he is ________________________________________________.
(Sole Owner, Partner, President, etc.)
Neither the undersigned nor any person, firm, or corporation named above nor anyone else to the knowledge of the undersigned, have
themselves solicited or employed anyone else to solicit favorable action for this Bid by the City, also that no head of any department or
employee therein, or any officer of the City of Sunny Isles Beach, Florida is directly interested therein.
This Bid is genuine and not collusive or a sham; the person, firm or corporation named above has not colluded, conspired, connived or agreed
directly or indirectly with any proposers or person, firm or corporation, to put in a sham Bid, or that such person, firm or corporation, shall
refrain from Bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference with
any person, firm or corporation, to fix the prices of said Bid or Bids of any other proposers; and all statements contained in the Bid or Bids
described above true; and further; neither the undersigned, nor the person, firm or corporation named above has directly or indirectly
submitted said Bid or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, to any association or to any member or agent
thereof.
___________________________________ ___________________________________
AFFIANT’S NAME AFFIANT’S TITLE
TAKEN, SWORN AND SUBSCRIBED TO BEFORE ME this _____ day of _______________________, 20 _.
Personally Known ________ or Produced Identification ________;
Type of identification ___________________________________
(Affix seal here)
___________________________________
NOTARY PUBLIC (name printed or typed)
2 of 12
PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES
City of Sunny Isles Beach
18070 Collins Avenue
Sunny Isles Beach, FL 33160
Telephone: (305) 947-0606 Fax: (305) 949-3113
SWORN STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 287.133(3)(a)
FLORIDA STATUTES, ON PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES
PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES
Pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (2) (a) of Section 287.133, Florida State Statutes - "A person or affiliate
who has been placed on the convicted vendor list following a conviction for a public entity crime may not submit a
Bid on a Contract to provide any goods or services to a public entity, may not submit a Bid on a Contract with a
public entity for the construction or repair of a public building or public Work, may not submit Bids on leases of
real property to a public entity, may not be awarded to perform Work as a Contractor, supplier, Sub-Contractor, or
Consultant under a Contract with any public entity, and may not transact business with any public entity in excess
of the threshold amount Category Two of Sec. 287.017, FS for thirty six months from the date of being placed on
the convicted vendor list".
THIS FORM MUST BE SIGNED AND SWORN TO IN THE PRESENCE OF A NOTARY PUBLIC OR OTHER
OFFICIAL AUTHORIZED TO ADMINISTER OATHS.
1. This sworn statement is submitted to City of Sunny Isles Beach _____________
by____________________________________________________________________________
[print individual’s name and title]
for____________________________________________________________________________
[print name of entity submitting sworn statement]
whose business address is:
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
and (if applicable) its Federal Employer Identification number (FEIN) is_____________________.
(If the entity had no FEIN, include the Social Security Number of the individual signing this sworn
statement:_________________________________.)
2. I understand that a "public entity crime" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(g), Florida Statutes, means a
violation of any state or federal law by a person with respect to and directly related to the transaction of
business with any public entity or with an agency or political subdivision of any other state or with the
United States, including, but not limited to, any Bid or Contract for goods or services to be provided to any
public entity or an agency or political subdivision of any other state of the United States and involving
antitrust, fraud, theft, bribery, collusion, racketeering, conspiracy, or material misrepresentation.
3. I understand that "convicted" or "conviction" as defined in Para. 287.133(1)(b), Florida Statutes, means a
finding of guilt or a conviction of a public entity crime, with or without an adjudication of guilt, in any
federal or state trail court of record relating to charges brought by indictment or information after July 1,
1989, as a result of a jury verdict, non-jury trial, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere.
4. I understand that an "affiliate" as defined in Para. 287.133(1)(a), Florida Statutes, means:
a.) predecessor or successor of a person convicted of a public entity crime; or
b.) Any entity under the control of any natural person who is active in the management of the entity
and who has been convicted of a public entity crime. The term "affiliate" includes those officers,
directors, executors, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are active in
the management of an affiliate. The ownership by one person of shares constituting a controlling
interest in another person, or a pooling of equipment or income among persons when not for fair
3 of 12
market value under an arm's length agreement, shall be a prime facie case that one person
controls another person. A person who knowingly enters into a joint venture with a person who
has been convicted of a public entity crime in Florida during the preceding 36 months shall be
considered an affiliate.
5. I understand that a "person" as defined in Para. 287.133(1)(e), Florida Statutes, means any natural
person or entity organized under the laws of any state or of the United States with the legal power to
enter into a binding Contract and which Bids or applies to Bid on Contracts for the provision of goods or
services let by a public entity, or which otherwise transacts or applies to transact business with a public
entity. The term "persons" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders,
employees, members, and agents who are active in management of any entity.
6. Based on information and belief, the statement which I have marked below is true in relation to the entity
submitting this sworn statement. (Indicate which statement applies.)
____ Neither the entity submitting this sworn statement, nor any of it's officers, directors, executives, partners,
shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in the management of the entity, nor any
affiliate of the entity has been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1,
1989.
____ The entity submitting this sworn statement, or one or more of its officers, directors, executives, partners,
shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in the management of the entity, or an
affiliate of the entity has been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1,
1989.
____ The entity submitting this sworn statement, or one or more of its officers, directors, executives, partners,
shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in the management of the entity, or an
affiliate of the entity has been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1,
1989. However, there has been a subsequent proceeding before a Hearing Officer of the State of
Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings and the Final Order entered by the Hearing Officer of the
State of Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings and the Final Order entered by the Hearing Officer
determined that it was not in the public interest to place the entity submitting this sworn statement on the
convicted vendor list. (Attach a copy of the final order.)
I UNDERSTAND THAT THE SUBMISSION OF THIS FORM TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER FOR THE
PUBLIC ENTITY IDENTIFIED IN PARAGRAPH 1 (ONE) ABOVE IS FOR THAT PUBLIC ENTITY ONLY AND,
THAT THIS FORM IS VALID THROUGH DECEMBER 31 OF THE CALENDAR YEAR IN WHICH IT IS FILED. I
ALSO UNDERSTAND THAT I AM REQUIRED TO INFORM THE PUBLIC ENTITY PRIOR TO ENTERING INTO
A CONTRACT IN EXCESS OF THE THRESHOLD AMOUNT PROVIDED IN SECTION 287.017, FLORIDA
STATUTES, FOR CATEGORY TWO OF ANY, CHANGE IN THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS FORM.
By:
______________________________________
(Signature)
______________________________________
(Printed Name)
______________________________________
(Title)
Sworn to and subscribed before me this ______ day of_______________________, 20_____, by
__________________________________________________.
(AFFIX NOTARY STAMP HERE) ______________________________________
Signature: Notary Public – State of Florida
______________________________________
Print or Type Commissioned Name
Personally Known __________ OR Produced Identification __________
Type of Identification Produced _______________________________
4 of 12
EQUAL OPPORTUNITY /
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION
City of Sunny Isles Beach
18070 Collins Avenue
Sunny Isles Beach, FL 33160
Telephone: (305) 947-0606 Fax: (305) 949-3113
EQUAL OPPORTUNITY/AFFIRMATIVE ACTION STATEMENT
The contractors and all subcontractors hereby agree to a commitment to the principles and
practices of equal opportunity in employment and to comply with the letter and spirit of
federal, state, and local laws and regulations prohibiting discrimination based on race,
color, religion, national region, sex, age, handicap, marital status, and political affiliation or
belief.
Signed: ________________________________________
Title: ________________________________________
Firm: ________________________________________
Address: ________________________________________
________________________________________
5 of 12
C O N F L I C T O F I N T E R E S T
City of Sunny Isles Beach
18070 Collins Avenue
Sunny Isles each, FL 33160
Telephone: (305) 947-0606 Fax: (305) 949-3113
CONFLICT OF INTEREST STATEMENT
The award of any contract hereunder is subject to the provisions of Chapter 112, Florida State Statutes. Proposers
must disclose with their Bids, the name of any officer, director, partner, associate or agent who is also an officer or
employee of the City of Sunny Isles Beach or its agencies.
STATE OF FLORIDA
COUNTY OF _______________________
BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, personally appeared __________________________________________ ,
who was duly sworn, deposes, and states:
1. I am the _________________________ of __________________________________________ with a local
office in ______________________________________________________________________ and principal office
in ___________________________________________________________________________________________.
2. The above named entity is submitting a Bid for the City of Sunny Isles Beach, Bid No. _________________
described as _________________________________________________________. The Affiant has made diligent
inquiry and provides the information contained in this Affidavit based upon his own knowledge.
3. The Affiant states that only one submittal for the above Bid is being submitted and that the above named
entity has no financial interest in other entities submitting Bids for the same project.
4. Neither the Affiant nor the above named entity has directly or indirectly entered into any agreement,
participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraints of free competitive pricing in connection
with the entity’s submittal for the above Bid. This statement restricts the discussion of pricing data until the
completion of negotiations if necessary and execution of the Contract for this project.
5. Neither the entity nor its affiliates, nor anyone associated with them, is presently suspended or otherwise
ineligible from participation in contract letting by any local, State, or Federal Agency.
6. Neither the entity, nor its affiliates, nor anyone associated with them have any potential conflict of
interest due to any other clients, contracts, or property interests for this project.
7. I certify that no member of the entity’s ownership or management is presently applying for any employee
position or actively seeking an elected position with the City of Sunny Isles Beach.
8. I certify that no member of the entity’s ownership or management, or staff has a vested interest in any
aspect of the City of Sunny Isles Beach.
9. In the event that a conflict of interest is identified in the provision of services, I, on behalf of the above
named entity, will immediately notify the City of Sunny Isles Beach.
Dated this __________ day of __________________________________, 20____.
____________________________________________ ____________________________________
AFFIANT Print or Type Name and Title
Sworn to and subscribed before me this __________ day of ______________________________, 20____.
Personally Known, OR
Produced Identification - Type of Identification ____________________________________________
NOTARY PUBLIC STATE OF FLORIDA _______________________________________________________
6 of 12
DISPUTE DISCLOSURE
City of Sunny Isles Beach
18070 Collins Avenue
Sunny Isles Beach, FL 33160
Telephone: (305) 947-0606 Fax: (305) 949-3113
DISPUTE DISCLOSURE FORM
Answer the following questions by placing a “X” after “Yes” or “No”. If you answer “Yes”, please
explain in the space provided, or on a separate sheet attached to this form.
1. Has your firm or any of its officers, received a reprimand of any nature or been suspended by the
Department of Professional Regulations or any other regulatory agency or professional associations within the last
five (5) years?
YES __________ NO __________
2. Has your firm, or any member of your firm, been declared in default, terminated or removed from a
contract or job related to the services your firm provides in the regular course of business within the last five (5)
years?
YES __________ NO __________
3. Has your firm had against it or filed any requests for equitable adjustment, contract claims, Bid protests,
or litigation in the past five (5) years that is related to the services your firm provides in the regular course of
business?
YES __________ NO __________ If yes, state the nature of the request for equitable adjustment, contract
claim, litigation, or protest, and state a brief description of the case, the outcome or status of the suit and the
monetary amounts of extended contract time involved.
I hereby certify that all statements made are true and agree and understand that any misstatement or
misrepresentation of falsification of facts shall be cause for forfeiture of rights for further consideration of this Bid
for the City of Sunny Isles Beach.
________________________________________ ______________________________________
Firm Date
________________________________________ _______________________________________
Authorized Signature Print or Type Name and Title
7 of 12
ANTI-KICKBACK
City of Sunny Isles Beach
18070 Collins Avenue
Sunny Isles Beach, FL 33160
Telephone: (305) 947-0606 Fax: (305) 949-3113
ANTI-KICKBACK AFFIDAVIT
STATE OF FLORIDA )
)
COUNTY OF ___________ )
I, the undersigned, hereby duly sworn and deposed say that no portion of this sum herein Bid
will be paid to any employees of the City of Sunny Isles Beach or its elected officials as a
commission, kickback, reward or gift, directly or indirectly by me or any member of my firm or
by an officer of the corporation.
By: ________________________________
Title: ________________________________
The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this _____ day of
__________________, 20____, by _________________________________________ [name
of person], as __________________________________ [type of authority], for
________________________________ [name of party on behalf of whom instrument was
executed].
AFFIX NOTARY STAMP HERE:
_______________________________
Notary Public – State of Florida
________________________________
Print or Type Commissioned Name
Personally Known __________ OR Produced Identification __________
Type of Identification Produced ________________________________
CONTRACTOR ANTI-BOYCOTT CERTIFICATION
[PURSUANT TO FLORIDA STATUTE § 215.4725]
I, ___________________, on behalf of _________________________,
Print Name Company Name
certifies that___________________________ does not:
Company Name
1.Participate in a boycott of Israel; and
2.Is not on the Scrutinized Companies that Boycott Israel list; and
3.Is not on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List; and
4.Is not on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum
Energy Sector List; and
5.Has not engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria.
________________________________
Signature
________________________________
Title
________________________________
Date
9 OF 12
E-Verify Affidavit
Florida Statute 448.095 directs all public employers, including municipal governments, to verify the
employment eligibility of all new public employees through the U.S. Department of Homeland Security’s E-
Verify System, and further provides that a public employer may not enter into a contract unless each party
to the contract registers with and uses the E-Verify system.
Florida Statute 448.095 further provides that if a contractor enters into a contract with a subcontractor, the
subcontractor must provide the contractor with an affidavit stating that the subcontractor does not employ,
contract with, or subcontract with an unauthorized alien.
In accordance with Florida Statute 448.095, all contractors doing business with the City of Sunny Isles
Beach are required to verify employee eligibility using the E -Verify system for all existing and new
employees hired by the contractor during the contract term. Further, the contractor must also require and
maintain the statutorily required affidavit of its subcontractors. It is the responsibility of the awarded vendor to
ensure compliance with E-Verify requirements (as applicable). To enroll in E-Verify, employers should visit
the E-Verify website (https://www.e-verify.gov/employers/enrolling-in-e-verify) and follow the
instructions. The contractor must, as usual, retain the I-9 Forms for inspection.
By affixing your signature below you hereby affirm that you will comply with E-Verify requirements.
Company Name
Offeror Signature Date
Print Name Title
Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN)
Notary Public Information
Sworn to and subscribed before me on this this day of , 2020.
By
Is personally known to me
Has produced identification (type of identification produced: )
Signature of Notary Public
Print or Stamp of Notary Public Expiration Date
10 of 12
BID BOND
City of Sunny Isles Beach
18070 Collins Avenue
Sunny Isles Beach, FL 33160
Telephone: (305) 947-0606 Fax: (305) 949-3113
STATE OF FLORIDA )
)
COUNTY OF ____________)
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we,_______________________________ as Principal, and
_______________________________________________________, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Sunny Isles
Beach, a municipal corporation of the State of Florida hereinafter referred to as the Owner in the sum of
_______________________________ Dollars ($ __________), lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and
truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that whereas the Principal has submitted the accompanying Bid dated,
______________2010 for:
______________________________________________________________________.
WHEREAS, it was a condition precedent to the submission of said Bid that a cashier’s check or Bid Bond in the amount of five percent (5%) of
the Base Bid be submitted with said Bid as a guarantee that the Proposers would, if awarded the Contract, enter into a written Contract with
the City for the performance of said Contract, within ten (10) consecutive calendar days after written notice having been given of the Award of
the Contract.
NOW, THEREFORE, the conditions of this obligation are such that if the Principal within ten (10) consecutive calendar days after written
notice of such acceptance, enters into a written Contract with the City of Sunny Isles Beach and furnishes the Performance Bond, satisfactory
to the City, each in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract Price, and provides all required Certificates of Insurance,
then this obligation shall be void; otherwise the sum herein stated shall be due and payable to the City of Sunny Isles Beach and the Surety
herein agrees to pay said sum immediately, upon demand of the City, in good and lawful money of the United States of America, as liquidated
damages for failure thereof of said Principal.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bonded parties have executed this instrument under their several seals this_____________day
of________________________,20 , the name and the corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents
being duly signed by its undersigned representative.
DOCUMENT CONTINUES ON NEXT PAGE
IN PRESENCE OF:
__________________________________ _________________
Individual or Partnership Principal Affix Corporate Seal
_________________________________
Business Address
_________________________________
City, State, and Zip Code
_________________________________ _______________________________
Business Telephone Business Facsimile
ATTEST:
___________________________________ ______________________________ Secretary
(Corporate Surety)*
By:
*Impress Corporate Seal
IMPORTANT
Surety companies executing bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's most current list (circular 570 as amended) and be authorized
to transact business in the State of Florida.
11 OF 12
PERFORMANCE BOND
City of Sunny Isles Beach
18070 Collins Avenue
Sunny Isles Beach, FL 33160
Telephone: (305) 947-0606 Fax: (305) 949-3113
FORM OF PERFORMANCE BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
That, pursuant to the requirements of Florida Statute 255.05, we,
___________________________________________________________, as Principal, hereinafter called
Contractor, and ________________________, as Surety, are bound to the City of Sunny
Isles Beach, Florida, as Obligee, hereinafter called City, in the amount of ________________________________
Dollars ($ _____________) for the payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs,
executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally.
WHEREAS, Contractor has by written agreement entered into a Contract, Bid/Contract No, awarded the
day of , 20 , with in accordance with contract documents prepared by the City
of Sunny Isles Beach, hereinafter referred to as the Owner which Contract is by reference made a part hereof,
and is hereafter referred to as the Contract;
THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if the Contractor:
1. Fully performs the Contract between the Contractor and the City for services described within (Bid No.
_______________) within calendar days after the date of Contract commencement as specified in the
Notice to Proceed and in the manner prescribed in the Contract; and
2. Indemnifies and pays City all losses, damages (specifically including, but not limited to, damages for
delay and other consequential damages caused by or arising out of the acts, omissions or negligence of
Contractor), expenses, costs and attorney's fees including attorney's fees incurred in appellate proceedings, that
City sustains because of default by Contractor under the Contract; and
3. Upon notification by the City corrects any and all defective or faulty Work or materials which appear within
one and one half (1 1/2) years, and:
4. Performs the guarantee of all Work and materials furnished under the Contract for the time specified in
the Contract, then this Bond is void, otherwise it remains in full force. Whenever Contractor shall be, and
declared by City to be, in default under the Contract, the City having performed City’s obligations there under, the
Surety may promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly:
4.1. Complete the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions; or
4.2. Obtain a Bid or Bids for completing the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions,
and upon determination by Surety of the best, lowest, qualified, responsible and responsive
Proposers, or, if the City elects, upon determination by the City, and Surety jointly of the best,
lowest, qualified, responsible and responsive Proposers, arrange for a Contract between such
Proposers and City, and make available as Work progresses (even though there should be a
default or a succession of defaults under the Contract or Contracts of completion arranged
under this paragraph) sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the balance of the
Contract Price; but not exceeding, including other costs and damages for which the Surety
may be liable hereunder, the amount set forth in the first paragraph hereof. The term "balance
of the Contract Price." as used in this paragraph, shall mean the total amount payable by City
to Contractor under the Contract and any amendments thereto, less the amount properly paid
by City to Contractor.
No right of action shall accrue on this Bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other than the City
named herein.
12 of 12
The Surety hereby waives notice of and agrees that any changes in or under the Contract Documents and
compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected with the Contract or the changes do not affect
Surety's obligation under this Bond.
Signed and sealed this day of , 20 .
WITNESS: BY:
(Name of Corporation)
_________________________
Secretary
(Signature)
(CORPORATE SEAL)
(Type Name and Title Signed Above)
IN THE PRESENCE OF; INSURANCE COMPANY:
BY:
*Agent and Attorney-in-Fact
* (Power of Attorney must be attached)
(Address)
______________________________
(City/State/Zip Code)
______________________________
(Telephone)
STATE OF FLORIDA
COUNTY OF _________________________
The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this _____ day of __________________,
20____, by _________________________________________________________ [name of person], as
__________________________________ [type of authority], for ________________________________ [name
of party on behalf of whom instrument was executed].
AFFIX NOTARY STAMP HERE: ______________________________________
Signature: Notary Public – State of Florida
______________________________________
Print or Type Commissioned Name
Personally Known __________ OR Produced Identification __________
Type of Identification Produced ________________________________
City of Sunny Isles Beach | Invitation to Bid No. 21-08-01 33
00700 - 1/38
SECTION 00700 - GENERAL CONDITIONS
ARTICLE 1 -- DEFINITIONS
Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents the following
terms have the meanings indicated:
Addenda - Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which make
additions, deletions, or revisions to the Contract Documents.
Agreement - The written contract between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR covering the
Work to be performed; when other documents are attached to the Agreement they become part
of the contract.
Application for Payment - The form furnished by the ENGINEER which is to be used by the
CONTRACTOR to request progress or final payment and which includes such supporting
documentation as is required by the Contract Documents.
Bid - The offer(s) submitted in response to this Invitation for Bid.
Bonds - Bid, Performance, and Payment Bonds and other instruments which protect against
loss due to inability or refusal of the CONTRACTOR to perform its Contract.
Change Order - A document recommended by the ENGINEER, which is signed by the
CONTRACTOR and the OWNER and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work,
or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Eff ective
Date of the Agreement pursuant to Article 10.
Consultant - Engineer of Record or Owner’s Representative.
Contract Documents - The Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Forms (including the
Bid, Bid Schedule(s), Information Required of Bidder, Bid Bond, and all required certificates and
affidavits), Agreement, Performance Bond, Payment Bond, General Conditions, Supplementary
General Conditions, Technical Specifications, Drawings, and all addenda, and change orders
executed pursuant to the provisions of the Contract Documents.
Contract Price - The original amount established in the bid submittal and award by the City, as
may be amended by Change Order.
Contract Time - The original time between commencement and completion, including any
milestone dates thereof, established in the contract, as may be amended by Change Order.
CONTRACTOR - Anyone with whom the City has entered into a contractual agreement.
Cost of Work - Unit prices will be devised into two categories, LABOR and MATERIAL. Labor
units shall be inclusive of all work effort, equipment, temporary restoration, overhead and profit.
Material units shall be at actual cost inclusive of conduit, couplers, elbows, glue, end caps, pull
string / tape, and delivery charges based on Consumer Pricing Index effective August 1, 2021.
Subsequent evaluation of material costs will be accomplished every sixty (60) days after award
of contract to assess variances in Market Pricing for material. Equitable adjustments either
increase or decrease will be reflected in overall contract cost utilizing contract change order
00700 - 2/38
procedures. Bidders are not to include any markup on material cost.
Where materials provided by others, labor costs to include delivery coordination, off-loading,
handling and storing of materials provided.
Day/ Calendar Day - A calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight.
Defective Work - Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient; or that does not conform to the
Contract Documents; or that does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference
standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or Work that has been
damaged prior to the ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment.
Drawings - The drawings, plans, maps, profiles, diagrams, and other graphic representations
which show the character, location, nature, extent, and scope of the Work and which have been
prepared by the ENGINEER and are referred to in the Contract Documents. Shop Drawings are
not Drawings as so defined.
Effective Date of the Agreement - The date indicated in the Agreement on which it was
executed, but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which the Agreement is signed
and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver.
ENGINEER - The OWNER's ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT.
Field Order - A written order which orders minor changes in the work but which does not involve
a change in the Contract Price or Contract Time.
Force Majeure - An act of God, including hurricanes, tornadoes, landslides, lightning,
earthquakes, fire, flood, explosion, sabotage or similar occurrence, acts of a public enemy, war,
blockage or insurrection, riot, civil disturbance, or act of terrorism.
General Requirements - Division 1 of the Technical Specifications.
Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations - Laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes,
and/or orders promulgated by a lawfully constituted body authorized to issue such Laws and
Regulations.
Notice of Intent to Award - The written notice by the OWNER to the apparent successful bidder
stating that upon compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent
enumerated therein within the time specified, the OWNER will consider to enter into an
Agreement.
Notice to Proceed - The written notice issued by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR authorizing
the CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work and establishing the date of commencement of
the Contract Time.
OWNER - The public body or authority with whom the CONTRACTOR has entered into the
Agreement and for whom the Work is to be provided.
OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE – The City’s (OWNER) CONSULTANT representing the City on
all matters relative to this project.
00700 - 3/38
Partial Utilization - Placing a portion of the Work in service for the purpose for which it is
intended (or a related purpose) before reaching Substantial Completion of the Work.
Project - All matters and things whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other
labor, materials, equipment and services provided or to be provided by the Successful Bidder in
accordance with the Contract.
Resident Project Representative - The authorized representative of the ENGINEER who is
assigned to the site or any part thereof.
Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are
specifically prepared by or for the CONTRACTOR and submitted by the CONTRACTOR to
illustrate some portion of Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance
charts, instructions, and diagrams to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the
Work.
Specifications - (Same definition as for Technical Specifications hereinafter).
Subcontractor - An individual, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with the
CONTRACTOR or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the
site.
Substantial Completion - Refers to the date certified by the ENGINEER to when all conditions
and requirements of permits and regulatory agencies have been satisfied, and when the Work
has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, as evidenced by the
Certificate of Substantial Completion/Notice of Completion as applicable, it is sufficiently
complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work is available for
beneficial occupancy and can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if there be
no such certificate issued when final payment is due in accordance with Article 14, Paragraph
14.8. A Temporary Certificate of Occupancy or Certificate of Occupancy must be issued for
Substantial Completion to be achieved, however, the issuance of a Temporary Certificate of
Occupancy or Certificate of Occupancy or the date thereof are not to be determinative of the
achievement or date of Substantial Completion. The terms "substantially complete" and
"substantially completed" can be used interchangeably as applied to any Work refer to as
“substantial completion” thereof.
Supplementary General Conditions - The part of the Contract Documents which make additions,
deletions, or revisions to these General Conditions.
Supplier - A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man, or vendor.
Technical Specifications - Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of the General
Requirements and written technical descriptions of products and execution of the Work.
Underground Utilities - All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks,
tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities
which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials:
water, sewage and drainage removal, electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products,
telephone or other communications, cable television, traffic, or other control systems.
Weather Delays - Work stoppage caused by abnormal inclement weather, where abnormal
duration and frequency of rain as compared with the Weather Bureau data and supported by
00700 - 4/38
project logs, has caused the contractor to suspend critical path activities during the exceptional
adverse weather event for more than fifty percent (50%) of the work period of the day
exceptionally adverse weather. Weather delay claim can be made for work day only. No time
extension will be allowed for weekend rains.
Work - All matters and things whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other
labor, materials, equipment and services provided or to be provided by the Successful Bidder in
accordance with the Contract.
ARTICLE 2 -- PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS/INSURANCE CERTIFICATES
A. When the CONTRACTOR delivers the signed Agreements to the OWNER, the
CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to the OWNER such Bonds and Insurance
Policies and Certificates as the CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS
A. The OWNER shall furnish to the CONTRACTOR the required number of copies
of the Contract Documents specified in the Supplementary General Conditions.
2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME; NOTICE TO PROCEED
A. The Contract Time will start to run on the commencement date stated in the
Notice to Proceed.
2.4 STARTING THE PROJECT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall begin to perform the Work within 10 days after the
commencement date stated in the Notice to Proceed, but no Work shall be done
at the site prior to said commencement date.
2.5 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION
A. Before undertaking each part of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall carefully
study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent
figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. The
CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to the ENGINEER any conflict,
error, or discrepancy which the CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a
written interpretation or clarification from the ENGINEER before proceeding with
any Work affected thereby.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER for review those documents
called for under Section 01330 - Submittals in the General Requirements.
00700 - 5/38
2.6 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
A. A preconstruction conference attended by the CONTRACTOR, the ENGINEER
and others as appropriate will be held to discuss the Work in accordance with the
applicable procedures specified in the General Requirements.
2.7 FINALIZING SCHEDULES
A. At least seven (7) days before the first Pre-Construction Meeting, a conference
attended by the CONTRACTOR, the ENGINEER, and others as appropriate, the
CONTRACTOR will submit the following documents, if required, for the
ENGINEER’s review: Construction Schedule, Schedule of Values, MOT Plan (if
applicable), Staging Plan, Mobilization Plan, submitted in accordance with the
General Requirements.
ARTICLE 3 -- CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT AMENDING, REUSE
3.1 INTENT
A. The Contract Documents comprise the entire agreement between the OWNER
and the CONTRACTOR concerning the Work. The Contract Documents are
complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. The
Contract Documents will be construed in accordance with the law of the place of
the Project.
B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe the Work, functionally
complete, to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any
Work, materials, or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract
Documents as being required to produce the intended result shall be supplied
whether or not specifically called for. When words which have a well-known
technical or trade meaning are used to describe Work, materials, or equipment
such words shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Reference to
standard specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization,
or association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any governmental authority,
whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest
standard specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time
of opening of Bids, except as may be otherwise specifically stated. However, no
provision of any referenced standard specification, manual, or code (whether or
not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents) shall be
effective to change the duties and responsibilities of the OWNER, the
CONTRACTOR, or the ENGINEER or any of their consultants, agents, or
employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents.
C. If, during the performance of the Work, the CONTRACTOR finds a conflict, error,
or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall so report to
the ENGINEER in writing at once and before proceeding with the Work affected
thereby, shall obtain a written interpretation, clarification, or correction from the
ENGINEER.
00700 - 6/38
3.2 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. In resolving conflicts resulting from conflicts, errors, or discrepancies in any of the
Contract Documents, the order of precedence shall be as follows:
1. Change orders
2. Agreement
3. Addenda
4. Contractor's Bid (Bid Form)
5. Supplementary General Conditions
6. Notice Inviting Bids
7. Instructions to Bidders
8. General Conditions
9. Technical Specifications
10. Referenced Standard Specifications
11. Drawings
B. With reference to the Drawings the order of precedence is as follows:
1. Figures govern over scaled dimensions
2. Detail drawings govern over general drawings
3. Addenda/change order drawings govern over Contract Drawings
4. Contract Drawings govern over standard drawings
3.3 AMENDING AND SUPPLEMENTING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions,
and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by a
Change Order (pursuant to Article 10).
3.4 REUSE OF DOCUMENTS
A. Neither the CONTRACTOR, nor any Subcontractor or Supplier, nor any other
person or organization performing any of the Work under a contract with the
OWNER shall have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the
Drawings, Technical Specifications, or other documents used on the Work, and
they shall not reuse any of them on the extensions of the Project or any other
project without written consent.
ARTICLE 4 -- AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS
4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS
A. The OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands
upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access
thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of the
CONTRACTOR. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in
existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the OWNER, unless otherwise
provided in the Contract Documents. Nothing contained in the Contract
Documents shall be interpreted as giving the CONTRACTOR exclusive
occupancy of the lands or rights-of-way provided. The CONTRACTOR shall
00700 - 7/38
provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for
temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment; provided,
that the CONTRACTOR shall not enter upon nor use any property not under the
control of the OWNER until a written temporary construction easement
agreement has been executed by the CONTRACTOR and the property owner,
and a copy of said easement furnished to the ENGINEER prior to said use; and,
neither the OWNER nor the ENGINEER shall be liable for any claims or
damages resulting from the CONTRACTOR's unauthorized trespass or use of
any such properties.
4.2 DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER in writing of the following
unforeseen conditions, hereinafter called differing site conditions, promptly upon
their discovery (but in no event later than fourteen (14) days) and before they are
disturbed:
1. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site of the Work differing
materially from those indicated, described, or delineated in the Contract
Documents including; and
2. Unknown physical conditions at the site of the Work of an unusual nature
differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally
recognized as inherent in Work of the character provided for in the
Contract.
B. The ENGINEER will review the pertinent conditions, determine the necessity of
obtaining additional explorations or tests with respect thereto and advise the
OWNER in writing of the ENGINEER's findings and conclusions.
C. If the OWNER concludes that because of newly discovered conditions a change
in the Contract Documents is required, a Change Order will be issued as
provided in Article 10 to reflect and document the consequences of the
difference.
D. In each such case, an increase or decrease in the Contract Price or an extension
or shortening of the Contract Time, or any combination thereof, will be allowable
to the extent that they are attributable to any such difference. If the OWNER and
the CONTRACTOR are unable to agree as to the amount or length thereof, a
claim may be made therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12.
E. The CONTRACTOR's failure to give notice of differing site conditions within
fourteen (14) days of their discovery or before they are disturbed shall constitute
a waiver of all claims in connection therewith, whether direct or consequential in
nature.
4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS - UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract
Documents with respect to existing Underground Utilities at or contiguous to the
site are based on information and data furnished to the OWNER or the
ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Utilities or by others. Unless it
00700 - 8/38
is expressly provided in the Supplementary General Conditions and/or the
Section entitled "Protection of Existing Facilities" of the General Requirements,
the OWNER and the ENGINEER shall not be responsible for the accuracy or
completeness of any such information or data, and the CONTRACTOR shall
have full responsibility for reviewing and checking all such information and data,
and perform soft digs as required for locating all Underground Utilities shown or
indicated in the Contract Documents, for coordination of the Work with the
owners of such Underground Utilities during construction, for the safety and
protection thereof and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work, the
cost of which will be considered as having been included in the Contract Price.
The contractor must be equipped with all necessary tools and parts in order to
repair damaged underground utilities in timely matter.
B. Not Shown or Indicated: If an Underground Utility is uncovered or revealed at or
contiguous to the site which was not shown or indicated in the Contract
Documents and which the CONTRACTOR could not reasonably have been
expected to be aware of, the CONTRACTOR shall identify the owner of such
Underground Utility and give written notice thereof to that owner, and shall notify
the ENGINEER in accordance with the requirements of the Supplementary
General Conditions and Section entitled "Protection of Existing Facilities" of the
General Requirements.
4.4 REFERENCE POINTS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all lines, grades, and bench marks required for
proper execution of the Work including right-ow-way and property lines.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall preserve all bench marks, stakes, and other survey
marks, and in case of their removal or destruction by its own employees or by its
subcontractor's employees, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the
accurate replacement of such reference points by professionally qualified
personnel.
4.5 ASBESTOS, HAZARDOUS WASTE, OR TOXIC OR RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS
A. If the CONTRACTOR observes, uncovers, or otherwise becomes aware of any
asbestos, hazardous waste, or toxic or radioactive material at the site to which
the CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other person may be
exposed, the CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify the OWNER and the
ENGINEER and thereafter confirm any oral notice in writing. The OWNER will
promptly consult with the ENGINEER concerning such condition and determine
the necessity of OWNER's retaining special consultants or qualified experts to
deal therewith. The CONTRACTOR shall not perform any Work in connection
therewith prior to receipt of special written instructions from the OWNER through
the ENGINEER.
00700 - 9/38
ARTICLE 5 -- BONDS AND INSURANCE
5.1 PERFORMANCE AND OTHER BONDS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish Performance and Payment Bonds, each in the
amount set forth in the Supplementary General Conditions as security for the
faithful performance and payment of all the CONTRACTOR's obligations under
the Contract Documents. The Performance Bond shall remain in effect at least
until one year after the date of Substantial Completion/Notice of Completion as
applicable, except as otherwise provided by Law or Regulation or by the Contract
Documents; provided, that the amount of said Performance Bond may be
reduced to twenty-five (25) percent of the Contract Price, or $1,000, whichever is
greater or as greater as stated in the Supplemental General Conditions. The
CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the
Supplementary General Conditions.
B. If the surety on any Bond furnished by the CONTRACTOR is declared a bankrupt
or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where
any part of the Work is located, the CONTRACTOR shall within seven (7) days
thereafter substitute another Bond and Surety, which must be acceptable to the
OWNER.
5.2 INSURANCE
A. The CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain the insurance required under
this Paragraph. Such insurance shall include the specific coverages set out
herein and be written for not less than the limits of liability and coverages
provided in the Supplementary General Conditions, or required by law, whichever
are greater. All insurance shall be maintained continuously during the life of the
Agreement up to the date of Substantial Completion/Notice of Completion as
applicable, pursuant to acceptance of the Work by the OWNER's governing
body, but the CONTRACTOR's liabilities under this Agreement shall not be
deemed limited in any way to the insurance coverage required.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the OWNER with certificates showing the type,
amount, class of operations covered, effective dates and dates of expiration of
policies. All of the policies of insurance so required to be purchased and
maintained (or the certificates or other evidence thereof) shall contain a provision
or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be cancelled, materially
changed, or renewal refused until at least thirty (30) days prior written notice has
been given to the OWNER by certified mail. All such insurance shall remain in
effect until date of Substantial Completion and at all times thereafter when the
CONTRACTOR may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in
accordance with Paragraph 13.6. In addition, the insurance required herein shall
name the OWNER, the ENGINEER, and their officers, directors, agents, and
employees as "additional insureds" under the policies.
1. Workers' Compensation and Employer's Liability: This insurance shall
protect the CONTRACTOR against all claims under applicable state
workers' compensation laws. The CONTRACTOR shall also be protected
against claims for injury, disease, or death of employees which, for any
reason, may not fall within the provisions of a workers' compensation law.
00700 - 10/38
This policy shall include an "all states" endorsement. The
CONTRACTOR shall require each subcontractor similarly to provide
Workers' Compensation Insurance for all of the latter's employees to be
engaged in such Work unless such employees are covered by the
protection afforded by the CONTRACTOR's Workers' Compensation
Insurance. In case any class of employees is not protected, under the
Workers' Compensation Statute, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and
shall cause each subcontractor to provide adequate employer's liability
insurance for the protection of such of its employees as are not otherwise
protected.
2. Comprehensive General Liability: This insurance shall be written in
comprehensive form and shall protect the CONTRACTOR against all
claims arising from injuries to persons other than its employees or
damage to property of the OWNER or others arising out of any act or
omission of the CONTRACTOR or its agents, employees, or
subcontractors. The policy shall also include protection against claims
insured by usual personal injury liability coverage, a "protective liability"
endorsement to insure the contractual liability assumed by the
CONTRACTOR under the indemnification provisions in the General
Conditions. To the extent that the CONTRACTOR's Work, or Work under
its direction, may require blasting, explosive conditions, or underground
operations, the comprehensive general liability coverage shall contain no
exclusion relative to blasting, explosion, collapse of buildings, or damage
to underground structures.
3. Comprehensive Automobile Liability: This insurance shall be written in
comprehensive form and shall protect the CONTRACTOR against all
claims for injuries to members of the public and damage to property of
others arising from the use of motor vehicles, and shall cover operation
on or off the site of all motor vehicles licensed for highway use, whether
they are owned, non owned, or hired.
4. Subcontractor's Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance and
Vehicle Liability Insurance: The CONTRACTOR shall either require each
of its subcontractors to procure and to maintain Subcontractor's Public
Liability and Property Damage Insurance and Vehicle Liability Insurance
of the type and in the amounts specified in the Supplementary General
Conditions or insure the activities of its subcontractors in the
CONTRACTOR's own policy, in like amount.
5. Builder's Risk: This insurance shall be of the "all risks" type, shall be
written in completed value form, and shall protect the CONTRACTOR, the
OWNER, and the ENGINEER against risks of damage to buildings,
structures, and materials and equipment. The amount of such insurance
shall be not less than the insurable value of the Work at completion.
Builder's risk insurance shall provide for losses to be payable to the
CONTRACTOR, the OWNER, and the ENGINEER as their interests may
appear. The policy shall contain a provision that in the event of payment
for any loss under the coverage provided, the insurance company shall
have no rights of recovery against the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER, and
the ENGINEER. The Builder's Risk policy shall insure against all risks of
00700 - 11/38
direct physical loss or damage to property from any external cause
including windstorm, flood and earthquake. Allowable exclusions, if any,
shall be as specified in the Supplementary General Conditions.
ARTICLE 6 -- CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE
A. The CONTRACTOR shall supervise and direct the Work competently and
efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise
as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the means, methods,
techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction and safety precautions
and programs incidental thereto. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to
see that the finished Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall designate in writing and keep on the Work site at all
times during its progress a technically qualified, superintendent, who shall not be
replaced without written notice to the OWNER and the ENGINEER. The
superintendent will be the CONTRACTOR's representative at the site and shall
have authority to act on behalf of the CONTRACTOR. All communications given
to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. The
CONTRACTOR shall issue all its communications to the OWNER through the
ENGINEER.
C. The CONTRACTOR's supervisor or superintendent shall be present at the site of
the Work at all times while Work is in progress. Failure to observe this
requirement shall be considered as suspension of the Work by the
CONTRACTOR until such time as such supervisor or superintendent is again
present at the site.
D. Superintendent shall keep and maintain as-built red-line documents to reflect
work conditions on daily basis. Submittal of updated as-bults will be a condition
of payment.
6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to
survey and lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the
Contract Documents. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish, erect, maintain, and
remove the construction plant and any temporary works as may be required.
The CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the
site. Except in connection with the safety or protection of persons or the Work or
property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the
Contract Documents, all Work at the site shall be performed during regular
working hours, and the CONTRACTOR will not permit overtime Work or the
performance of Work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without the
OWNER's written consent given after prior written notice to the ENGINEER.
00700 - 12/38
B. Except as otherwise provided in this Paragraph, the CONTRACTOR shall
receive no additional compensation for overtime Work, i.e., Work in excess of
eight (8) hours in any one calendar day or forty (40) hours in any one calendar
week, even though such overtime Work may be required under emergency
conditions and may be ordered by the ENGINEER in writing. Additional
compensation will be paid the CONTRACTOR for overtime Work only in the
event extra Work is ordered by the ENGINEER and the change order specifically
authorizes the use of overtime Work and then only to such extent as overtime
wages are regularly being paid by the CONTRACTOR for overtime Work of a
similar nature in the same locality.
C. All costs of inspection and testing performed during overtime Work by the
CONTRACTOR which is allowed solely for the convenience of the
CONTRACTOR shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. The OWNER shall have
the authority to deduct the cost of all such inspection and testing from any partial
payments otherwise due to the CONTRACTOR.
D. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall
furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor,
transportation, construction equipment and machinery, instrumentation,
electronics, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary
facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing,
performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work.
E. All materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be of good
quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All
Suppliers' warranties and guarantees specifically called for by the Specifications
shall expressly run to the benefit of the OWNER. If required by the ENGINEER,
the CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of
required tests) as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. All
materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used,
cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable
Supplier except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents; but no
provisions of any such instructions will be effective to assign to the ENGINEER,
or any of the ENGINEER's consultants, agents, or employees, any duty or
authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any
duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of
Paragraphs 9.9C and 9.9D.
F. For material provided by FPL, CONTRACTOR responsible to coordinate,
schedule, and accept, off-load, and store. Upon acceptance of materials,
CONTRACTOR shall assume responsibility for condition and storage.
6.3 ADJUSTING PROGRESS SCHEDULE
A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit any adjustments in the progress schedule to
the ENGINEER for acceptance in accordance with the provisions for "Submittals"
in the General Requirements.
00700 - 13/38
6.4 SUBSTITUTES OR "OR-EQUAL" ITEMS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit proposed substitutes or "or-equal" items in
accordance with the provisions for "Submittals" in the General Requirements.
6.5 CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to the OWNER and the ENGINEER for
the acts and omissions of its subcontractors and their employees to the same
extent as CONTRACTOR is responsible for the acts and omissions of its own
employees. Nothing contained in this Paragraph shall create any contractual
relationship between any subcontractor and the OWNER or the ENGINEER nor
relieve the CONTRACTOR of any liability or obligation under the prime Contract.
6.6 PERMITS / CONNECTION FEES
A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary General Conditions or
Summary of Work, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain all construction permits if
required and licenses from the agencies having jurisdiction, including the
furnishing of insurance and bonds if required by such agencies. The
enforcement of such requirements under this Contract shall not be made the
basis for claims for additional compensation. The OWNER shall assist the
CONTRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. The
OWNER shall pay at cost and directly all governmental permit charges
necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of
opening of Bids. The OWNER shall pay at cost all charges of utility owners for
connections to the Work. If CONTRACTOR fails the regulatory inspections,
CONTRCATOR shall pay for the re-inspection fees necessary for the prosecution
of the WORK.
CONTRACTOR shall not commence any work without the appropriate permit.
Copy of the respective permits shall be submitted to the ENGINEER prior to
commencement of work.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs
incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the
Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of
patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design,
process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the
performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of the OWNER or the
ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the
payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall
be disclosed by the OWNER in the Contract Documents. The CONTRACTOR
shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the OWNER and the ENGINEER and
anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them from and against all
claims, damages, losses, and expenses (including attorneys' fees and court
costs) arising out of any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the
use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the
Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the
Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any
alleged infringement of such rights.
00700 - 14/38
6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall observe and comply with all federal, state, and local
laws, ordinances, codes, orders, and regulations which in any manner affect
those engaged or employed on the Work, the materials used in the Work, or the
conduct of the Work. If any discrepancy or inconsistency should be discovered
in this Contract in relation to any such law, ordinance, code, order, or regulation,
the CONTRACTOR shall report the same in writing to the ENGINEER. The
CONTRACTOR shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the OWNER, the
ENGINEER, and their officers, agents, and employees against all claims or
liability arising from violation of any such law, ordinance, code, order, or
regulation, whether by CONTRACTOR or by its employees or subcontractors.
Any particular law or regulation specified or referred to elsewhere in the Contract
Documents shall not in any way limit the obligation of the CONTRACTOR to
comply with all other provisions of federal, state, and local laws and regulations.
Where an individual State act on occupational safety and health standards has
been approved by Federal authority, then the provisions of said State act shall
control.
6.8 TAXES
A. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes
required to be paid by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Laws and
Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the
performance of the Work.
6.9 USE OF PREMISES
A. The CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of
materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to (1) the Project site, (2)
the land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents, and
(3) the other land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, rights-of-way,
permits, and easements. The CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for
any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of
any land or areas contiguous thereto, resulting from the performance of the
Work. Should any claim be made against the OWNER or the ENGINEER by any
such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, the
CONTRACTOR shall promptly attempt to settle with such other party by
agreement or otherwise resolve the claim through litigation. The CONTRACTOR
shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify, defend,
and hold the OWNER and the ENGINEER harmless from and against all claims,
damages, losses, and expenses (including, but not limited to, fees of engineers,
architects, attorneys, and other professionals and court costs) arising directly,
indirectly, or consequentially out of any action, legal or equitable, brought by any
such other party against the OWNER or the ENGINEER to the extent based on a
claim arising out of the CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work.
6.10 SAFETY AND PROTECTION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and
supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work.
00700 - 15/38
The CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and
shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to:
1. all employees on the Work and other persons and organizations who may
be affected thereby;
2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein,
whether in storage on or off the site; and
3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs,
lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, mechanical equipment,
electronics, instrumentation, and utilities not designated for removal,
relocation, or replacement in the course of construction.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations
(whether referred to herein or not) of any public body having jurisdiction for the
safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury, or loss and
shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection.
The CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property and utilities when
prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the
protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall designate a responsible representative at the site
whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the
CONTRACTOR's superintendent unless otherwise designated in writing by the
CONTRACTOR to the OWNER.
6.11 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES
A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit shop drawings and samples in accordance with
the provision for "Submittals" in the General Requirements.
6.12 CONTINUING THE WORK
A. The CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress
schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the OWNER. No Work shall
be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements,
except as the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER may otherwise agree in writing.
6.13 INDEMNIFICATION
A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, the CONTRACTOR
shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the OWNER; the OWNER’S
REPRESENTATIVE; the CONSULTANT; and their officers, directors, agents,
and employees, against and from all claims and liability arising under, by reason
of or incidentally to the Contract or any performance of the Work, but not from the
sole negligence or willful misconduct of the OWNER and/or the CONSULTANT.
Such indemnification by the CONTRACTOR shall include but not be limited to
the following:
1. Liability or claims resulting directly or indirectly from the negligence or
carelessness of the CONTRACTOR, its employees, or agents in the
00700 - 16/38
performance of the Work, or in guarding or maintaining the same, or from
any improper materials, implements, or appliances used in its
construction, or by or on account of any act or omission of the
CONTRACTOR, its employees, or agents;
2. Liability or claims arising directly or indirectly from bodily injury,
occupational sickness or disease, or death of the CONTRACTOR's or
Subcontractor's own employees engaged in the Work resulting in actions
brought by or on behalf of such employees against the OWNER and/or
the CONSULTANT;
3. Liability or claims arising directly or indirectly from or based on the
violation of any law, ordinance, regulation, order, or decree, whether by
the CONTRACTOR, its employees, or agents;
4. Liability or claims arising directly or indirectly from the use or manufacture
by the CONTRACTOR, its employees, or agents in the performance of
this Contract of any copyrighted or uncopyrighted composition, secret
process, patented or unpatented invention, article, or appliance, unless
otherwise specifically stipulated in this Contract;
5. Liability or claims arising directly or indirectly from the breach of any
warranties, whether express or implied, made to the OWNER or any other
parties by the CONTRACTOR, its employees, or agents;
6. Liabilities or claims arising directly or indirectly from the willful misconduct
of the CONTRACTOR, its employees, or agents; and,
7. Liabilities or claims arising directly or indirectly from any breach of the
obligations assumed herein by the CONTRACTOR.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the OWNER, and the CONSULTANT for all
costs and expenses, (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers,
architects, attorneys, and other professionals and court costs) incurred by said
OWNER, and the ENGINEER/CONSULTANT in enforcing the provisions of this
Paragraph 6.13.
C. The indemnification obligation under this Paragraph 6.13 shall not be limited in
any way by any limitation of the amount or type of damages, compensation, or
benefits payable by or for the CONTRACTOR or any such subcontractor or other
person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts,
or other employee benefit acts.
6.14 CONTRACTOR'S DAILY REPORTS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall complete a daily report indicating manpower, major
equipment, subcontractors, weather conditions, etc., involved in the performance
of the Work. The daily report shall be completed on forms prepared by the
CONTRACTOR and acceptable to the ENGINEER. A copy of the daily reports
and as-builts, for the period covered, will be submitted to the owner with each
pay request.
00700 - 17/38
6.15 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall not assign, sublet, sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose
of the Contract or any portion thereof, or its right, title, or interest therein, or
obligations thereunder, without the written consent of the OWNER except as
imposed by law. If the CONTRACTOR violates this provision, the Contract may
be terminated at the option of the OWNER. In such event, the OWNER shall be
relieved of all liability and obligations to the CONTRACTOR and to its assignee
or transferee, growing out of such termination.
ARTICLE 7 -- OTHER WORK
7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE
A. The OWNER may perform other Work related to the Project at the site by the
OWNER's own forces, have other Work performed by utility owners, or let other
direct contracts therefor which may contain General Conditions similar to these.
If the fact that such other Work is to be performed was not noted in the Contract
Documents, written notice thereof will be given to the CONTRACTOR prior to
starting any such other Work.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall afford each utility owner and other contractor who is a
party to such a direct contract (or the OWNER, if the OWNER is performing the
additional Work with the OWNER's employees) proper and safe access to the
site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials
and equipment and the execution of such Work, and shall properly connect and
coordinate the Work with theirs. The CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting,
and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts come
together properly and integrate with such other Work. The CONTRACTOR shall
not endanger any Work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering
their Work and will only cut or alter their Work with the written consent of the
ENGINEER and the others whose Work will be affected.
C. If any part of the CONTRACTOR's Work depends for proper execution or results
upon the Work of any such other contractor or utility owner (or OWNER), the
CONTRACTOR shall inspect and report to the ENGINEER in writing any delays,
defects, or deficiencies in such Work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for
such proper execution and results. The CONTRACTOR's failure to report such
delays, defects, or deficiencies will constitute an acceptance of the other Work as
fit and proper for integration with the CONTRACTOR's Work except for latent or
nonapparent defects and deficiencies in the other Work.
7.2 COORDINATION
A. If the OWNER contracts with others for the performance of other Work on the
Project at the site, the person or organization who will have authority and
responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime
contractors will be identified in the Supplementary General Conditions, and the
specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be
itemized and the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided in
the Supplementary General Conditions. Unless otherwise provided in the
00700 - 18/38
Supplementary General Conditions, neither the OWNER nor the ENGINEER
shall have any authority or responsibility in respect of such coordination.
ARTICLE 8 -- OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
8.1 COMMUNICATIONS
A. The OWNER shall issue all its communications to the CONTRACTOR through
the ENGINEER.
8.2 PAYMENTS
A. The OWNER shall make payments to the CONTRACTOR as provided in
Paragraphs 14.5 and 14.8.
8.3 LANDS, EASEMENTS, AND SURVEYS
A. The OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing
engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraphs 4.1
and 4.5. The OWNER shall identify and make available to the CONTRACTOR
copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site
and in existing structures which have been utilized by the ENGINEER in
preparing the Drawings and Technical Specifications as set forth in Paragraph
4.2.
8.4 CHANGE ORDERS
A. The OWNER shall execute Change Orders as indicated in Paragraph 10.1D.
8.5 INSPECTIONS AND TESTS
A. The OWNER's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and
approvals is set forth in Paragraph 13.3B.
8.6 SUSPENSION OF WORK
A. In connection with the OWNER's right to stop Work or suspend Work, see
Paragraphs 13.4 and 15.1. Paragraphs 15.2 and 15.3 deal with the OWNER's
right to terminate services of the CONTRACTOR under certain circumstances.
ARTICLE 9 -- ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION
9.1 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
A. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of the OWNER's
representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents.
00700 - 19/38
9.2 VISITS TO SITE
A. The ENGINEER will make visits to the site during construction to observe the
progress and quality of the Work and to determine, in general, if the Work is
proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. The ENGINEER will not
be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the
quality or quantity of the Work. The ENGINEER will not, during such visits or as
a result of such observations of the CONTRACTOR's Work in progress,
supervise, direct, or have control over the CONTRACTOR's Work.
9.3 PROJECT REPRESENTATION
A. The ENGINEER may furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist in
observing the performance of the Work. The duties, responsibilities, and
limitations of authority of any such Resident Project Representative and
assistants will be as provided in the Supplementary General Conditions.
9.4 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS
A. The ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications
or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of
Drawings or otherwise) as the ENGINEER may determine necessary, which shall
be consistent with or reasonably inferable from the overall intent of the Contract
Documents.
9.5 AUTHORIZED VARIATIONS IN WORK
A. The ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the Work from the
requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in
the Contract Price or the Contract Time and are consistent with the overall intent
of the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and
will require the CONTRACTOR to perform the Work involved promptly. If the
CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order justifies an increase in the Contract
Price or an extension of the Contract time and the parties are unable to agree as
to the amount or extent thereof, the CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor
as provided in Article 11 or 12.
9.6 REJECTING DEFECTIVE WORK
A. The ENGINEER will have authority to reject Work which the ENGINEER believes
to be defective and will also have authority to require special inspection or testing
of the Work as provided in Paragraph 13.3G, whether or not the Work is
fabricated, installed, or completed.
9.7 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS
A. In accordance with the procedures set forth in the General Requirements, the
ENGINEER will review all CONTRACTOR submittals, including shop drawings,
samples, substitutes, or "or equal" items, etc., in order to determine if the items
covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work,
conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents and be compatible with
the design concept of the completed project as a functioning whole as indicated
00700 - 20/38
by the Contract Documents. The ENGINEER's review will not extend to means,
methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or to safety
precautions or programs incident thereto.
B. In connection with the ENGINEER's responsibilities as to Change Orders, see
Articles 10, 11, and 12.
C. In connection with the ENGINEER's responsibilities in respect of Applications for
Payment, see Article 14.
9.8 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES
A. The ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract
Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims,
disputes, and other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work; the
interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the
performance of the Work; and those claims under Articles 11 and 12 in respect to
changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time will be referred initially to the
ENGINEER in writing with a request for formal decision in accordance with this
Paragraph, which the ENGINEER will render in writing within thirty (30) days of
receipt of the request. Written notice of each such claim, dispute, and other
matter will be delivered by the CONTRACTOR to the ENGINEER promptly (but
in no event later than thirty (30) days) after the occurrence of the event giving
rise thereto. Written supporting data will be submitted to the ENGINEER within
sixty (60) days after such occurrence unless the ENGINEER allows an additional
period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim.
B. When functioning as arbiter and judge, the ENGINEER will not show partiality to
the OWNER or the CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in connection with any
interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering
of a decision by the ENGINEER with respect to any such claim, dispute, or other
matter (except any which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final
payment as provided in Paragraph 14.12) will be a condition precedent to any
exercise by the OWNER or the CONTRACTOR of such rights or remedies as
either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Law or
Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute, or other matter.
9.9 LIMITATION ON ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Neither the ENGINEER's authority to act under this Article 9 or other provisions
of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by the ENGINEER in good
faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or
responsibility of the ENGINEER to the CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any
Supplier, any surety for any of them, or any other person or organization
performing any of the Work.
B. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms "as ordered," "as directed," "as
required," "as allowed," "as reviewed," "as approved," or terms of like effect or
import are used, or the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper,"
or "satisfactory" or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe a
requirement, direction, review, or judgment of the ENGINEER as to the Work, it
is intended that such requirement, direction, review, or judgment will be solely to
00700 - 21/38
evaluate the Work for compliance with the requirements of the Contract
Documents, and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project
as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents, unless there is a
specific statement indicating otherwise. The use of any such term or adjective
shall not be effective to assign to the ENGINEER any duty or authority to
supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to
undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of Paragraph 9.9C or 9.9D.
C. The ENGINEER will not have authority over or be responsible for the
CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of
construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any
failure of the CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations, applicable to
the performance of the Work. The ENGINEER will not be responsible for the
CONTRACTOR's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
D. The ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the
CONTRACTOR nor of any subcontractor, supplier, or any other person or
organization performing any of the Work.
ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK
10.1 GENERAL
A. Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the OWNER
may at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in
the Work; these will be authorized by a written Field Order and/or a Change
Order issued by the ENGINEER. Upon receipt of any such document, the
CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be
performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents.
B. If the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR are unable to agree as to the extent, if
any, of an increase or decrease in the Contract Price or an extension or
shortening of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Field
Order, a claim may be made therefor as provided in Articles 11 or 12.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price nor
an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not
required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, supplemented by
Change Order, except in the case of an emergency and except in the case of
uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.3G.
D. The OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall execute appropriate Change Orders
covering:
1. changes in the Work which are ordered by the OWNER pursuant to
Paragraph 10.1A;
2. changes required because of acceptance of defective Work under
Paragraph 13.7;
00700 - 22/38
3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by
the parties; or
4. any other changes agreed to by the parties.
E. If notice of any change is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a
surety, the giving of any such notice will be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility,
and the amount of each applicable Bond shall be adjusted accordingly.
10.2 ALLOWABLE QUANTITY VARIATIONS
A. In the event of an increase or decrease in bid item quantity of a unit price
contract, the total amount of Work actually done or materials or equipment
furnished shall be paid for according to the unit price established for such Work
under the Contract Documents, wherever such unit price has been established;
provided, that an adjustment in the Contract Price may be made for changes
which result in an increase or decrease in the quantity of any unit price bid item
of the Work in excess of twenty-five (25) percent. The CONTRACTOR shall
prepare a detail description of work showing quantities, pricing, and economic
and market justifications supporting the increase in price. The OWNER will
either accept or reject the price increase.
B. In the event a part of the Work is to be entirely eliminated and no lump sum or
unit price is named in the Contract Documents to cover such eliminated Work,
the price of the eliminated Work shall be agreed upon in writing by the OWNER
and the CONTRACTOR. If the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR fail to agree
upon the price of the eliminated Work, said price shall be determined in
accordance with the provisions of Article 11.
ARTICLE 11 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE
11.1 GENERAL
A. The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation payable to the
CONTRACTOR for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities, and
obligations assigned to or undertaken by the CONTRACTOR shall be at its
expense without change in the Contract Price.
B. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. Any claim for an
increase in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice delivered by the
CONTRACTOR to the ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty (30)
days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the
general nature of the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting
data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence (unless the
ENGINEER allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in
support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by the CONTRACTOR's written
statement that the amount claimed covers all known amounts (direct, indirect,
and consequential) to which the CONTRACTOR is entitled as a result of the
occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Price shall be
determined by the ENGINEER in accordance with Paragraph 9.8A if the OWNER
and the CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree on the amount involved. No
00700 - 23/38
claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in
accordance with this Paragraph 11.1B.
C. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an
increase or decrease in the Contract Price shall be determined in one of the
following ways:
1. Where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the
Contract Documents, by application of unit prices to the quantities of the
items involved.
2. By mutual acceptance of a lump sum, which may include an allowance for
overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 11.4.
3. On the basis of the cost of Work (determined as provided in Paragraphs
11.2 and 11.3) plus a CONTRACTOR's fee for overhead and profit
(determined as provided in Paragraph 11.4).
11.2 COST OF WORK for CHANGE ORDERS (BASED ON TIME AND MATERIALS)
A. General: The term "cost of Work" means the sum of all costs necessarily
incurred and paid by the CONTRACTOR for labor, materials, and equipment in
the proper performance of extra Work. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in
writing by the OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those
prevailing in the locality of the Project. Whenever any extra Work is in progress,
for which the definite price has not been agreed on in advance, the
CONTRACTOR shall each day, report to the ENGINEER the amount and cost of
the labor and material used, and any other expense incurred in such extra Work
on the preceding day, and no claim for compensation for such extra Work will be
allowed unless such report shall have been made.
B. Labor: The cost of labor used in performing extra Work by the CONTRACTOR, a
subcontractor, or other forces will be the sum of the following:
1. The actual wages paid plus any employer payments to, or on behalf of
workers for fringe benefits including health and welfare, pension,
vacation, and similar purposes. The cost of labor may include the wages
paid to foremen when determined by the ENGINEER that the services of
foremen do not constitute a part of the overhead allowance.
2. All payment imposed by state and federal laws including, but not limited
to, compensation insurance, and social security payments.
3. The amount paid for subsistence and travel required by collective
bargaining agreements, or in accordance with the regular practice of the
employer.
4. At the beginning of the extra Work and as later requested by the
ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish the ENGINEER proof of
labor compensation rates being paid.
00700 - 24/38
C. Materials: The cost of materials used in performing extra Work will be the cost to
the purchaser, whether CONTRACTOR or subcontractor, from the supplier
thereof, except as the following are applicable:
1. Trade discounts available to the purchaser shall be credited to the
OWNER notwithstanding the fact that such discounts may not have been
taken by the CONTRACTOR.
2. For materials secured by other than a direct purchase and direct billing to
the purchaser, the cost shall be deemed to be the price paid to the actual
supplier as determined by the ENGINEER. Markup except for actual
costs incurred in the handling of such materials will not be allowed.
3. Payment for materials from sources owned wholly or in part by the
purchaser shall not exceed the price paid by the purchaser for similar
materials from said sources on extra Work items or the current wholesale
price for such materials delivered to the Work site, whichever price is
lower.
4. If in the opinion of the ENGINEER the cost of material is excessive, or the
CONTRACTOR does not furnish satisfactory evidence of the cost of such
material, then the cost shall be deemed to be the lowest current
wholesale price for the quantity concerned delivered to the Work site less
trade discount. The OWNER reserves the right to furnish materials for
the extra Work and no claim shall be made by the CONTRACTOR for
costs and profit on such materials.
D. Equipment: The CONTRACTOR will be paid for the use of equipment as stated
in the latest edition of the "Compilation of Rental Rates for Construction
Equipment" by Associated Equipment Distributors. Such rental rate will be used
to compute payments for equipment whether the equipment is under the
CONTRACTOR's control through direct ownership, leasing, renting, or another
method of acquisition. The rental rate to be applied for use of each item of
equipment shall be the rate resulting in the least total cost to the OWNER for the
total period of use. The CONTRACTOR may furnish cost data which might assist
the ENGINEER in the establishment of the rental rate.
1. All equipment shall, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, be in good working
condition and suitable for the purpose for which the equipment is to be
used.
2. Before construction equipment is used on the extra Work, the
CONTRACTOR shall plainly stencil or stamp an identifying number
thereon at a conspicuous location, and shall furnish to the ENGINEER, in
duplicate, a description of the equipment and its identifying number.
3. Unless otherwise specified, manufacturer's ratings and manufacturer
approved modifications shall be used to classify equipment for the
determination of applicable rental rates. Equipment which has no direct
power unit shall be powered by a unit of at least the minimum rating
recommended by the manufacturer.
00700 - 25/38
4. Individual pieces of equipment or tools having a replacement value of
$100 or less, whether or not consumed by use, shall be considered to be
small tools and no payment will be made therefor.
5. Rental time will not be allowed while equipment is inoperative due to
breakdowns.
E. Equipment on the Work Site: The rental time to be paid for equipment on the
Work site shall be the time the equipment is in productive operation on the extra
Work being performed and, in addition, shall include the time required to move
the equipment to the location of the extra Work and return it to the original
location or to another location requiring no more time than that required to return
it to its original location; except, that moving time will not be paid if the equipment
is used on other than the extra Work, even though located at the site of the extra
Work. Loading and transporting costs will be allowed, in lieu of moving time,
when the equipment is moved by means other than its own power, except that no
payment will be made for loading and transporting costs when the equipment is
used at the site of the extra Work on other than the extra Work. The following
shall be used in computing the rental time of equipment on the Work site.
1. When hourly rates are listed, any part of an hour less than 30 minutes of
operation shall be considered to be 1/2-hour of operation, and any part of
an hour in excess of 30 minutes will be considered one hour of operation.
2. When daily rates are listed, any part of a day less than 4 hours operation
shall be considered to be 1/2-day of operation. When owner-operated
equipment is used to perform extra Work to be paid for on a time and
materials basis, the CONTRACTOR will be paid for the equipment and
operator, as set forth in Paragraphs (3), (4), and (5), following.
3. Payment for the equipment will be made in accordance with the
provisions in Paragraph 11.2D, herein.
4. Payment for the cost of labor and subsistence or travel allowance will be
made at the rates paid by the CONTRACTOR to other workers operating
similar equipment already on the Work site, or in the absence of such
labor, established by collective bargaining agreements for the type of
workmen and location of the extra Work, whether or not the operator is
actually covered by such an agreement. A labor surcharge will be added
to the cost of labor described herein in accordance with the provisions of
Paragraph 11.2B, herein, which surcharge shall constitute full
compensation for payments imposed by state and federal laws and all
other payments made to or on behalf of workers other than actual wages.
5. To the direct cost of equipment rental and labor, computed as provided
herein, will be added the allowances for equipment rental and labor as
provided in Paragraph 11.4, herein.
11.3 SPECIAL SERVICES
A. Special Work or services are defined as that Work characterized by extraordinary
complexity, sophistication, or innovation or a combination of the foregoing
00700 - 26/38
attributes which are unique to the construction industry. The following may be
considered by the ENGINEER in making estimates for payment for special
services:
1. When the ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR, by agreement, determine
that a special service or Work is required which cannot be performed by
the forces of the CONTRACTOR or those of any of its subcontractors, the
special service or Work may be performed by an entity especially skilled
in the Work to be performed. After validation of invoices and
determination of market values by the ENGINEER, invoices for special
services or Work based upon the current fair market value thereof may be
accepted without complete itemization of labor, material, and equipment
rental costs.
2. When the CONTRACTOR is required to perform Work necessitating
special fabrication or machining process in a fabrication or a machine
shop facility away from the job site, the charges for that portion of the
Work performed at the off-site facility may, by agreement, be accepted as
a special service and accordingly, the invoices for the Work may be
accepted without detailed itemization.
3. All invoices for special services will be adjusted by deducting all trade
discounts offered or available, whether the discounts were taken or not.
In lieu of the allowances for overhead and profit specified in Paragraph
11.4, herein, an allowance of five (5) percent will be added to invoices for
special services.
B. All Work performed hereunder shall be subject to all of the provisions of the
Contract Documents and the CONTRACTOR's sureties shall be bound with
reference thereto as under the original Agreement. Copies of all amendments to
surety bonds or supplemental surety bonds shall be submitted to the OWNER for
review prior to the performance of any Work hereunder.
11.4 CONTRACTOR'S OVERHEAD AND PROFIT
A. Extra Work ordered on the basis of time and materials will be paid for at the
actual necessary cost as determined by the ENGINEER, plus allowances for
overhead and profit. For extra Work involving a combination of increases and
decreases in the Work the actual necessary cost will be the arithmetic sum of the
additive and deductive costs. The allowance for overhead and profit shall include
full compensation for superintendence, bond and insurance premiums, taxes,
office expense, and all other items of expense or cost not included in the cost of
labor, materials, or equipment provided for under Paragraphs 11.2B, C, and D,
herein including extended overhead and home office overhead. The allowance
for overhead and profit will be made in accordance with the following schedule:
Actual Necessary Cost Overhead and Profit Allowance
Labor twenty (20) percent
Materials Zero (0) percent. Costs include
delivery
00700 - 27/38
B. It is understood that labor, materials, and equipment may be furnished by the
CONTRACTOR or by the subcontractor on behalf of the CONTRACTOR. When
all or any part of the extra Work is performed by a subcontractor, the allowance
specified herein shall be applied to the labor, materials, and equipment costs of
the subcontractor, to which the CONTRACTOR may add five (5) percent of the
subcontractor's total cost for the extra Work. Regardless of the number of
hierarchical tiers of subcontractors, the five (5) percent increase above the
subcontractor's total cost which includes the allowances for overhead and profit
specified herein may be applied one time only for each separate Work
transaction.
11.5 EXCLUDED COSTS
A. The term "cost of the Work" shall not include any of the following:
1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CONTRACTOR's officers,
executives, principals (of partnership and sole proprietorships) general
managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys' auditors
accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, time
keepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by CONTRACTOR
whether at the site or in CONTRACTOR's principal or a branch office for
general administration of the Work and not specifically covered by
Paragraph 11.3F all of which are to be considered administrative costs
covered by the CONTRACTOR's allowance for overhead and profit;
2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal and branch offices other than
CONTRACTOR's office at the site;
3. Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital expenses, including interest on
CONTRACTOR's capital employed for the Work and charges against
CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments;
4. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all insurance whether or not
CONTRACTOR is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and
maintain the same (except for the cost of premiums covered by
Paragraph 11.4 above);
5. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or
anyone directly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them
may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective work,
disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good
any damage to property.
ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME
12.1 GENERAL
A. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order. Any claim for an
extension of the Contract Time shall be based on written notice delivered by the
CONTRACTOR to the ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty (30)
days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the
00700 - 28/38
general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data
shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence (unless the
ENGINEER allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in
support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by the CONTRACTOR'S written
statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the
CONTRACTOR has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence
of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time shall be determined
by the ENGINEER in accordance with Paragraph 9.8 if the OWNER and the
CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree. No claim for an adjustment in the
Contract Time will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements
of this Paragraph 12.1A.
C. The Contract Time will be extended in an amount equal to time lost due to delays
beyond the control of the CONTRACTOR provided that such time lost affects the
critical path as shown on the CPM schedule if a claim is made therefor as
provided in Paragraph 12.1A. Such delays shall include: acts or neglect by the
OWNER or others performing additional Work as contemplated by Article 7, or by
acts of God or of the public enemy, fire, floods, epidemics, quarantine
restrictions, strikes, labor disputes, sabotage, or freight embargoes.
D. Force Majeure: The performance of this Agreement may be suspended and the
obligations of either party excused in the event of and during the period that such
performance is prevented or delayed by a Force Majeure occurrence.
D. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the
Agreement.
12.2 EXTENSIONS OF TIME FOR DELAY DUE TO INCLEMENT WEATHER
A. Contract Times may be extended by the ENGINEER because of delays in the
completion of the Work due to unusually severe weather, provided that the
CONTRACTOR shall, within ten (10) days of the beginning of any such delay,
notify the ENGINEER in writing of the cause of delay and request an extension of
Contract Times. The ENGINEER will ascertain the facts and the extent of the
delay and extend the Contract times when, in its judgment, the findings of the
fact justify such an extension.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall base its construction schedule upon the inclusion of
the number of days of inclement weather specified in paragraph entitled
"Inclement weather delays" of the Supplementary General Conditions. No
extension of the Contract Time due to inclement weather will be considered until
after the said number of days of inclement weather has been reached. However,
no reduction in Contract Time will be made if said number of days of inclement
weather is not reached.
00700 - 29/38
ARTICLE 13 - WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE; TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION,
REMOVAL, OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
13.1 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE
A. The CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to the OWNER and the
ENGINEER that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and
will not be defective. Prompt notice of defects known to the OWNER or
ENGINEER shall be given to the CONTRACTOR. All defective Work, whether or
not in place, may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this
Article 13.
13.2 ACCESS TO WORK
A. The ENGINEER, other representatives of the OWNER, testing agencies, and
governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests shall have access to the Work
at reasonable times for their observation, inspections, and testing. The
CONTRACTOR shall provide proper and safe conditions for such access.
13.3 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall give the ENGINEER timely notice of readiness of the
Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals.
B. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction other than the
OWNER require any Work to specifically be inspected, tested, or approved, the
CONTRACTOR shall pay all costs in connection therewith. The CONTRACTOR
shall also be responsible for and shall pay all costs in connection with any
inspection or testing required in connection with the OWNER's or the
ENGINEER's acceptance of a Supplier of materials or equipment proposed as a
substitution or (or-equal) to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials or
equipment submitted for review prior to the CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof
for incorporation in the Work. The costs of all inspections, tests, and approvals in
addition to the above which are required by the Contract Documents shall be
paid by the OWNER (unless otherwise specified). The CONTRACTOR will pay
for failed tests and “stand-by time” by the Laboratory Tests personnel and others.
C. The ENGINEER will make, or have made, such inspections and test as the
ENGINEER deems necessary to see that the Work is being accomplished in
accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise
specified in the Supplementary General Conditions, the cost of such inspection
and testing will be borne by the OWNER. In the event such inspections or tests
reveal non-compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the
CONTRACTOR shall bear the cost of corrective measures deemed necessary by
the ENGINEER, as well as the cost of subsequent re-inspection and retesting.
Neither observations by the ENGINEER nor inspections, tests, or approvals by
others shall relieve the CONTRACTOR from the CONTRACTOR's obligation to
perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
00700 - 30/38
D. All inspections, tests, or approvals other than those required by Laws or
Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction shall be performed by
organizations acceptable to the ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR.
E. If any Work (including the Work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or
approved is covered without written concurrence of the ENGINEER, it must, if
requested by the ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation. Such uncovering
shall be at the CONTRACTOR's expense unless the CONTRACTOR has given
the ENGINEER timely notice of the CONTRACTOR's intention to perform such
test or to cover the same and the ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable
promptness in response to such notice.
F. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of the ENGINEER, it must,
if requested by the ENGINEER, be uncovered for the ENGINEER's observation
and replaced at the CONTRACTOR's expense.
G. If the ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be
observed by the ENGINEER or inspected or tested by others, the
CONTRACTOR, at the ENGINEER's request, shall uncover, expose, or
otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as the
ENGINEER may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all
necessary labor, material, and equipment. If it is found that such Work is
defective, the CONTRACTOR shall bear all direct, indirect, and consequential
costs and damages of such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and
testing and of satisfactory reconstruction, including but not limited to fees and
charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals. However, if
such Work is not found to be defective, the CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an
increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both,
directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection,
testing, and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the
amount or extent thereof, the CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as
provided in Articles 11 and 12.
13.4 OWNER MAY STOP THE WORK
A. If the Work is defective, or the CONTRACTOR fails to perform Work in such a
way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, the
OWNER may order the CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof,
until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of the
OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of the
OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of the CONTRACTOR or any other
party.
13.5 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK
A. If required by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly, either correct
all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the
Work has been rejected by the ENGINEER, remove it from the site and replace it
with non-defective Work. The CONTRACTOR shall bear all direct, indirect and
consequential costs and damages of such correction or removal, including but
not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other
professionals made necessary thereby.
00700 - 31/38
13.6 ONE YEAR CORRECTION PERIOD
A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period
of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any
applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any
specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective,
the CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to the OWNER and in
accordance with OWNER's written notification, either correct such defective
Work, or, if it has been rejected by the OWNER, remove it from the site and
replace it with non-defective Work. If the CONTRACTOR does not promptly
comply with the such notification, or in an emergency where delay would cause
serious risk of loss or damage, the OWNER may have the defective Work
corrected or the rejected Work removed and replaced, and all direct, indirect, and
consequential costs and damages of such removal and replacement including
but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other
professionals will be paid by the CONTRACTOR.
B. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting there from) has been
corrected, removed or replaced under Paragraph 13.6, the correction period
hereunder, with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period o f one
year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily
completed.
13.7 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work,
the OWNER prefers to accept the Work, the OWNER may do so. The
CONTRACTOR shall bear all direct, indirect, and consequential costs attributable
to the OWNER's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work.
If any such acceptance occurs prior to final payment, a Change Order will be
issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with
respect to the Work, and the OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate
decrease in the Contract Price.
ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION
14.1 SCHEDULE OF VALUES (LUMP SUM PRICE BREAKDOWN)
A. The schedule of values or price breakdown established as provided in the
General Requirements shall serve as the basis for progress payments and will be
incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to the
ENGINEER.
14.2 UNIT PRICE BID SCHEDULE
A. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number
of units completed.
00700 - 32/38
14.3 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT
A. Unless otherwise prescribed by law, on the 25th of each month, or other agreed
upon date, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER for review, an
Application for Payment filled out and signed by the CONTRACTOR covering the
Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such
supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents.
B. The Application for Payment shall identify, as a subtotal, the amount of the
CONTRACTOR'S Total Earnings to Date, plus the Value of Materials Stored at
the Site which have not yet been incorporated in the Work, and less a deductive
adjustment for materials installed which were not previously incorporated in the
Work, but for which payment was allowed under the provisions for payment for
Materials Stored at the Site, but not yet incorporated in the Work.
C. The Net Payment Due to the CONTRACTOR shall be the above-mentioned
subtotal from which shall be deducted the amount of retainage specified in the
Supplementary General Conditions, and the total amount of all previous
payments made to the CONTRACTOR.
D. The Value of Materials Stored at the Site shall be an amount equal to the
specified percent of the value of such materials as set forth in the Supplementary
General Conditions. Said amount shall be based upon the value of all
acceptable materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered
and suitably stored at the site or at another location agreed to in writing;
provided, each such individual item has a value of more than $5,000 and will
become a permanent part of the Work. The Application for Payment shall also
be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that
the CONTRACTOR has received the materials and equipment free and clear of
all liens, charges, security interests, and encumbrances (which are hereinaft er in
these General Conditions referred to as "Liens") and evidence that the materials
and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other
arrangements to protect the OWNER's interest therein, all of which will be
satisfactory to the OWNER.
14.4 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE
A. The CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials,
and equipment covered by an Application for Payment, whether incorporated in
the Work or not, will pass to the OWNER no later than the tim e of final payment
free and clear of all liens.
14.5 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT
A. The ENGINEER will, within seven (7) days after receipt of each Application for
Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the
Application to the OWNER, or return the Application to the CONTRACTOR
indicating in writing the ENGINEER's reasons for refusing to recommend
payment. In the later case, the CONTRACTOR may make the necessary
corrections and resubmit the Application. Thirty days after presentation of the
Application for Payment with the ENGINEER's recommendation, the amount
00700 - 33/38
recommended will (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.5B) become due
and when due will be paid by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR.
B. The OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by
the ENGINEER because claims have been made against the OWNER on
account of the CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work or Liens have been
filed in connection with the Work or there are other items entitling the OWNER to
a credit against the amount recommended, but the OWNER must give the
CONTRACTOR written notice within seven (7) days (with a copy to the
ENGINEER) stating the reasons for such action.
14.6 PARTIAL UTILIZATION
A. The OWNER shall have the right to utilize or place into service any item of
equipment or other usable portion of the Work prior to completion of the Work.
Whenever the OWNER plans to exercise said right, the CONTRACTOR will be
notified in writing by the OWNER, identifying the specific portion or portions of
the Work to be so utilized or otherwise placed into service.
B. It shall be understood by the CONTRACTOR that until such written notification is
issued, all responsibility for care and maintenance of all items or portions of the
Work to be partially utilized shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. Upon
issuance of said written notice of partial utilization, the OWNER will accept
responsibility for the protection and maintenance of all such items or portions of
the Work described in the written notice.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall retain full responsibility for satisfactory completion of
the Work, regardless of whether a portion thereof has been partially utilized by
the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR's one year correction period shall
commence only after the date of Substantial Completion for the Work.
14.7 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. When the CONTRACTOR considers the Work ready for its intended use the
CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER and the ENGINEER in writing that the
Work is substantially complete and request that the ENGINEER prepare a
Certificate of Substantial Completion/Notice of Completion. Within a reasonable
time thereafter, the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR, and the ENGINEER shall
make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If the
ENGINEER does not consider the Work substantially complete, the ENGINEER
will notify the CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If the
ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, the ENGINEER will
prepare and deliver to the OWNER for its execution and recordation the
Certificate of Substantial Completion/Notice of Completion signed by the
ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR, which shall fix the date of Substantial
Completion. As applicable, there shall be attached to the Certificate/Notice a list
of items to be completed or corrected before final payment.
00700 - 34/38
14.8 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
A. After the CONTRACTOR has completed all correction Work referred to in
Paragraph 14.7 and delivered all maintenance and operating instructions,
schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates of inspection, marked-up record
documents (as provided in the General Requirements) and other documents, all
as required by the Contract Documents, and after the ENGINEER has indicated
that the Work is acceptable, the CONTRACTOR may make application for final
payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for
Payment shall be accompanied by all documentation called for in the Contract
Documents, together with complete and legally effective releases or waivers
(satisfactory to the OWNER) of all liens arising out of or filed in connection with
the Work.
14.9 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE
A. If, on the basis of the ENGINEER's observation of the Work during construction
and final inspection, and the ENGINEER's review of the final Application for
Payment and accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract
Documents, the ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been completed and
the CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been
fulfilled, the ENGINEER will, within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the final
Application for Payment, indicate in writing the ENGINEER's recommendation of
payment and present the Application to the OWNER for payment.
B. After acceptance of the Work by the OWNER's governing body, the OWNER will
make final payment to the CONTRACTOR of the amount remaining after
deducting all prior payments and all amounts to be kept or retained under the
provisions of the Contract Documents, including the following items:
1. Liquidated damages, as applicable.
2. Two times the value of outstanding items of correction Work or punch list
items indicated on the Certificate of Substantial Completion/Notice of
Completion as being yet uncompleted or uncorrected, as applicable. All
such Work shall be completed or corrected to the satisfaction of the
OWNER within the time stated on the Certificate of Substantial
Completion/Notice of Completion, otherwise the CONTRACTOR does
hereby waive any and all claims to all monies withheld by the OWNER to
cover the value of all such uncompleted or uncorrected items.
14.10 RELEASE OF RETAINAGE AND OTHER DEDUCTIONS
A. After executing the necessary documents to initiate the lien period, and not more
than forty-five (45) days thereafter (based on a 30-day lien filing period and
15-day processing time), the OWNER will release to the CONTRACTOR the
retainage funds withheld pursuant to the Agreement, less any deductions to
cover pending claims against the OWNER pursuant to Paragraph 14.5B.
B. After filing of the necessary documents to initiate the lien period, the
CONTRACTOR shall have thirty (30) days to complete any outstanding items of
correction Work remaining to be completed or corrected as listed on a final punch
00700 - 35/38
list made a part of the Certificate of Substantial Completion/Notice of Completion.
Upon expiration of the 45 days, referred to in Paragraph 14.10A, the amounts
withheld pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 14.9B herein, for all remaining
Work items will be returned to the CONTRACTOR; provided, that said Work has
been completed or corrected to the satisfaction of the OWNER within said thirty
(30) days. Otherwise, the CONTRACTOR does hereby waive any and all claims
for all monies withheld by the OWNER under the Contract to cover two (2) times
the value of such remaining uncompleted or uncorrected items.
14.11 CONTRACTOR'S CONTINUING OBLIGATION
A. The CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and complete the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. Neither
recommendation of any progress or final payment by the ENGINEER, nor the
issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion/Notice of Completion, nor any
payment by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents,
nor any use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by the OWNER, nor
any act of acceptance by the OWNER nor any failure to do so, nor any review of
a Shop Drawing or sample submittal, will constitute an acceptance of Work not in
accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of the CONTRACTOR's
obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
14.12 FINAL PAYMENT TERMINATES LIABILITY OF OWNER
A. Final payment is defined as the last progress payment made to the
CONTRACTOR for earned funds, less retainage as applicable, less deductions
listed in Paragraph 14.9B herein. The acceptance by the CONTRACTOR of the
final payment referred to in Paragraph 14.9 herein, shall be a release of the
OWNER and its agents from all claims of liability to the CONTRACTOR for
anything done or furnished for, or relating to, the Work or for any act or neglect of
the OWNER or of any person relating to or affecting the Work, except demands
against the OWNER for the remainder, if any, of the amounts kept or retained
under the provisions of Paragraph 14.9 herein; and excepting pending,
unresolved claims filed prior to the date of the Certificate of Substantial
Completion/Notice of Completion.
ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION
15.1 SUSPENSION OF WORK BY OWNER
A. The OWNER, acting through the ENGINEER, may, at any time and without
cause, suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than
ninety (90) days by notice in writing to the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR
shall resume the Work on receipt from the ENGINEER of a notice of resumption
of Work. The CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price
or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to any
suspension if the CONTRACTOR makes an approved claim therefor as provided
in Articles 11 and 12.
00700 - 36/38
15.2 TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT BY OWNER (CONTRACTOR DEFAULT)
A. In the event of default by the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may give ten (10)
days written notice to the CONTRACTOR of OWNER's intent to terminate the
Agreement and provide the CONTRACTOR an opportunity to remedy the
conditions constituting the default. It shall be considered a default by the
CONTRACTOR whenever CONTRACTOR shall: (1) declare bankruptcy, become
insolvent, or assign its assets for the benefit of its creditors; (2) fail to provide
materials or workmanship meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents;
(3) disregard or violate provisions of the Contract Documents or ENGINEER's
instructions; (4) fail to prosecute the Work according to the approved progress
schedule; or, (5) fail to provide a qualified superintendent, competent workmen,
or materials or equipment meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents.
If the CONTRACTOR fails to remedy the conditions constituting default within the
time allowed, the OWNER may then issue the Notice of Termination.
B. In the event the Agreement is terminated in accordance with Paragraph 15.2A,
herein, the OWNER may take possession of the Work and may complete the
Work by whatever method or means the OWNER may select. The cost of
completing the Work shall be deducted from the balance which would have been
due the CONTRACTOR had the Agreement not been terminated and the Work
completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. If such cost exceeds the
balance which would have been due, the CONTRACTOR shall pay the excess
amount to the OWNER. If such cost is less than the balance which would have
been due, the CONTRACTOR shall not have claim to the difference.
15.3 TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT BY OWNER (FOR CONVENIENCE)
A. The OWNER may terminate the Agreement at any time if it is found that reasons
beyond the control of either the OWNER or CONTRACTOR make it impossible
or against the OWNER's interests to complete the Work. In such a case, the
CONTRACTOR shall have no claims against the OWNER except: (1) for the
value of Work performed up to the date the Agreement is terminated; and, (2) for
the cost of materials and equipment on hand, in transit, or on definite
commitment, as of the date the Agreement is terminated, which would be needed
in the Work and which meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. The
value of Work performed and the cost of materials and equipment delivered to
the site, as mentioned above, shall be determined by the ENGINEER in
accordance with the procedure prescribed for the making of the final application
for payment and payment under Paragraphs 14.8 and 14.9.
15.4 TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT BY CONTRACTOR
A. The CONTRACTOR may terminate the Agreement upon ten (10) days written
notice to the OWNER, whenever: (1) the Work has been suspended under the
provisions of Paragraph 15.1, herein, for more than ninety (90) consecutive days
through no fault or negligence of the CONTRACTOR, and notice to resume Work
or to terminate the Agreement has not been received from the OWNER within
this time period; or, (2) the OWNER should fail to pay the CONTRACTOR any
monies due him in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents and
within 60 days after presentation to the OWNER by the CONTRACTOR of a
request therefor, unless within said 10-day period the OWNER shall have
00700 - 37/38
remedied the condition upon which the payment delay was based. In the event
of such termination, the CONTRACTOR shall have no claims against the
OWNER except for those claims specifically enumerated in Paragraph 15.3,
herein, and as determined in accordance with the requirements of said
paragraph.
ARTICLE 16 - MISCELLANEOUS
16.1 GIVING NOTICE
A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written
notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the
individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it
is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage
prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice.
16.2 TITLE/OWNERSHIP TO MATERIALS FOUND ON THE WORK
A. The OWNER reserves the right to retain title to all soils, stone, sand, gravel, and
other materials developed and obtained from excavations and other operations
connected with the Work until released by the OWNER. Any material desired to
be retained by the OWNER shall be delivered by the CONTRACTOR to a
designed area within a six (6) mile radius of the project, at no extra cost to the
OWNER, as directed by the OWNER, unless otherwise specified in the Contract
Documents. Neither the CONTRACTOR nor any subcontractor shall have any
right, title, or interest in or to any such materials. The CONTRACTO R will be
permitted to use in the Work, if approved by the OWNER and ENGINEER in
writing, without charge, any such materials which meet the requirements of the
Contract Documents. Once the OWNER releases ownership of the material, it
shall become the property of the CONTRACTOR, who shall dispose of it in
manner satisfactorily to the ENGINEER, as provided for by the CONTRACTOR,
at no extra cost to the OWNER.
16.3 RIGHT TO AUDIT
A. If the CONTRACTOR submits a claim to the OWNER for additional
compensation, the OWNER shall have the right, as a condition to considering the
claim, and as a basis for evaluation of the claim, and until the claim has been
settled, to audit the CONTRACTOR's books to the extent they are relevant. This
right shall include the right to examine books, records, documents, and other
evidence and accounting procedures and practices, sufficient to discover and
verify all direct and indirect costs of whatever nature claimed to have been
incurred or anticipated to be incurred and for which the claim has been
submitted. The right to audit shall include the right to inspect the
CONTRACTOR's plants, or such parts thereof, as may be or have been engaged
in the performance of the Work. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the right
to audit encompasses all subcontracts and is binding upon subcontractors. The
rights to examine and inspect herein provided for shall be exercisable through
such representatives as the OWNER deems desirable during the
CONTRACTOR's normal business hours at the office of the CONTRACTOR.
The CONTRACTOR shall make available to the OWNER for auditing, all relevant
00700 - 38/38
accounting records and documents, and other financial data, and upon request,
shall submit true copies of requested records to the OWNER.
- END OF SECTION -
00800 - 1/13
SECTION 00800 - SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
GENERAL
These Supplementary General Conditions make additions, deletions, or revisions to the General
Conditions as indicated herein. All provisions which are not so added, deleted, or revised
remain in full force and effect. Terms used in these Supplementary General Conditions which
are defined in the General Conditions have the meanings assigned to them in the General
Conditions.
SGC-1 DEFINITIONS
In addition to the provisions of Article 1, the following respective supplemental definitions shall
apply:
(not applicable)
SGC-2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS
The OWNER shall furnish to the CONTRACTOR two (2) copies of the Contract Documents.
Additional quantities of the Contract Documents will be furnished at reproduction cost.
SGC-5.1 PERFORMANCE AND OTHER BOND AMOUNTS
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish a satisfactory Performance Bond in the amount of 100 percent
of the Contract Price and a satisfactory Payment Bond in the amount of 100 percent of the
Contract Price.
SGC-5.2 INSURANCE AMOUNTS
The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph 5.2 of the General Conditions shall
provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by Laws and
Regulations:
A. Workers' Compensation: Under Paragraph 5.2B of the General Conditions:
1. State: Statutory
2. Applicable Federal (e.g., Longshore): Statutory
Note: If the Work called for in the Contract Documents involves Work in or on any
navigable waters, the CONTRACTOR shall provide Workers' Compensation
coverage which shall include coverage under the Longshore and Harbor
Workers' Compensation Act, the Jones Act, and any other coverage required
under Federal or State laws pertaining to workers in or on navigable waters.
3. Employer's Liability: $100,000
B. Comprehensive General Liability: (under Paragraph 5.2B.2 of the General Conditions):
00800 - 2/13
1. Combined Single Limit $1,000,000 Each Occurrence
$3,000,000 General Aggregate
a. Products / Completed
Operations $3,000,000 Each Occurrence
b. Personal Injury $1,000,000 Each Occurrence
If policies are written on a claims made basis, certificate should so specify and policies
continue in force for one year after completion of project.
Policies will include premises/operations, products, completed operations, independent
contractors, OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's protective, Explosion, Collapse,
Underground Hazard, Broad form Contractual, Personal Injury with employment
exclusion deleted, and Broad Form Property Damage.
C. Comprehensive Automobile Liability: (under Paragraph 5.2B.3 of the General
Conditions) including Owned, Hired, and Nonowned Vehicles:
1. Bodily Injury: $1,000,000 Each Person
$1,000,000 Each Occurrence
2. Property Damage: $500,000 Each Occurrence
or combined single limit of $1,000,000 Each Occurrence
SGC-6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Add the following paragraphs to Article 6.2 of the General Conditions:
A. All Work in general shall be performed between the hours of 7:00 AM and 7:00 PM, on
weekdays (i.e. Monday through Friday, excluding Holidays), However, the city may
allow work to be performed to coincide with road lane closure as indicated on the
MOT plans for the project.
For purposes of this contract and Contract Time, a work day is any day Monday thru
Friday that is not a City Holiday.
When a Holiday falls on Saturday, the previous Friday will be observed, and if the
Holiday falls on Sunday, Monday will be observed.
There will be no inspection services provided by the Engineering Services Dept. or the
Building Division on any of the established Holidays. The Contractor’s Schedule shall be
tailored to account for these times when inspection services will not be available.
B. In case the CONTRACTOR falls behind schedule or where the nature of the Work
requires special attention, the CONTRACTOR may be permitted to work additional shifts
or to work beyond normal working hours, provided the CONTRACTOR has requested an
approval for change of its Work schedule, in writing, from the ENGINEER or OWNERS
REPRESENTATIVE. In any event, the cost for working additional shifts or beyond
normal working hours, unless such Work is required by a change order action or in
emergency, shall be borne solely by the CONTRACTOR without any additional cost to
00800 - 3/13
the OWNER, including the cost of Resident Project Representative's services. If
authorized, the CONTRACTOR shall provide written notice to residences that may be
impacted by the work.
D. None but skilled foremen and workmen shall be employed on work requiring special
qualifications. Except as otherwise required by law, convicted felons who have not
completed their sentences or other workers from county, state or federal prisons who are
on work release programs shall not be employed for work on this project.
SGC-6.5 SUBCONTRACT LIMITATIONS
A. In addition to the provisions of Paragraph 6.5 of the General Conditions, the
CONTRACTOR shall perform not less than fifty (50) percent of the Work with its own
forces (i.e., without subcontracting). The fifty (50) percent requirement shall be
understood to refer to the Work, the value of which totals not less than fifty (50) percent
of the Contract Price.
B. The apparent low bidder, and such bidders as the OWNER may request in writing, shall
submit to the OWNER a list of all subcontractors and other persons and organizations
(including those who are to furnish the principal items of materials and equipment)
proposed for any portion of this Project. When this list is approved, no deviations shall
be allowed from that list without the written consent of the ENGINEER or OWNERS
REPRESENTATIVE.
ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES
Add the following subarticles to the General Conditions:
SGC-6.11 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES
Add the following paragraphs to Article 6.11 of the General Conditions:
A. CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings as required by the Technical Specifications.
The purpose of the Shop Drawings is to show the suitability, efficiency, technique of
manufacture, installation requirements, details of the item and evidence of its
compliance or noncompliance with the Contract Documents.
B. Within thirty (30) calendar days after the Project Initiation Date specified in the Notice to
Proceed, CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER or OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE
a complete list of preliminary data on items for which Shop Drawings are to be submitted
and shall identify the critical items. Approval of this list by ENGINEER OR OWNERS’
REPRESENTATIVE shall in no way relieve CONTRACTOR from submitting complete
Shop Drawings and providing materials, equipment, etc., fully in accordance with the
Contract Documents. This procedure is required in order to expedite final approval of
Shop Drawings.
00800 - 4/13
C. After the approval of the list of items required in Paragraph B above, CONTRACTOR
shall promptly request Shop Drawings from the various manufacturers, fabricators, and
suppliers. CONTRACTOR shall include all shop drawings and other submittals in its
certification.
D. CONTRACTOR shall thoroughly review and check the Shop Drawings and each and
every copy shall show this approval thereon.
E. If the Shop Drawings show or indicate departures from the Contract requirements,
CONTRACTOR shall make specific mention thereof in its letter of transmittal. Failure to
point out such departures shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from its responsibility to
comply with the Contract Documents.
F. ENGINEER OR OWNERS’ REPRESENTATIVE shall review and approve Shop
Drawings within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date received, unless said Drawings
are rejected by ENGINEER OR OWNERS’ REPRESENTATIVE for material reasons.
ENGINEER OR OWNERS’ REPRESENTATIVE 's approval of Shop Drawings will be
general and shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for the accuracy of such
Drawings, nor for the proper fitting and construction of the work, nor for the furnishing of
materials or work required by the Contract Documents and not indicated on the
Drawings. No work called for by Shop Drawings shall be performed until the said
Drawings have been approved by ENGINEER OR OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE.
Approval shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for errors or omissions of
any sort on the Shop Drawings.
G. No approval will be given to partial submittals of Shop Drawings for items which
interconnect and/or are interdependent where necessary to properly evaluate the
design. It is CONTRACTOR's responsibility to assemble the Shop Drawings for all such
interconnecting and/or interdependent items, check them and then make one submittal
to ENGINEER OR OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE along with its comments as to
compliance, noncompliance, or features requiring special attention.
H. If catalog sheets or prints of manufacturers' standard drawings are submitted as Shop
Drawings, any additional information or changes on such drawings shall be typewritten
or lettered in ink.
I. CONTRACTOR shall submit the number of copies required by ENGINEER OR
OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE. Resubmissions of Shop Drawings shall be made in the
same quantity until final approval is obtained.
J. CONTRACTOR shall keep one set of Shop Drawings marked with ENGINEER OR
OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE 's approval at the job site at all times.
00800 - 5/13
SGC-6.13 INDEMNIFICATION
A. Pursuant to Section 725.06 of the Florida Statutes, the CONTRACTOR hereby
acknowledges receipt and the adequacy of the specific consideration in the amount of
one hundred ($100.00) which sum is included in the Total Bid Price, as payment from
the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR for the indemnification given by the CONTRACTOR
to the OWNER and ENGINEER OR OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE under the “General
Conditions”.
SGC-6.16 LAYING OUT THE WORK
A. The CONTRACTOR shall be held responsible for establishing all lines, right-of-way,
property lines, and grades together with all reference points as required by the various
trades for all Work under this contract. All required layout shall be done using
competent and experienced personnel under the supervision of a local professional
engineer and/or land surveyor registered in the State of Florida.
SGC-6.17 EQUIPMENT
A. All construction equipment necessary and required for the proper construction of this
project shall be on the construction site, in first-class working condition, and shall have
been approved by the ENGINEER OR OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE before
construction is permitted to start. The CONTRACTOR shall provide such tamping tools
and equipment as are necessary for the proper compaction of the backfill.
SGC-6.18 TRENCH SAFETY ACT
A. Trench excavations over five (5) feet deep shall comply with OSHA 29 CFR 196.650. A
CONTRACTOR's statement that the CONTRACTOR will comply is required. Trenching
costs shall be included in the appropriate unit and / or lump sum prices for the respective
work in which such trenching is required.
SGC-9.3 DUTIES, RESPONSIBILITIES AND LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY OF RESIDENT
PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE
A. General: The Resident Project Representative (RPR) is also referred to as the
ENGINEER OR OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE.
B. Duties and Responsibilities: Resident Project Representative will:
1. Review the progress schedule of Shop Drawing submittals and schedule of
values prepared by the CONTRACTOR.
2. Attend preconstruction conferences. Arrange a schedule of progress meetings
and other job conferences as required. Attend meetings and maintain and
circulate copies of minutes thereof.
3. Will assist the CONTRACTOR's superintendent in understanding the intent of the
Contract Documents.
00800 - 6/13
4. Receive and record date of receipt of Shop Drawings and samples, receive
samples which are furnished at the site by the CONTRACTOR.
5. Conduct on-site observations of the Work in progress and determine if the Work
is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents.
6. Verify that the tests, equipment, and systems startups and operating and
maintenance instruction are conducted as required by the Contract Documents
and in presence of the required personnel, and that the CONTRACTOR
maintains adequate records thereof; observe, record and report the appropriate
details relative to the test procedures and startups.
7. Accompany visiting inspectors representing public or other agencies having
jurisdiction over the Work, record the outcome of these inspections.
8. Review applications for payment with the CONTRACTOR for compliance with the
established procedure for their submittal.
9. Prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion/Notice of completion, as
applicable, submit to the CONTRACTOR a list of observed items requiring
completion or correction.
10. Conduct final review of the Work and prepare a punch list of items to be
completed or corrected.
11. Verify that all items on the punch list have been completed or corrected.
C. Limitations of Authority: The resident Project Representative:
A. Will not authorize any deviation from the Contract Documents or approve any substitute
material or equipment.
2. Will not exceed limitations on the ENGINEER OR OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE
's authority as set forth in the Contract Documents.
3. Will not undertake any of the responsibilities of the CONTRACTOR,
subcontractors or CONTRACTOR's superintendent, or expedite the Work.
4. Will not advise on or issue directions relative to any aspect of the means,
methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction unless such is
specifically called for in the Contract Documents.
5. Will not advise on or issue directions as to safety precautions and programs in
connection with the Work.
6. Will not participate in specialized field or laboratory test.
ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK
Add the following subarticles to the General Conditions:
00800 - 7/13
SGC 10.3 FIELD ORDERS AND SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS:
A. The Contract Administrator, through ENGINEER OR OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE,
shall have the right to approve and issue Field Orders setting forth written interpretations
of the intent of the Contract Documents and ordering minor changes in Work execution,
providing the Field Order involves no change in the Contract Price or the Contract Time.
B. ENGINEER OR OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE shall have the right to approve and
issue Supplemental Instructions setting forth written orders, instructions, or
interpretations concerning the Contract Documents or its performance, provided such
Supplemental Instructions involve no change in the Contract Price or the Contract Time.
SGC-10.4 CHANGE ORDERS:
A. Changes in the quantity or character of the Work within the scope of the Project which
are not properly the subject of Field Orders or Supplemental Instructions, including all
changes resulting in changes in the Contract Price, or the Contract Time, shall be
authorized only with advanced approval.
B. CONTRACTOR shall not start work on any changes requiring an increase in the
Contract Price or the Contract Time until a Change Order setting forth the adjustments is
approved by the OWNER. Upon receipt of a Change Order CONTRACTOR shall
promptly proceed with the work set forth within the document.
C. In the event satisfactory adjustment cannot be reached for any item requiring a change
in the Contract Price or Contract Time, and a Change Order has not been issued,
OWNER reserves the right at its sole option to either terminate the Contract as it applies
to the items in question and make such arrangements as may be deemed necessary to
complete the disputed work; or submit the matter in dispute to ENGINEER OR
OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE as set forth in Paragraph 9.8 in the General Conditions
hereof. During the pendency of the dispute, and upon receipt of a Change Order
approved by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the change in the
Work involved and advise the ENGINEER OR OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE and
Contract Administrator in writing within seven (7) calendar days of CONTRACTOR's
agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Change Order for
determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time.
D. On approval of any Contract change increasing the Contract Price, CONTRACTOR shall
ensure that the performance bond and payment bond are increased so that each reflects
the total Contract Price as increased.
E. Under circumstances determined necessary by OWNER, Change Orders may be issued
unilaterally by OWNER.
SGC-10.5 VALUE OF CHANGE ORDER WORK:
A. The value of any work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an increase or
decrease in the Contract Price shall be determined in one of the following ways:
00800 - 8/13
1. Where the work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract
Documents, by application of unit prices to the quantities of items involved.
2. By mutual acceptance of a lump sum which CONTRACTOR and OWNER
acknowledge contains a component for overhead and profit.
3. On the basis of the "cost of work," determined as provided in Paragraphs B and C
below plus a CONTRACTOR's fee for overhead and profit which is determined as
provided in Paragraph E.
B. The term "cost of work" means the sum of all direct costs necessarily incurred and paid
by CONTRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work described in the Change
Order. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be
in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only
the following items and shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph C.
1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the
performance of the work described in the Change Order under schedules of job
classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Payroll costs for
employees not employed full time on the work covered by the Change Order shall be
apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the work. Payroll costs shall include,
but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits which shall
include social security contributions, unemployment, excise and payroll taxes,
workers' or workmen's compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick
leave, vacation and holiday pay application thereto. Such employees shall include
superintendents and foremen at the site. The expenses of performing the work after
regular working hours, on Sunday or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to
the extent authorized by OWNER.
2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the work, including
costs of transportation and storage thereof, and manufacturers' field services
required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR
unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which to make payments,
in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade discounts,
rebates and refunds, and all returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment
shall accrue to OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may
be obtained. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery and the parts
thereof whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental
agreements approved by OWNER with the advice of ENGINEER OR OWNERS
REPRESENTATIVE and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, installation,
dismantling and removal thereof, all in accordance with the terms of said
agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery or parts shall cease
when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the work.
3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to Subcontractors for work performed by
Subcontractors. If required by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive
bids from Subcontractors acceptable to CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids
to OWNER who will then determine, with the advice of ENGINEER OR OWNERS
REPRESENTATIVE, which bids will be accepted. If the Subcontract provides that
the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of cost of the work plus a fee, the
Subcontractor's cost of the work shall be determined in the same manner as
00800 - 9/13
CONTRACTOR'S cost of the work. All Subcontractors shall be subject to the other
provisions of the Contract Documents insofar as applicable.
4. Cost of special consultants, including, but not limited to, engineers, architects, testing
laboratories, and surveyors employed for services specifically related to the
performance of the work described in the Change Order.
5. Supplemental costs including the following:
(i) The proportion of necessary transportation, travel and subsistence expenses of
CONTRACTOR's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the
work except for local travel to and from the site of the work.
(ii) Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies,
equipment, machinery, appliances, office and temporary facilities at the site and
hand tools not owned by the workmen, which are consumed in the performance
of the work, and cost less market value of such items used but not consumed
which remains the property of CONTRACTOR.
(iii) Sales, use, or similar taxes related to the work, and for which CONTRACTOR is
liable, imposed by any governmental authority.
(iv) Deposits lost for causes other than CONTRACTOR's negligence; royalty
payments and fees for permits and licenses.
(v) The cost of utilities, fuel and sanitary facilities at the site.
(vi) Receipted minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls,
telephone service at the site, expressage and similar petty cash items in
connection with the work.
(vii) Cost of premiums for additional bonds and insurance required because of
changes in the work.
C. The term "cost of the work" shall not include any of the following:
1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CONTRACTOR's officers, executives,
principals (of partnership and sole proprietorships), general managers, engineers,
architects, estimators, lawyers, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting
agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks and other personnel employed by
CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in its principal or a branch office for general
administration of the work and not specifically included in the agreed-upon schedule
of job classifications referred to in Paragraph B.1, all of which are to be considered
administrative costs covered by CONTRACTOR's fee.
2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal and branch offices other than
CONTRACTOR's office at the site.
3. Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital expenses, including interest on
CONTRACTOR's capital employed for the work and charges against
CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments.
00800 - 10/13
4. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR
is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain the same, except
for additional bonds and insurance required because of changes in the work.
5. Costs due to the negligence or neglect of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractors, or
anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them
may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective work, disposal
of materials or equipment wrongly supplied and making good any damage to
property.
6. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the cost of any item not
specifically and expressly included in Paragraph B.
D. CONTRACTOR's fee allowed to CONTRACTOR for overhead and profit shall be
determined as follows:
1. A mutually acceptable fixed fee or if none can be agreed upon,
2. A fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the cost of the
work:
(i) For costs incurred under Paragraphs B.1 and B.2, CONTRACTOR's fee shall not
exceed ten percent (10%),
(ii) For costs incurred under Paragraph B.3, CONTRACTOR's fee shall not exceed
seven and one half percent (7.5%); and if a subcontract is on the basis of cost of
the work plus a fee, the maximum allowable to the Subcontractor as a fee for
overhead and profit shall not exceed ten percent (10%); and
(iii) No fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs B.4 and
B.5, (except Paragraph B.5.(iii)), and Paragraph C.
E. The amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any such change
which results in a net decrease in cost, will be the amount of the actual net decrease.
When both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the combined
overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of the net increase, if any, however,
CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to claim lost profits for any Work not performed.
F. Whenever the cost of any work is to be determined pursuant to Paragraphs B and C,
CONTRACTOR will submit in a form acceptable to ENGINEER OR OWNERS
REPRESENTATIVE an itemized cost breakdown together with the supporting data.
G. Where the quantity of any item of the Work that is covered by a unit price is increased or
decreased by more than twenty percent (20%) from the quantity of such work indicated
in the Contract Documents, an appropriate Change Order shall be issued to adjust the
unit price, if warranted.
H. Whenever a change in the Work is to be based on mutual acceptance of a lump sum,
whether the amount is an addition, credit or no change-in-cost, CONTRACTOR shall
submit an initial cost estimate acceptable to ENGINEER OR OWNERS
REPRESENTATIVE and Contract Administrator.
1. Breakdown shall list the quantities and unit prices for materials, labor, equipment and
other items of cost.
00800 - 11/13
2. Whenever a change involves CONTRACTOR and one or more Subcontractors and
the change is an increase in the Contract Price, overhead and profit percentage for
CONTRACTOR and each Subcontractor shall be itemized separately.
I. Each Change Order must state within the body of the Change Order whether it is based
upon unit price, negotiated lump sum, or "cost of the work."
SGC-10.6 NOTIFICATION AND CLAIM FOR CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME OR CONTRACT
PRICE:
A. Any claim for a change in the Contract Time or Contract Price shall be made by written
notice by CONTRACTOR to the Contract Administrator and to ENGINEER OR
OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE within five (5) calendar days of the commencement of
the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature and cause of the claim.
Thereafter, within twenty (20) calendar days of the termination of the event giving rise to
the claim, written notice of the extent of the claim with supporting information and
documentation shall be provided unless ENGINEER OR OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE
allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the
claim and such notice shall be accompanied by CONTRACTOR's written notarized
statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the
CONTRACTOR has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said
event. All claims for changes in the Contract Time or Contract Price shall be determined
by ENGINEER OR OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE in accordance with Paragraph 9.8 of
the General Conditions hereof, if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree.
IT IS EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY AGREED THAT ANY AND ALL CLAIMS
FOR CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT TIME OR CONTRACT PRICE SHALL BE
WAIVED IF NOT SUBMITTED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE
REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION.
B. The Contract Time will be extended in an amount equal to time lost on critical Work
items due to delays beyond the control of and through no fault or negligence of
CONTRACTOR if a claim is made therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12 of the
General Conditions. Such delays shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by
any separate contractor employed by OWNER, fires, floods, labor disputes, epidemics,
abnormal weather conditions or acts of God.
SGC-12.2 INCLEMENT WEATHER DELAYS
The CONTRACTOR's construction schedule shall be based upon the inclusion of ten days of
inclement weather delays.
Inclement weather by itself is not a cause for time extension. Only where duration and
frequency of rain is abnormal as compared with the Weather Bureau data and supported by
project logs will time extensions be considered. No time extension will be allowed for weekend
rains unless the contractor has received approval and been working weekends on a regular
basis.
In order to demonstrate that a delay is the result of exceptionally adverse weather conditions,
the contractor must demonstrate that critical path activities have been delayed by more days
than those cumulatively expected during the Contract Time, based upon an average number of
days of adverse weather conditions experienced in the place where the Project is located during
the five (5) years prior to the date of this Agreement, which average shall be based upon the
historical data of the U.S. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, and that any float
00800 - 12/13
time in the Construction Schedule has been exceeded. In order to be considered a day of
delay, the contractor must demonstrate that critical path activities were suspended during the
exceptionally adverse weather event for more than fifty percent (50%) of the work period of the
day of the exceptionally adverse weather.
Hurricane Precautions: During such periods of time as are designated by the United States
Weather Bureau as being a hurricane watch or warning, the contractor, at no cost to the City,
shall take all precautions necessary to secure the Project site in response to all threatened
storm events, regardless of whether the City or the City’s Engineer has given notice of same.
Compliance with any specific hurricane watch or warning precautions will not constitute
additional work.
Consideration of additional contract time relating to hurricane watch or war ning at the Project
site will be addressed by a Change Order in accordance with the non-compensable excusable
delays section of the General Conditions.
Suspension of the Work caused by a threatened or actual storm event, regardless of whether
the City has directed such suspension, will entitle the contractor to additional contract time as
non-compensable, excusable delay, and shall not give rise to a claim for compensable delay.
SGC-14.3C AMOUNT OF RETENTION
Add the following to Article 14.3 Paragraph C of the General Conditions:
Unless otherwise prescribed by law, the OWNER may retain a portion of the amount
otherwise due to the CONTRACTOR, as follows:
• Retention of ten percent (10%) of each approved progress payment until the
Work is ninety percent (90%) complete and accepted by the owner,
• And retention of five percent (5%) of each approved progress payment until the
Work is one hundred percent (100%) complete and accepted by the owner.
SGC-14.3D VALUE OF MATERIALS STORED AT THE SITE
NO PAYMENT WILL BE MADE FOR MATERIALS STORED AT THE SITE.
ARTICLE 16 - MISCELLANEOUS
Add the following subarticles to the General Conditions:
SGC-16.4 WATER SUPPLY
A. All water required for testing, flushing and construction shall be the full responsibility of
the CONTRACTOR in accordance with requirements set forth in the Specifications.
SGC-16.5 USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS OF WORK
A. The OWNER shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or
partially completed portion of the Work, notwithstanding the fact that the time for
completing the entire Work or such portions may not have expired, but such taking
00800 - 13/13
possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any Work not completed in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
SGC-16.6 SALVAGE
A. Any existing equipment or material, including but not limited to: valves, pipes, fittings,
couplings, etc., which is removed as a result of construction under this project may be
designated to the OWNER at a location directed by the ENGINEER OR OWNERS
REPRESENTATIVE. Any equipment or material not worth of salvaging shall be
disposed of by the CONTRACTOR in a sound environmental manner in an approved
final disposal site.
SGC-16.7 LIMITATIONS OF OPERATION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall, at all times, conduct the Work in such a manner and in such
sequence as will ensure the least practicable interference. The ENGINEER OR
OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE may require the CONTRACTOR to finish a section on
which Work is in progress before Work is started on any additional section.
SGC-16.8 ITEMS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS
A. Items of material, equipment, machinery and the like may be specified on the Drawings
and not in the Specifications. Such items shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR in
accordance with the specifications on the Drawings.
- END OF SECTION -
00801 - 1/1
SECTION 00801 - LOCAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 -- GENERAL
These local requirements make additions to the Contract Documents which are required by
state and local regulations.
A. Public Entity Crimes: Pursuant to the requirements of Section 287.133, Florida
Statues, pertaining to the sworn statement on Public Entity Crimes and the Convicted
Vendor List, all Bidders shall submit a signed and notarized statement with their Bid on
the form provided in Section 00300, "Sworn Statement Pursuant to Section
287.133(3)(a), FLORIDA STATUTES on Public Entity Crimes."
B. Florida Trench Safety Act: The Bidders attention is directed to the enactment of the
Florida Trench Safety Act, which incorporates OSHA Standards 29 CFR 1926.650,
Subpart P, as the state's trench excavation safety standards. The Bidder shall list
separately on the form provided in Section 00300 - Trench Safety Act Compliance
Statement the cost of compliance with these standards. The Bidder shall determine if
special shoring requirements are needed. Special shoring shall be identified and
included in the cost quoted in the "Trench Safety Act Compliance Statement". The
successful Bidder is fully responsible for the design of the trench safety system and the
compliance with the applicable standards for the Project.
C. Anti-Kickback Affidavit: All Bidders shall submit a signed and notarized Affidavit with
their Bid on the form provided in Section 00300, "Anti-Kickback Affidavit".
D. Indemnification: Pursuant to Section 725.06 of the Florida Statutes, the CONTRACTOR
hereby acknowledges receipt and the adequacy of the specific consideration in the
amount of one hundred ($100) which sum is included in the Total Bid Price, as payment
from the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR for the indemnification given by the
CONTRACTOR to the OWNER and ENGINEER under Section 00700, "General
Conditions", Paragraph 6.13.
E. Time is of the Essence for This Contract: Should the Contractor fail to complete the
Contract by the contract completion date, as amended by any approved Change Orders,
the Contractor will be subject to the liquidated damages as set forth elsewhere in this
contract. In addition to the imposition of liquidated damages, the Owner will not process
any partial payment request, nor make any partial payments to the contractor for such
beyond the contract completion date (e.g., the only payment that will be made beyond the
contract completion date will be a final payment once all the work has been completed
and accepted by the owner).
- END OF SECTION -
01010 - 1/3
SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY: This section summarizes the Work of the Project as covered in detail in the
complete Contract Documents. This is a general summary and is not intended to be
complete and all inclusive of the required Work items.
1.02 PROJECT DESCRIPTION:
The work includes the CONTRACTOR furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment,
incidentals and service necessary for the construction of approximately 12,000 linear
feet of main conduit duct bank, numerous lateral conduit duct banks, spare conduits for
city of Sunny Isles, and equipment pads for the conversion of FPL, AT&T, and Atlantic
Broadband services from overhead to underground Utilities. Work includes setting of
concrete pads for FPL transformers and Vista Switch Cabinets, Manholes, Handholes,
splice boxes provided by FPL. Upon completion of ductbank installation, roadways
throughout the neighborhood are to be milled and resurfaced. Equipment and conduit
for FPL to be provided by FPL for installation by contractor.
In addition, there are two sub-projects included as part of the project, one for Additional
Sidewalk along Atlantic Avenue connecting to Collins, the other for enhancements to the
Urban Walkway project along Collins between 189th Street and 191st Street. Plans for
each are included.
A. including testing, traffic control, site restoration, sod, landscaping and driveway
restoration to match existing conditions; and all other appurtenant and
miscellaneous and incidental items and work for a complete, functional and
satisfactory installation of the project as shown on the drawings.
B. The project is located as shown on the Key Sheet of the Drawing Set. Refer to the
Contract Documents for the exact locations of the construction work.
1.03 RELATED CONTRACT ACTIVITIES:
A. The Contractor shall comply with all Municipal, County, State and Federal laws, rules
and regulations applicable to the work and the execution of the work.
B. The Contractor shall review the existing permits for this project and secure all
necessary additional permits for the execution of the work, including but not limited to
permits from the City of Sunny Isles Beach.
C. The Contractor shall employ and pay for a Land Surveyor registered in the State Of
Florida to establish all elevations, lines and levels, and preparation of as-builts.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for prompt notification to the Owner and timely
field repairs in the event that the Contractor damages any of the Owner’s existing
properties or overhead/ underground utilities.
E. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining the necessary storage/staging
areas for materials and equipment. The Contractor shall coordinate deliveries in
accordance with the construction schedule and these specifications, so that
materials do not pose an unnecessary long-term nuisance to motorists or residents.
Excavated materials and/or backfill materials shall not be stored in the roadway right-
of-way for more than 24 hours. If suitable for backfill elsewhere, excavated material
01010 - 2/3
must be stockpiled within the staging area. Materials unsuitable for backfill must be
removed and disposed off immediately.
1. Wherever possible, open trenches must be backfilled/plated, and barricades
removed while maintaining adequate safety measures.
2. Streets must be graded/leveled to provide reasonable assurance against
personal injury, vehicle damage, etc.
3. Streets temporarily restored, as described above, must be regularly
maintained. For example, streets must be watered, new potholes filled and
disturbed and adjacent paved streets swept.
F. The Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing
laboratory to perform quality control services on work performed by the contractor.
G. There is no available Geotechnical Investigation Report for this project. Subsurface
conditions are considered unclassified. If Contractor requires confirmation of
subsurface conditions, arrangements for testing can be coordinate directly with the
City prior to submittal of bids.
1. The Contractor has responsibility to familiarize themselves with the subsurface
conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of work, prior to
submitting their bid.
1.04 WORK PERFORMED BY OTHERS:
A. The City of Sunny Isles Beach or other contractors may perform work on the existing
water distribution system or public utilities as part of their maintenance and
operations. The Contractor shall conduct its operations so as to cause a minimum of
interference with the work of such other contractors and/or public utilities, and shall
cooperate fully to provide continuous safe access to their respective portions of the
site to perform their respective contracts.
1.05 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES: See General Condition.
1.06 WORK SEQUENCE, COORDINATION ACTIVITIES AND SCHEDULED DATES:
A. General: Work under this contract shall be scheduled and performed in such a
manner as to result in the least possible disruption to driveway access. The
CONTRACTOR will coordinate its work with other adjacent contractors, landowners,
residents and City activities, with specific attention to access and staging areas.
Construction sequence shall be determined by CONTRACTOR subject to the
following needs for continuous access and operation by others.
1. The work will be performed in residential/commercial neighborhoods. The
CONTRACTOR shall reasonably minimize the inconvenience to the residents
and property owners, and reasonably maximize the safety of the residents:
2. MOT plan to be updated, approved and implemented as necessary. All open
trenches and excavations shall be closed or covered, and be in good driving
condition with permanent asphalt, at the end of each work day. CONTRACTOR
cannot proceed with the construction in more than one street at the same time,
unless approved otherwise.
3. The work shall be conducted to maintain access to existing driveways at all
times.
01010 - 3/3
B. Construction Schedule: The CONTRACTOR shall submit a proposed construction
schedule, clearly showing the sequence of the work on a street-by-street and block
by block basis to the City and the ENGINEER or OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE for
their approval. Refer to Section 01310 Construction Schedules.
1.07 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS: See General Conditions.
1.08 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:
A. Contract Drawings:
END OF SECTION
01020 - 1/11
SECTION 01020 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE: Payments for the various items in the Bid Schedule, as further specified herein,
shall include all compensation to be received by the Contractor for furnishing all tools,
equipment, supplies, consumables and manufactured articles, and for all labor, operations
and incidentals appurtenant to the items of work being described, as necessary to
complete the various items of the work all in accordance with the requirements of the
Contract Documents, including all appurtenances thereto, and including all costs of
compliance with regulations of public agencies having jurisdiction, including Safety and
Health Requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration of the U.S.
Department of Labor. No separate payments will be made for any item that is not
specifically set forth in the Bid Schedule, and all costs therefore shall be included in prices
named in the Bid Schedule for various appurtenant items of work.
A. The following explanation of the Measurement and Payment for the Bid Schedule
items is provided; however, the omission of reference to any item shall not alter the
intent of the Bid Schedule or relieve the CONTRACTOR of the necessity of
constructing a complete project under this Contract.
B. The quantities set forth in the Bid Schedule are approximate and are given to
establish a uniform basis for the comparison of bids. The OWNER reserves the right
to increase or decrease the quantity of any item or portion of the work during the
progress of construction in accordance with the terms of the Contract.
C. Unit prices are used as a means for computing the bid, for Contract purposes, for
periodic payments, and for determining the value of additions or deletions.
D. Payment shall be made for the items listed on the Bid Forms on the basis of the work
actually performed and completed. No payment to be made for materials stored on
site or elsewhere. Payment for completed work is including but not limited to, the
furnishing of all necessary labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation, delivery,
disposal of waste and surplus material, backfilling, and site restoration as shown in
the plans, and all other appurtenances to complete the construction and installation
of the work as shown on the drawings and described in the specifications. If any item
of work, process, equipment or material is not specifically listed in the unit price bid
item schedule of values, the CONTRACTOR shall include and provide said work,
process, equipment or material of the best quality workmanship appropriate for the
intended use at no additional cost.
1.02 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES
A. Where quantities are shown, they are approximate and are given only as a basis of
calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. OWNER or
ENGINEER OR OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE do not assume any responsibility for
the final quantities, nor shall CONTRACTOR claim misunderstanding because of
such estimate of quantities. Final payment will be made only for the satisfactorily
completed quantity of each item.
B. The ENGINEER OR OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE'S estimated quantities for unit
01020 - 2/11
bid prices, as listed in the Bid Form, are approximate only and are included solely for
the purpose of comparison of Bids. OWNER does not expressly or by implication
agree that the nature of the materials encountered below the surface-of the ground
or the actual quantities of material encountered or required will correspond therewith
and reserves the right to increase or decrease any quantity or to eliminate any
quantity as OWNER may deem necessary. CONTRACTOR will not be entitled to any
adjustment in a unit bid price as a result of any change in an estimated quantity and
agrees to accept the aforesaid unit bid prices as complete and total compensation for
any additions or deductions caused by a variation in quantities as a result of more
accurate measurement, or by any changes or alterations in the Work ordered by
OWNER, and for use in the computation of the value of the Work performed for
progress payments.
1.03 MEASUREMENT STANDARDS
A. All work completed under the Contract shall be measured according to United States
Standard Methods.
1.04 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Lump Sum Items: Where payment is to be made on a lump sum basis, no
separate payment will be made for any item of work required to complete the lump
sum item.
B. Unit Price Items: Where payment is to be made on a unit price basis, separate
payment will be made for the items of work described herein, and listed on the Bid
Schedule. Any related work not specifically listed, but required for satisfactory
completion of the Work, shall be considered to be included in the scope of the
appropriate listed work items.
C. Measurement of Length: Unless otherwise specified for the particular items involved,
all measurements of distance for items to be paid for on the basis of length shall be
taken horizontally or vertically.
D. Measurement of Area: In the measurement of items paid for on the basis of area of
finished work, the lengths and/or widths to be used in the calculations shall be the
actual dimensions measured along the surface of the completed work within the
neat lines shown or designated. At intersections, the measurement used for length
of side area will be measured from the outside edge of the width allowed along the
main trench.
E. Failed Testing: No additional payment will be allowed due to failed tests, generating
additional work from the contractor. Contractor shall correct the substandard
condition and restore area to final condition at his own expense. The City may back
charge the contractor, via a change order, for re-inspection expenses due to failed
tests due to the negligence of the contractor.
F. Refer to specification 00700, General Conditions, Article 1 – Definitions, Cost
of Work for further explanation of labor vs. material costs.
01020 - 3/11
1.05 BASIS FOR PAYMENTS: The various items of Work will be paid for in the unit-amounts
per work item times units completed and accepted by Owner of work items listed in the Bid
Form. The sum of all separate payments shall not exceed the contract price.
A. Bid Item / Unit
Item 1:
Bonds and Insurance / LS: This item shall cover the costs for all necessary insurance
and bonds the Contractor must secure inlcuding submittal of all required documentation,
such as certificates.
Measurement for payment shall be lump sum based on the submittal of all bonds and
insurance documents.
Item 2:
Mobilization / LS: This item shall cover the costs for making available on the work site the
necessary temporary facilities and the necessary personnel, supplies, tools and
equipment to perform the work (heavy construction equipment, hand tools, storage, lay-
down yards, temporary and/or portable power supply, barricades, fence and safety
equipment, and all other items necessary to start the work); posting OSHA required
notices and establishment of safety programs; notifications to the affected public;
Contractor’s superintendent on site full-time. Demobilization shall be included in this item
and shall be part of ‘substantial completion’ and includes the removal of all tools and
equipment from site, the removal of all temporary facilities, the restoration of those areas
to original or better conditions that were used for temporary facilities. No additional
payments will be made for mobilization and demobilization activities due to shutdowns,
suspension of work, or other mobilization requirements.
Measurement for payment shall be based on the completion of the mobilization and all
other items, as described, to the satisfaction of the City and shall not be more than 5% of
the Total Bid. The lump sum amount for this bid item shall be distributed as follows: 60% at
the completion of mobilization requirements and 40% at substantial completion of the
work.
Item 3:
Maintenance of Traffic / Monthly : This item shall cover the costs for all labor, materials,
equipment needed to place and maintain all traffic controls needed to temporarily control
traffic away from the area of work for the duration of the project. This item s hall also
include preparation of documentation, exhibits, and processing of traffic control plan(s) for
approval through the City, the County and/or the Florida Department of Transportation as
required. Traffic control plans shall be in accordance with the Manual on Uniform Traffic
Control Devices (MUTCD) and the Florida Department of Transportation Standard Indexes
latest edition.
Measurement for payment shall be based on a monthly pro-rated amount throughout the
duration of the project. No additional payment shall be made for additional time exceeding
the project schedule specified in the bid documents.
01020 - 4/11
Item 4:
Testing, Surveying, and Miscellaneous / LS: This item shall cover all testing including
but not limited to compaction test/densities, string-lining, boarding, asphalt core samples
and concrete core testing. This item shall also include all land surveying and layout
services required for the project. This item shall also include miscellaneous expenses
such as, but not limited to, reproduction services, As-Built Plans (in CAD format), meetings
with the City, Engineer of Record, the County, Florida Department of Transportation or
other governing entities, delivery services, etc. as needed to complete the project.
Measurement for payment shall be based on the percentage of work completed from
Notice to Proceed to Final Approval by the City as determined by the City.
Item 5:
Indemnification Allowance / LS:
The indemnification provided above shall obligate the contractor to defend at his own
expense or to provide for such defense, at the city option, any and all claims of liability and
all suits and actions of every name and description that may be brought against the City
excluding only those which allege that the injuries arose out of the sole negligence of the
city, which may result from the operations and activities under this contract whether the
construction operations be performed by the contractor, his subcontractor or by anyone
directly or indirectly employed by either.
Payment of the said specific consideration shall be made at the same time of the payment
of the first progress estimate and the contractor shall acknowledge payment of this
consideration by letter to the Owner after receipt of the progress payment.
Items 6 to 14 inclusive:
Install FPL Conduit (material furnished by FPL) / LF: FPL will provide necessary
conduit for this task. CONTRACTOR responsible for coordination and acceptance of
deliveries. The price for these items shall include but not be limited to all labor, equipment,
and materials necessary to install ductbank. Complete installation includes warning tape
(“DO NOT DIG”) over FPL ductbank, pull strings (for 2” conduit, mule tape for larger
conduit), fittings, end caps and identification tags on pull lines. Also includes demolition
and restoration required for installation including saw cutting, asphalt removal, excavation
and materials removal and disposal, sheeting, shoring, bracing demucking, de-watering,
any measures associated with dewatering such as turbidity barrier and sediment control
de-watering permits. Includes removal, relocation, and/or re-establishing of existing
utilities included. Includes bedding material, suitable backfill material (excluding flowable
fill), roadway base restoration and 1” lift of type SP-9.5 Asphalt Fine Mix, sod
replacement, soft digs, test pits, and exploratory digging for existing utilities, repairs to
irrigation systems, landscape, driveway, curb and sidewalk, striping and pavement
markings, appurtenances and incidentals as shown on the plans and specifications and/or
necessary for a complete installation shall be included in the unit price for this pay item.
No additional compensation shall be made for changes in alignment or grade to avoid
existing infrastructure unless the excavation exceed ten(10) feet in depth.
01020 - 5/11
Measurement for payment shall be based on the linear feet of conduit installed measured
as LF along the horizontal center line of the conduit installed. Payment shall be based at
the total unit price bid per linear foot of conduit installed.
Items 15:
Install Feeder Splice Box (material furnished by FPL) / EA: FPL will provide necessary
splice boxes for this task. CONTRACTOR responsible for coordination and acceptance of
deliveries. The price for these items shall include but not limited to all labor, equipment
and materials necessary to handle, store, install and construct the structure in accordance
with these contract documents which include but not limited to locating, verifying and
protecting existing utilities, excavation, removal and disposal of unsuitable material below
the structure. Completed installation includes sod replacement, soft digs, test pits, and
exploratory digging for existing utilities, repairs to irrigation systems, landscape, driveway,
curb and sidewalk, striping and pavement markings, appurtenances and incidentals as
shown on the plans and specifications and/or necessary for a complete installation shall
be included in the unit price for this pay item.
Measurement for payment shall be based upon the actual number of boxes installed in
accordance with the contract documents. Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each.
Items 16:
Install Vista Switch Cabinet (material furnished by FPL) / EA: FPL will provide
necessary Vista Cabinets for this task. CONTRACTOR responsible for coordination and
acceptance of deliveries. The price for these items shall include but not limited to all labor,
equipment and materials necessary to handle, store, install and construct the structure in
accordance with these contract documents which include but not limited to locating,
verifying and protecting existing utilities, excavation, removal and disposal of unsuitable
material below the structure. Completed installation includes sod replacement, soft digs,
test pits, and exploratory digging for existing utilities, repairs to irrigation systems,
landscape, driveway, curb and sidewalk, striping and pavement markings, appurtenances
and incidentals as shown on the plans and specifications and/or necessary for a complete
installation shall be included in the unit price for this pay item.
Measurement for payment shall be based upon the actual number of Vistas installed in
accordance with the contract documents. Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each.
Items 17 :
Install 50” Splice Box (material furnished by FPL) / EA: FPL will provide necessary
splice boxes for this task. CONTRACTOR responsible for coordination and acceptance of
deliveries. The price for these items shall include but not limited to all labor, equipment
and materials necessary to handle, store, install and construct the structure in accordance
with these contract documents which include but not limited to locating, verifying and
protecting existing utilities, excavation, removal and disposal of unsuitable material below
the structure. Completed installation includes sod replacement, soft digs, test pits, and
exploratory digging for existing utilities, repairs to irrigation systems, landscape, driveway,
01020 - 6/11
curb and sidewalk, striping and pavement markings, appurtenances and incidentals as
shown on the plans and specifications and/or necessary for a complete installation shall
be included in the unit price for this pay item.
Measurement for payment shall be based upon the actual number of boxes installed in
accordance with the contract documents. Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each.
Items18:
Install 30” handhole (material furnished by FPL) / EA: FPL will provide necessary
handholes for this task. CONTRACTOR responsible for coordination and acceptance of
deliveries. The price for these items shall include but not limited to all labor, equipment
and materials necessary to handle, store, install and construct the structure in accordance
with these contract documents which include but not limited to locating, verifying and
protecting existing utilities, excavation, removal and disposal of unsuitable material below
the structure. Completed installation includes sod replacement, soft digs, test pits, and
exploratory digging for existing utilities, repairs to irrigation systems, landscape, driveway,
curb and sidewalk, striping and pavement markings, appurtenances and incidentals as
shown on the plans and specifications and/or necessary for a complete installation shall
be included in the unit price for this pay item.
Measurement for payment shall be based upon the actual number of handholes installed
in accordance with the contract documents. Payment shall be at the unit price bid per
each.
Items 19:
Install Transformer Pad (material furnished by FPL) / EA: FPL will provide necessary
concrete pads for this task. CONTRACTOR responsible for coordination and acceptance
of deliveries. The price for these items shall include but not limited to all labor, equipment
and materials necessary to handle, store, install and construct the structure in accordance
with these contract documents which include but not limited to locating, verifying and
protecting existing utilities, excavation, removal and disposal of unsuitable material below
the structure. Completed installation includes sod replacement, soft digs, test pits, and
exploratory digging for existing utilities, repairs to irrigation systems, landscape, driveway,
curb and sidewalk, striping and pavement markings, appurtenances and incidentals as
shown on the plans and specifications and/or necessary for a complete installation shall
be included in the unit price for this pay item.
Measurement for payment shall be based upon the actual number of pads installed in
accordance with the contract documents. Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each.
Items 20:
Install 18” x 24” Pull Boxes (material furnished by FPL) / EA: FPL will provide
necessary boxes for this task. CONTRACTOR responsible for coordination and
acceptance of deliveries. The price for these items shall include but not limited to all labor,
equipment and materials necessary to handle, store, install and construct the structure in
accordance with these contract documents which include but not limited to locating,
01020 - 7/11
verifying and protecting existing utilities, excavation, removal and disposal of unsuitable
material below the structure. Completed installation includes sod replacement, soft digs,
test pits, and exploratory digging for existing utilities, repairs to irrigation systems,
landscape, driveway, curb and sidewalk, striping and pavement markings, appurtenances
and incidentals as shown on the plans and specifications and/or necessary for a complete
installation shall be included in the unit price for this pay item.
Measurement for payment shall be based upon the actual number of pull boxes installed in
accordance with the contract documents. Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each.
Items 21 to 25 inclusive:
Furnish and Install Conduit for Atlantic Broadband / LF: The price for these items
shall include but not be limited to all labor, equipment, and materials necessary to install
ductbank. Complete installation includes pull strings (for 2” conduit, mule tape for larger
conduit), fittings, end caps and identification tags on pull lines. Also includes demolition
and restoration required for installation including saw cutting, asphalt removal, excavation
and materials removal and disposal, sheeting, shoring, bracing demucking, de-watering,
any measures associated with dewatering such as turbidity barrier and sediment control
de-watering permits. Includes removal, relocation, and/or re-establishing of existing
utilities included. Includes bedding material, suitable backfill material (excluding flowable
fill), roadway base restoration and 1” lift of type SP-9.5 Asphalt Fine Mix, sod
replacement, soft digs, test pits, and exploratory digging for existing utilities, repairs to
irrigation systems, landscape, driveway, curb and sidewalk, striping and pavement
markings, appurtenances and incidentals as shown on the plans and specifications and/or
necessary for a complete installation shall be included in the unit price for this pay item.
No additional compensation shall be made for changes in alignment or grade to avoid
existing infrastructure unless the excavation exceed ten(10) feet in depth.
Measurement for payment shall be based on the linear feet of conduit installed measured
as LF along the horizontal center line of the conduit installed. Payment shall be based at
the total unit price bid per linear foot of conduit installed.
Items 26 to 30 inclusive:
Furnish and Install Conduit for AT&T / LF: The price for these items shall include but
not be limited to all labor, equipment, and materials necessary to install ductbank.
Complete installation includes pull strings (for 2” conduit, mule tape for larger conduit),
fittings, end caps and identification tags on pull lines. Also includes demolition and
restoration required for installation including saw cutting, asphalt removal, excavation and
materials removal and disposal, sheeting, shoring, bracing demucking, de-watering, any
measures associated with dewatering such as turbidity barrier and sediment control de-
watering permits. Includes removal, relocation, and/or re-establishing of existing utilities
included. Includes bedding material, suitable backfill material (excluding flowable fill),
roadway base restoration and 1” lift of type SP-9.5 Asphalt Fine Mix, sod replacement, soft
digs, test pits, and exploratory digging for existing utilities, repairs to irrigation systems,
landscape, driveway, curb and sidewalk, striping and pavement markings, appurtenances
and incidentals as shown on the plans and specifications and/or necessary for a complete
installation shall be included in the unit price for this pay item. No additional compensation
01020 - 8/11
shall be made for changes in alignment or grade to avoid existing infrastructure unless the
excavation exceed ten (10) feet in depth.
Measurement for payment shall be based on the linear feet of conduit installed measured
as LF along the horizontal center line of the conduit installed. Payment shall be based at
the total unit price bid per linear foot of conduit installed.
Item 31:
Furnish and install 10” x 15” handhole for AT&T / EA: The price for these items shall
include but not limited to all labor, equipment and materials necessary to install and
construct the structure in accordance with these contract documents which include but not
limited to locating, verifying and protecting existing utilities, excavation, removal and
disposal of unsuitable material below the structure. Completed installation includes sod
replacement, soft digs, test pits, and exploratory digging for existing utilities, repairs to
irrigation systems, landscape, driveway, curb and sidewalk, striping and pavement
markings, appurtenances and incidentals as shown on the plans and specifications and/or
necessary for a complete installation shall be included in the unit price for this pay item.
Measurement for payment shall be based upon the actual number of handholes installed
in accordance with the contract documents. Payment shall be at the unit price bid per
each.
Item 32:
Furnish and install 17” x 30” handhole for AT&T / EA: The price for these items shall
include but not limited to all labor, equipment and materials necessary to install and
construct the structure in accordance with these contract documents which include but not
limited to locating, verifying and protecting existing utilities, excavation, removal and
disposal of unsuitable material below the structure. Completed installation includes sod
replacement, soft digs, test pits, and exploratory digging for existing utilities, repairs to
irrigation systems, landscape, driveway, curb and sidewalk, striping and pavement
markings, appurtenances and incidentals as shown on the plans and specifications and/or
necessary for a complete installation shall be included in the unit price for this pay item.
Measurement for payment shall be based upon the actual number of handholes installed
in accordance with the contract documents. Payment shall be at the unit price bid per
each.
Item 33:
Furnish and install 30” x 48” handhole for AT&T / EA: The price for these items shall
include but not limited to all labor, equipment and materials necessary to install and
construct the structure in accordance with these contract documents which include but not
limited to locating, verifying and protecting existing utilities, excavation, removal and
disposal of unsuitable material below the structure. Completed installation includes sod
replacement, soft digs, test pits, and exploratory digging for existing utilities, repairs to
irrigation systems, landscape, driveway, curb and sidewalk, striping and pavement
markings, appurtenances and incidentals as shown on the plans and specifications and/or
necessary for a complete installation shall be included in the unit price for this pay item.
01020 - 9/11
Measurement for payment shall be based upon the actual number of handholes installed
in accordance with the contract documents. Payment shall be at the unit price bid per
each.
Items 34 to 36 inclusive:
Furnish and Install Conduit for City / LF: The price for these items shall include but not
be limited to all labor, equipment, and materials necessary to install ductbank. Complete
installation includes pull strings, fittings, end caps and identification tags on pull lines. Also
includes demolition and restoration required for installation including saw cutting, asphalt
removal, excavation and materials removal and disposal, sheeting, shoring, bracing
demucking, de-watering, any measures associated with dewatering such as turbidity
barrier and sediment control de-watering permits. Includes removal, relocation, and/or re-
establishing of existing utilities included. Includes bedding material, suitable backfill
material (excluding flowable fill), roadway base restoration and 1” lift of type SP-9.5
Asphalt Fine Mix, sod replacement, soft digs, test pits, and exploratory digging for existing
utilities, repairs to irrigation systems, landscape, driveway, curb and sidewalk, striping and
pavement markings, appurtenances and incidentals as shown on the plans and
specifications and/or necessary for a complete installation shall be included in the unit
price for this pay item. No additional compensation shall be made for changes in
alignment or grade to avoid existing infrastructure unless the excavation exceed ten (10)
feet in depth.
Measurement for payment shall be based on the linear feet of conduit installed measured
as LF along the horizontal center line of the conduit installed. Payment shall be based at
the total unit price bid per linear foot of conduit installed.
Item 37:
Furnish and install City 24” x 13” pull box / EA: The price for these items shall include
but not limited to all labor, equipment and materials necessary to install and construct the
structure in accordance with these contract documents which include but not limited to
locating, verifying and protecting existing utilities, excavation, removal and disposal of
unsuitable material below the structure. Completed installation includes sod replacement,
soft digs, test pits, and exploratory digging for existing utilities, repairs to irrigation
systems, landscape, driveway, curb and sidewalk, striping and pavement markings,
appurtenances and incidentals as shown on the plans and specifications and/or necessary
for a complete installation shall be included in the unit price for this pay item.
Measurement for payment shall be based upon the actual number of pull boxes installed in
accordance with the contract documents. Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each.
Item 38:
Flowable Fill / CF: The price for these items shall include but not be limited to all labor,
equipment and materials necessary to provide flowable fill as backfill for ductbank within
roadway. This item to be used in conjuction with other pay items that involve installation of
01020 - 10/11
conduit. Price includes removal and disposal of excess material generated with
excavation of ductbank trench.
Measurement for payment shall be based upon the the actual amount of flowable fill
placed as verified through field tickets. Payment shall be at the unit price per unit.
Items 39:
Asphalt Mill and Resurface / SY: The price for this item shall cover costs for all labor,
materials, equipment, and disposal required for resurfacing roadways following installation
of ductbank. Price includes up to 2 mobilizations and coordination with neighborhood
residents to avoid disruption and access to properties.
Measurement for payment shall be based on SY of asphalt installed. Payment shall be at
unit price per unit.
Items 40:
Construct Concrete Sidewalk / ALLOWANCE: The price for this item shall cover costs
for all labor, materials, equipment required for construction of approximately 1,100 SY of 4”
and 6” concrete walk, including curbing, ramps, and adjustment to drainage structures as
indicated in plans. Price includes complete restoration of driveways, landscape, sod, and
irrigation systems.
The actual cost of the work will be established by a negotiated price between
CONTRACTOR and CITY. Unless there are substantial differences in the plans, the
negotiated price will not exceed the allowance. Measurement for payment shall be based
upon percentage of work complete.
Item 41:
Urban Walkway Improvements / ALLOWANCE: The price for this item shall cover costs
for all labor, materials, equipment required for construction of improvements along Collins
Avenue as indicated in Urban Walkway plans. Price includes complete restoration of
landscape, sod, and irrigation systems.
The actual cost of the work will be established by a negotiated price between
CONTRACTOR and CITY. Unless there are substantial differences in the plans, the
negotiated price will not exceed the allowance. Measurement for payment shall be based
upon percentage of work complete.
Item 42:
Concrete fill over FPL Conduits / ALLOWANCE: In the event installation of FPL conduit
results in less than 36” of cover, it may be necessary to provide concrete gill over top. The
decision to do so will be at discretion of the City and Engineer. The price for this item shall
cover costs for all labor, materials.
01020 - 11/11
The actual cost of the work will be established by a negotiated price between
CONTRACTOR and CITY. Measurement for payment shall be based upon work in place.
Item 43:
CONTINGENCY / ALLOWANCE: This item is to account for unforeseen conditions that,
due to substantial deviation from plans, justify an increase in payment to Contractor for
additional materials and/or labor. This Allowance can only be utilitzed with prior
auhorization from City’s Owner ’s Representative.
The actual cost of the work will be established by a negotiated price between
CONTRACTOR and CITY. Measurement for payment shall be based upon percentage of
work complete.
END OF SECTION
01044 - 1/1
SECTION 01044 - OPERATIONS IN ROADWAY RIGHT-OF-WAY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. CONTRACTOR shall obtain all necessary permits not obtained by ENGINEER
OR OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE, and arrange all inspection required by the
City and shall pay all charges.
B. Traffic flow shall be maintained in all areas of the work.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall take all means necessary to prevent accidents.
Sufficient flagmen, barricades, lights, signs and all other precautions necessary
shall be furnished to provide safe conditions.
D. Pavement: Replace damaged or destroyed street pavement, base, and subgrade
in complete accordance with the requirements of the controlling authority and the
Contract Documents.
E. Refer to Section 01570 for Traffic Control Requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
01071 - 1/8
SECTION 01071 - STANDARD REFERENCES
Wherever used in the project documents, the following abbreviations will have the
meanings listed:
AA Aluminum Association Incorporated
818 Connecticut Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20006
AABC Associated Air Balance Council
1518 K Street N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20005
AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association
2700 River Road, Suite 118
Des Plaines, IL 60018
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
444 North Capitol Street, N.W., Suite 225
Washington, D.C. 20001
ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association
1101 Connecticut Avenue, N.W. Suite 700
Washington, D.C. 20036
ACI American Concrete Institute
P. O. Box 19150
Detroit, MI
AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies
51 East 42nd Street
New York, NY 10017
AGA American Gas Association
8501 East Pleasant Valley Road
Cleveland, OH 44131
AGMA American Gear Manufacturer's Association
1330 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C.
AHA American Hardboard Association
520 N. Hicks Road
Palatine, IL 60067
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
101 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10017
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
01071 - 2/8
1000 16th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20036
AITC American Institute of Timber Construction
333 West Hampden Avenue
Englewood, CO 80110
ALSC American Lumber Standards Committee
P. O. Box 210
Germantown, MD 20874
AMCA Air Movement and Control Association, Inc.
30 West University Drive
Arlington Heights, IL 60004
ANSI American National Standards Institute, Inc.
1430 Broadway
New York NY 10018
APA American Plywood Association
1119 A Street
Tacoma, WA 98401
API American Petroleum Institute
1801 K Street N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20006
ARI Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
1814 North Fort Myer Drive
Arlington, VA 22209
ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers
345 East 47th Street
New York, NY 10017
ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange
United States of America Standards Institute
10 East 40th Street
New York, NY 10016
ASE American Standard Safety Code for Elevators,
Code Dumbwaiter and Escalators
American National Standards Institute
1430 Broadway
New York, NY 10018
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning
Engineers
United Engineering Center
01071 - 3/8
345 East 47th Street
New York, NY 10017
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
345 East 47th Street
New York, NY 10017
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
1916 Race Street
Philadelphia, PA 19103
AWPA American Wood Preservers Association
1625 Eye Street
Washington, D.C. 20006
AWPB American Wood Preservers Bureau
7962 Conell Court
P. O. Box 5283
Lorton, VA 22079
AWS American Welding Society
2501 N.W. 7th Street
Miami, FL 33125
AWWA American Water Works Association
6666 West Quincy Avenue
Denver, CO 80235
BOCA Building Officials and Code Administrators
17926 Halstead
Homewood, IL 60430
CBM Certified Ballast Manufacturers
2120 Keith Building
Cleveland, OH 44115
CMAA Crane Manufacturers Association of America, Inc.
(Formerly called: Overhead Electrical Crane Institute) (OECI)
1326 Freeport Road
Pittsburgh, PA 15238
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
180 North La Salle Street
Chicago, IL 60601
CSA Canadian Standards Association
178 Rexdale Boulevard
Rexdale, Ontario, M9W IR3, Canada
DEMA Diesel Engine Manufacturer's Association
01071 - 4/8
122 East 42nd Street
New York, NY 10017
DHI Door Hardware Institute
7711 Old Springhouse Road
McLean, VA 22102
DIS Division of Industrial Safety
California Department of Industrial Relations
2422 Arden Way
Sacramento, CA 95825
EEI Edison Electric Institute
90 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10016
EIA Electronic Industries Association
2001 Eye Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20006
EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturer's Association
25 North Broadway
Tarrytown, NY 10591
ESO Electrical Safety Order, California Administrative Code, Title 8, Chap. 4,
Subarticle 5
Office of Procurement, Publications Section
P. O. Box 20191
8141 Elder Creek Road
Sacramento, CA 95820
FEDSPEC Federal Specifications
General Services Administration Specification and Consumer Information
Distribution Branch
Washington Navy Yard, Bldg. 197
Washington, D.C. 20407
FEDSTDS Federal Standards (see FEDSPECS)
FM Factory Mutual Research
1151 Boston-Providence Turnpike
Norwood, MA 02062
HEI Heat Exchange Institute
122 East 42nd Street
New York, NY 10017
HI Hydraulic Institute
1230 Keith Building
01071 - 5/8
Cleveland, OH 44115
HPMA Hardwood Plywood Manufacturers Association
1825 Michael Faraday Drive
P. O. Box 2789
Reston, VA 22090-2789
IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials
5032 Alhambra Avenue
Los Angeles, CA 90032
ICBO International Conference of Building Officials
5360 South Workman Mill Road
Whittier, CA 90601
ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association
P. O. Box P
South Yarmouth, MA 02664
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
345 East 47th Street
New York, NY 10017
IES Illuminating Engineering Society
c/o United Engineering Center
345 East 47th Street
New York, NY 10017
ISA Instrument Society of America
400 Stanwix Street
Pittsburgh, PA 15222
JIC Joint Industrial Council
7901 Westpark Drive
McLean, VA 22101
MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association
111 E. Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60601
MILSPEC Military Specifications
Naval Publications and Forms Center
5801 Tabor Avenue
Philadelphia, PA 19120
MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc.
127 Park Avenue, N.E.
Vienna, VA 22180
NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers
100 South Marion Street
01071 - 6/8
Oak Park, IL 60302
NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers
P. O. Box 986
Katy, TX 77450
NEC National Electrical Code
National Fire Protection Association
470 Atlantic Avenue
Boston, MA 02210
NELMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association, Inc.
272 Turtle Road
P. O. Box 87A
Cumberland Center, ME 04021
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association
155 East 44th Street
New York, NY 10017
NESC National Electric Safety Code
American National Standards Institute
1430 Broadway
New York, NY 10018
NFP National Forest Products Association (Formerly National Lumber
Manufacturer's Association)
1619 Massachusetts Avenue
Washington, DC 20036
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
Batterymarch Park
Quincy, MA 02269
NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association
P. O. Box 34518
Memphis, TN 38184-0518
NSF National Sanitation Foundation
3475 Plymouth Road
P. O. Box 1468
Ann Arbor, MI 48106
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act
U.S. Department of Labor
Occupational and Health Administration
San Francisco Regional Office
450 Golden Gate Avenue, Box 36017
San Francisco, CA 94102
01071 - 7/8
PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute
175 W. Jackson Blvd., Suite 1859
Chicago, IL 60604
PPIC The Plumbing & Piping Industry Council, Inc.
510 Shatto Place, Suite 402
Los Angeles, CA 90020
RIS Redwood Inspection Service
California Redwood Association
405 Enfrente Dr., Suite 200
Novato, CA 94949
RMA Rubber Manufacturers Association
1400 K Street
Washington, D.C. 20005
SAE Society of Automotive Engineers
2 Pennsylvania Plaza
New York, NY 10001
SAMA Scientific Apparatus Makers Association
One Thomas Circle
Washington, D.C. 20005
SBC Standard Building Code
Published by SBCCI
SMC Standard Mechanical Code
Published by SBCCI
SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress International
1116 Brown-Marx Building
Birmingham, AL 35203
SCMA Southern Cypress Manufacturers Association
805 Sterick Bldg.
Memphis, TN 38103
SDI Steel Door Institute
712 Lakewood Center N.
14600 Detroit Avenue
Cleveland, OH 44107
SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors
National Association, Inc.
8224 Old Courthouse Road
Tysons Corner Vienna, VA 22180
01071 - 8/8
SPI Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc.
1275 K Street NW, Suite 400
Washington, D.C. 20005
SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau
4709 Scenic Highway
Pensacola, Fl 32504
SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council
4400 Fifth Avenue
Pittsburgh, PA 15213
SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction
Building News, Inc.
3055 Overland Avenue
Los Angeles, CA 90034
TEMA Tubular Exchanger Manufacturer's Association
331 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10017
UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
207 East Ohio Street
Chicago, IL 60611
USBR Bureau of Reclamation
U.S. Department of Interior
Engineering and Research Center
Denver Federal Center, Building 67
Denver, CO 80225
USCOE United States Corps of Army Engineers
Jacksonville District
P. O. Box 4970
Jacksonville, FL 32232-0019
WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau
6980 SW Varns Street
P. O. Box 23145
Portland, OR 97223
WWPA Western Wood Products Association
(Formerly called: West Coast Lumbermen's Association (WCLA))
Yeon Building
Portland, OR 97204
END OF SECTION
01200 - 1/3
SECTION 01200 - PROJECT MEETINGS AND REPORTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY: This Section includes the following administrative and procedural
requirements:
A. Project Meetings:
1. Pre-construction conference.
2. Progress meetings.
B. Schedules and Reports:
1. Initial coordination submittals.
2. Construction progress schedule. See SECTION 01310 Construction Schedule.
3. Special reports.
1.02 PROJECT MEETINGS:
A. Pre-construction Conference
1. Engineer will administer a meeting within 10 days after the Effective Date of
the Agreement, to review items stated in the following agenda and to establish
a working understanding between the parties as to their relationships during
conduct of the Work.
2. Preconstruction conference shall be attended by:
a. Contractor and his superintendent.
b. Representatives of principal Subcontractors and Suppliers.
c. Engineer and his Resident Project Representative if any.
d. City or his representative.
e. Other affected parties determined by the City.
3. Agenda:
a. Projected construction schedules.
b. Critical Work sequencing.
c. Designation of responsible personnel.
d. Project coordination.
e. Procedures and Processing of:
i. Field decisions.
ii. Substitutions.
iii. Submittals.
iv. Change Orders.
v. Applications for payment.
f. Procedures for testing.
g. Procedures for maintaining record documents.
h. Use of Premises:
01200 - 2/3
i. Office, work and storage areas.
ii. City's requirements.
i. Construction facilities, controls, and construction aids.
j. Temporary utilities.
k. Safety and first aid.
l. Security.
m. Requirements of any permits obtained by the City.
4. Location of Meeting: To be determined.
B. Progress Meetings:
1. Engineer will administer a meeting weekly. Contractor and Engineer shall be
represented at each meeting. Contractor may request attendance by
representatives of his Suppliers and other Subcontractors, or other entities
concerned with current program or involved with planning, coordination or
performance of future activities. All participants in the meeting shall be familiar
with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Contractor and each Subcontractor shall be prepared to discuss the current
construction progress report, any anticipated future changes to the schedule,
and advise if their current progress or future anticipated schedules are
compatible with the Work.
3. Agenda.
a. Review of construction progress since previous meeting.
b. Field observations, interface requirements, conflicts.
c. Problems which impede construction schedule.
d. Off-site fabrication.
e. Delivery schedules.
f. Submittal schedules and status.
g. Site utilization.
h. Temporary facilities and services.
i. Hours of Work.
j. Hazards and risks.
k. Housekeeping.
l. Quality and Work standards.
m. Change orders.
n. Documentation of information for payment request.
o. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule if
necessary.
p. Revisions to construction schedule.
q. Progress and schedule during succeeding Work period.
r. Review proposed changes for:
01200 - 3/3
i. Effect on construction schedule and on completion date.
ii. Effect on other contracts of the Project.
s. Other business.
4. Location of Meetings: Job-site trailer.
5. Reporting: After each meeting, minutes of the meeting will be distributed to
each party present and to parties who should have been present.
C. Special Reports:
1. When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at the site, prepare
and submit a special report. List the chain of events, persons participating,
response by Contractor's personnel, an evaluation of the results or effects, and
similar pertinent information. Advise the City in advance when such events are
known or predictable.
END OF SECTION
01310 - 1/6
SECTION 01310 - CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE:
A. Construction Progress Schedule: The Contractor shall submit a detailed work
progress schedule showing all work in a graphic format suitable for displaying
scheduled and actual progress. The Engineer will review and comment on the
schedule. Upon agreement, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer prints of the
accepted schedule. The Contractor shall not change the accepted work progress
schedule without prior concurrence of the Engineer. The schedule shall show actual
progress and any proposed changes in the schedule of the remaining work.
B. The WORK under this contract will be planned, scheduled, executed, and reported
by the CONTRACTOR using a cost-loaded CPM (Critical Path Method) schedule
with a coding structure specified by the CITY. The CONTRACTOR will adhere to
established technical standards for CPM scheduling using a computerized
precedence diagram method. The CONTRACTOR is required to provide baseline
and status data using in hard copy and electronic (CD disk) format as specified
herein.
C. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for coordinating its own schedules (including
subcontractors) as well as the construction activities of others as required to fully
execute the Work. The CITY’S goal is to maintain the overall Construction Program
Schedule, of which the CONTRACTOR’S Construction Schedule will be a part.
1.02 SOFTWARE/INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall use CPM scheduling software to produce the contract
schedules and reports as specified herein. This software shall be Primavera
Enterprise Scheduling Software (P3e/c) or a compatible format such as Primavera
Contractor, or approved equal.
B. Within ten calendar (10) days of the Notice of Award, the CONTRACTOR shall
submit, for review and approval by the CITY, descriptive information on the proposed
CPM software to be used.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall perform the work covered by this Section with personnel
having substantial experience in the use of computer based scheduling programs on
construction projects for the development and maintenance of the schedule
throughout the project duration.
B. It is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to work with each subcontractor and
supplier to obtain information pertinent to the planning and updating of their
respective activities in the schedules.
1.04 DEALING WITH SUBSTITUTES:
A. All versions of the CONTRACTOR’S schedule (including Construction Schedule
Revisions) shall be based solely on the WORK as awarded, and shall exclude any
substitute proposals, even if the CONTRACTOR pursues a substitution in
accordance with the provisions of the Contract.
01310 - 2/6
B. The CITY’S final determination on any proposed substitutions may not be made until
after the CONTRACTOR’S Construction Schedule is prepared and accepted.
Accepted proposed substitutions shall be handled in the schedule as change orders.
1.05 USE OF FLOAT:
A. Total Float is the amount of time a scheduled activity can be delayed without
delaying the completion of the Work beyond the contractually required end date.
Contract Float is the number of days between the CONTRACTOR’S anticipated date
for early completion of the WORK, or specified part and the corresponding Contract
Time. Total Float and Contract Float belong to the project and are not for the
exclusive benefit of any party. They shall be available to the CITY, their consultants,
or the CONTRACTOR to accommodate changes in the WORK or to mitigate the
effect of events which may delay performance or completion. The CITY will monitor
and optimize the use of float for the benefit of the Program.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall adjust or remove any float suppression techniques (e.g.,
preferential sequencing, crew movements, equipment use, form reuse, etc.),
extended durations, imposed dates and others, as a prerequisite to a request for an
increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. Use of constraints should be minimized
and require approval by the CITY.
1.06 EARLY COMPLETION:
A. An early completion schedule is one which anticipates completion of all or specified
part of the work ahead of the corresponding Contract Time. Since Contract float
belongs to the project, the CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any extension in
Contract Time or recovery for any delay incurred because of extensions in an early
completion date until all contract float is used or consumed and performance or
completion of the WORK extends beyond the Contract Time.
1.07 NON-COMPLIANCE:
A. The CITY shall refuse to recommend/authorize progress payment if, in the CITY’S
opinion, the CONTRACTOR’S failure, refusal or neglect to provide the required
schedule information precludes the proper evaluation of the CONTRACTOR’S
progress. Remedies for the CONTRACTOR’S failure, neglect or refusal to comply
with the requirements of this Section are in addition to, and not in limitation of, those
provided under other sections of the Contract.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL CRITERIA:
A. All Construction Schedules shall be prepared by the CONTRACTOR and reflect the
CONTRACTOR’S plans, means and methods, techniques and sequences for
performing of the work.
B. The Contract Schedules shall break down the work into distinct activities with
interdependencies to the extent required to clearly depict the planned approach for
completion of the WORK and to effectively manage the execution of the Work. The
contract Schedules shall divide the WORK into manageable and logical segments
and specify the progression from the Notice to Proceed to Final Acceptance within
Contract Time. The Construction Schedule is to include appropriate time allowances
for submittals, procurement, coordination with others, construction, start-up and
01310 - 3/6
performance testing. Site-related activities shall not reflect a combination of work
located in separate structures, work corresponding to different divisions of the
specifications, work performed by first and second tier subcontractors or rough in
and finish work of the same trade.
C. The CONTRACTOR’S Construction Schedule shall reflect the timely delivery of all
permanent materials. Procurement activities should include preparation, review and
acceptance of shop drawings, material fabrication and material deliveries.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall schedule any requirements (such as submittal reviews) of
the CITY, the DESIGN CONSULTANT and others (performing work for the CITY)
indicated in, or required by the Contract Documents. The Construction Schedule
shall incorporate appropriate activities and work sequences based on the Contract
Documents.
2.02 COST LOADING:
A. Each activity in the Contract Schedules shall be assigned a dollar value in
accordance with the physical value of that work in relationship to the Schedule of
Values. The total budget value of all activities shall equal the Contract Price as
broken down by the Schedule of Values per Section 00300. The CONTRACTOR
shall also indicate the estimated duration for each construction activity and material
quantities for all activities.
B. If the WORK includes items covered by allowances, the CONTRACTOR shall cause
that work to be done within the limits of the Contract Time. The Construction
Schedule shall incorporate the CONTRACTOR’S best estimate of the activities and
logic associated with the allowances.
2.03 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE SUBMITTAL:
A. The Construction Schedule submittal is to consist of a Detailed Construction
Schedule Graphic Report, Schedule Narrative report, and an electronic copy of the
schedule data.
B. Construction schedule shall include the City holidays as holidays and no major work
should be scheduled for these holidays.
C. The Schedule Narrative Report shall consist of a written description of how the work
will be accomplished in accordance with the planned Construction Schedule. The
Schedule Narrative accompanying each Schedule Update shall, at a minimum,
compare current early dates against baseline dates for all milestones and
discussions of progress and/or delays. It shall provide sufficient detail to allow the
CITY to verify the progress of the WORK, compare actual versus planned activities,
identify assumptions made in scheduling change order work, describe actual or
potential delays and related causes, define steps taken to mitigate delay impacts and
itemize any proposed changes in network activities and logic. The CONTRACTOR
shall direct specific attention, in writing, to adjustments or corrections made, either in
response to the CITY’S comments on the previous submittal or otherwise.
D. The Schedule Narrative shall include cost data on monthly and cumulative totals for
all items depicted in the Schedule of Values as statuses in the current revision of the
Construction Contract Schedule. There shall be an additional report required to
account for stored materials utilizing the specified Stored Materials Report form.
01310 - 4/6
E. The Construction Schedule Graphic Report shall be in bar chart format, plotted on a
time-scaled calendar. This report will expressly identify Contract Time, milestones,
critical path(s), and all activities not completed as of the previous report submission.
Activities shall display early dates and total float. Whether on the same sheet or on
different sheets, this report shall identify both predecessor and successor driving or
critical relationships. Activity data shown on the graphic report shall include a short
description of the work, activity duration, remaining duration (for monthly schedule
updates), activity start and finish dates, budget and actual earned value, and be
sorted in an order that facilitates reading and following the progress of the scheduled
work.
F. Prior to each schedule update submittal the CITY and the CONTRACTOR will agree
upon the physical progress of the WORK (Percent Complete of each activity) and the
value of the scheduled work in place.
G. The CONTRACTOR shall provide six copies of each Construction Schedule
Submittal. The CONTRACTOR’S Construction Schedule shall bear the
CONTRACTOR’S stamp of approval signed by the CONTRACTOR. The
CONTRACTOR’S stamp of approval shall constitute a representation to the CITY
that the CONTRACTOR has determined or verified all data on that CONTRACTOR’S
Construction Schedule and assumes full responsibility for having done so. The CITY
will review and return to the CONTRACTOR two copies of the CONTRACTOR’S
Construction Schedule stamped as either “Revise and Resubmit”, “Accepted as
noted”, or “No Exceptions Taken”. The CITY’S review shall not extend to the
CONTRACTOR’S means, methods, or techniques, the correctness of which shall
remain the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.
H. All schedules shall be in accordance with the Contract Time requirements of the
contract. Neither the CITY’S review of a schedule, nor the CITY’S statement of “No
Exceptions Taken”, will relieve the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for complying
with Contract Time requirements, adhering to those sequences of work indicated in
or required by the contract documents, or from completing any omitted work within
the Contract Time.
I. Acceptance by the CITY of the Construction Contract Schedule and Construction
Schedule Updates shall be a CONDITION PRECEDENT to the processing of
Applications for Payment after the first 30 days of the Contract.
2.04 INITIAL AND REVISED CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SCHEDULE:
A. Within 10 days of Notice to proceed, the CONTRACTOR shall submit their Initial
Construction Contract Schedule Submittal to the CITY for review and acceptance. It
will be reviewed for constructability and conformance to the requirements of the
Contract Documents. If the schedule is not accepted and requires revisions, the
CONTRACTOR will, within 5 calendar days, revise this Initial Construction Contract
Schedule and resubmit it for review and acceptance.
B. Once the Initial Construction Contract Schedule is reviewed and accepted, it
becomes the CONTRACTOR’S Revision 0 Construction Contract Schedule and it
becomes the baseline schedule for the WORK and is the basis for monitoring the
CONTRACTOR’S progress against milestones and Contract Time, and the
evaluation and reconciliation of extensions in Contract Time. From then on, all
activities and their relationships may not be changed, added, or deleted without the
prior consent of the CITY. The CONTRACTOR’S Revision 0 Construction Contract
01310 - 5/6
Schedule must be revised when it is no longer useful as a status and control
mechanism as determined by the CITY. All changes must be coordinated with and
approved by the CITY. Contract Time (including all contracted milestones) cannot be
changed without a formal Change Order approved by the CITY. Each subsequent
accepted Revised Construction Contract Schedule will be numbered sequentially
higher by one (1), with the first revision being the Revision 1 Construction Contract
Schedule
C. When the time comes that Revision # Construction Contract Schedule is required, a
new revised Construction Contract Schedule will be submitted in accordance with
change procedures, for review and acceptance by the CITY. Construction Schedule
Revisions shall accurately reflect all approved Change Orders including the exact
duration and cost. It will be reviewed for constructability and conformance to the
requirements of the Contract Documents as amended by Change Orders. If the
schedule is not accepted and requires revisions, the CONTRACTOR will, within 10
business days, revise this Initial Construction Schedule and resubmit it for review
and acceptance. Re-submittals shall use the same revision number followed by
letters as “A”, “B”, etc., as needed to distinguish the submittal as revised from the
previous...
2.05 SCHEDULE UPDATES:
A. A Schedule Update is submitted by the CONTRACTOR each month based upon the
current accepted revision of the Construction Contract Schedule. It will indicate
actual performed work and work forecast through project completion. The actual
schedule data shall record when work was performed. Forecast data will be
calculated by the schedule and indicate how the CONTRACTOR intends to complete
the remaining Work within Contract Time. The Schedule Update submittal will be in
the form explained above.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 MONTHLY UPDATE CYCLE:
A. Schedule Update Submittals are due monthly on the 28th day of the month with a
data date of the 27th and are to be attached to each Application for Payment.
3.02 CHANGES:
A. Within ten (10) days after a schedule problem is identified by either contractor or
CITY, or at any time the percentage of the dollar value for completed work is 10
percent or more or less than the value of the scheduled work, the CONTRACTOR
shall submit a Construction Contract Schedule Revision that identifies the cause of
the Change and any actions required by the CONTRACTOR to recover the schedule
and complete the Work within Contract Time. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly
undertake appropriate action, at no additional cost to the CITY, to recover the
schedule whenever the current schedule shows that the CONTRACTOR did not or
can not achieve a milestone established in the Contract.
B. Appropriate recovery actions include, but are not limited to, assignment of additional
labor, subcontractors, equipment, shift or overtime work, expediting of submittal or
deliveries, or any combination of thereof. Overlapping of activities or sequencing
changes shall be deemed appropriate only if properly substantiated in the submittal.
01310 - 6/6
Recovery plans that require a change in the Construction Contract Schedule must be
submitted as a Revision in accordance with this specification.
C. The CONTRACTOR’S refusal, failure or neglect to take appropriate recovery action
or to submit a written recovery statement shall constitute reasonable evidence that
the CONTRACTOR is not prosecuting the WORK, or separable part, with the
diligence that will ensure its completion within the Contract Time. Such lack of action
shall constitute sufficient basis for the CITY to recommend the withholding of some
or all of any payment due and/or shall be considered grounds for termination of the
contract by the CITY in accordance with Article 15 of the General Condition.
END OF SECTION
01380 - 1/3
SECTION 01380 - CONSTRUCTION DIGITAL VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY:
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for construction video and
photographs.
1.02 SUBMITTALS:
Submit prints as specified in SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS and in PART 3, this Section.
Submit electronic copies of all video and still photography footage to digital cd-rom media format
and/or other, generally accepted and approved, format on DVD.
Photographer shall submit 2 sample prints of the type and quality required during construction,
for review and acceptance by City.
Videographer shall submit two examples of prior work of the type and quality required during
performance of Work, for review and acceptance by City.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. All photographs shall be taken and processed by a qualified and established
commercial photographer experienced in construction photography.
B. All photography shall be taken and processed by an established professional
Videographer experienced in the production of digital color audio/video
documentation for the construction industry.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PHOTOGRAPHIC REQUIREMENTS: Specified in PART 3, this Section.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 COLOR AUDIO VIDEO RECORDING OF CONSTRUCTION AREA:
A. Prior to beginning any construction, the Contractor shall prepare a color audio video
of all the areas to be affected by construction (HIGH Density, VHS format or Digital).
B. The audio video recording shall be done within the two-week period prior to
placement of materials or equipment on the construction area and furnished one
week prior to the start of construction. The audio video recording shall be done with
a City Representative present.
C. To preclude the possibility of tampering or editing in any manner, all video recordings
shall, by electronic means, generate and display continuously and simultaneously on
the screen digital information to include the date and time of recording. The time
information shall consist of hours, minutes and seconds, separated by colons (i.e.,
10:35:18).
D. The video on cd-rom shall be direct from a live video source into video file, format
“mpeg-1” or other suitable format as approved by the owner. Conversion of tapes to
digital is not acceptable.
01380 - 2/3
E. The audio video recording shall consist of one video and one audio track which shall
be recorded simultaneously. All tracks shall consist of original live recordings and
thus shall not be copies of other audio and video recordings. The audio track shall
contain the narrative commentary.
F. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the conveyance used during
recording shall be controlled to provide a usable image. Panning rates and zoom-in,
zoom-out rates shall be controlled sufficiently such that playback will produce clarity
of the object viewed.
G. All recording shall be done during times of good visibility. No recording shall be done
during period of visible precipitation, unless otherwise authorized by the City.
H. The City shall have the authority to designate what areas may be omitted or added
for audio video coverage.
I. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used, the distance from the camera lens to
the ground shall not be less that eight feet to insure perspective.
J. In some instances, audio videotape coverage will be required in areas not accessible
by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking or
special conveyance by the City.
K. Areas covered shall include offsite roadways that will be subjected to heavy usage
such as for haul routes or delivery of heavy components or equipment.
3.02 PROGRESS SITE PHOTOGRAPHS:
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for photographs of the site to show the existing
and general progress of the Work. City will advise as to which views are of interest.
Photographs shall be taken of the following areas and at the following times.
1. Existing site conditions before site work is started. Number of views shall be
adequate to cover the site.
2. Progress of the Work from clearing throughout construction. There shall be
two different views taken on or about the first of each month.
3. Finished Project after completion of Work. Number of views shall be adequate
to show the finished Work.
4. If Project is not completed during the Contract Time, or authorized extensions,
photographs shall continue to be taken at no increase in Contract Price.
B. Photographs shall be taken with a color digital camera. Still-photography on cd-rom
shall be format “JPEG” with minimum 960x640 pixels resolution
C. Prints shall be color, smooth glossy finish, 8" x 10" inserted into archival quality
polypropylene photographic binder pages punched for insertion into 3-ring binder.
Provide three prints of each view.
D. Identify all prints on back of each view with a label as to the name and Contract
number of Project, name of Contractor, description of view, and date photograph was
taken. Prints shall also bear the photographer's name or trademark.
E. Magnetic Media (Compact Discs CD) shall also be identified with respective
matching label and individually protected in cases or sleeves.
F. Deliver prints and electronic copies on CD to City as attachments to the periodic
invoice.
01380 - 3/3
3.03 ADDITIONAL PHOTOGRAPHS:
A. From time to time the City may issue requests for additional photographs, in addition
to periodic photographs specified. Additional photographs will be paid for by Change
Order, and are not included in the Contract Price or an Allowance.
1. The City will give the photographer 3 days' notice, where feasible.
2. In emergency situations, the photographer shall take additional photographs
within 24 hours of the City's request.
3. Circumstances that could require additional photographs include, but are not
limited to:
a. Substantial Completion of a major phase or component of Work.
b. City's request for special publicity photographs.
c. Special events planned at Project site.
d. Immediate follow-up when on-site events result in construction damage or
losses.
e. Photographs to be taken at fabrication locations away from Project site.
f. Extra record photographs at time of final acceptance.
END OF SECTION
01410 - 1/3
SECTION 01410 - TESTING AND QUALITY CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL: The Contractor shall provide and maintain an
effective quality control program
A. Establish a quality control system to perform sufficient inspection of all items of
Work, including that of Subcontractors, to insure conformance to the Specifications
and Drawings with respect to the materials, workmanship, construction, equipment
performance, and identification.
B. The Contractor's job supervisory staff may be used for quality control, supplemented
as necessary by additional personnel for surveillance or special technicians to
provide capability for the controls required by the Technical Specifications. The
Contractor's quality control plan must clearly identify the quality control leader and
personnel organizational system. The leader must have the authority to direct the
removal and replacement of work.
C. After the Contract is awarded and before construction begins, the Contractor shall
meet with the City or its representative to discuss quality control requirements. The
meeting shall develop mutual understanding relative to details of the system,
including the Contractors forms to be used for recording the quality control
operations, inspections, administration of the system, and the interrelationship of
Contractor and City inspection.
D. All compliance inspections shall be recorded on appropriate forms, including but not
limited to the specific items required in each section of the Technical Specifications.
Those forms, including record of corrective actions taken, shall be furnished to the
City. The City's quality control representative shall maintain a check off list of all
deficiencies which are not corrected the same day as they are discovered.
E. Should recurring deficiencies in an item or items indicate that the quality control
system is not adequate, the Contractor shall take such corrective actions as may be
directed by the City.
F. Contractor shall submit his written quality control plan for review, describing the
activities and listing those inspections and testing activities that the Contractor will
perform prior to beginning the Work. The Contractors Quality Control Plan shall
describe how he will communicate timely notification to allow for test and inspection
activities performed by the City, or its representatives, for on and off-site construction
activities.
1.02 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES: All tests which require the services of a laboratory
to determine compliance with the Contract Documents shall be performed by an
independent commercial testing laboratory acceptable to City. The laboratory shall be
staffed with experienced technicians, properly equipped, ACI certified, and fully qualified to
perform the tests in accordance with the specified standards.
01410 - 2/3
1.03 SERVICES FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR:
A. Testing that the City will coordinate and pay for is described in Section 1.04 below.
All other testing laboratory services in connection with tests (which are identified as
the Contractor's responsibility in the Contract Documents) shall be performed and
paid for by the Contractor, and a certified copy of the results will be furnished to the
CITY within 5 days of the test.
B. The Contractor is responsible for testing and inspection services required to achieve
an effective quality control program, to assure that the work strictly complies with the
contract requirements. Contractor shall therefore employ and pay for an independent
testing laboratory to perform all off, but not limited to, the following services:
1. Density tests for excavation and backfill
2. Bituminous paving
3. Concrete
The above tests shall be conducted in compliance with the FDOT Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction.
4. Testing of piping. The piping shall be tested as specified in this document and
indicated on the plans.
C. The Contractor shall employ and pay for an independent Land Surveyor for
construction layout and the preparation of As-Builts.
D. Contractor shall furnish all sample materials and cooperate in the sampling and field
testing activities, interrupting the Work when necessary.
E. When sampling or testing activities are performed in the field by testing laboratory
personnel, Contractor shall furnish personnel and facilities to assist in the activities.
F. Testing Laboratory employed by the Contractor will not be authorized to:
1. Release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of the Contract Documents.
2. Approve or accept any portion of the Work.
3. Perform any duties of the Contractor.
4. The Contractor shall provide 24 hours notice of any testing for which he may
desire witnessing by the City.
1.04 SERVICES FURNISHED BY CITY:
A. The City reserves the right to have City staff or an independent testing laboratory
perform testing on items that are the Contractor’s responsibility to test, if the City has
reason to believe that additional testing is warranted. If the test results do not meet
the requirements, the City shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for these tests.
B. Arrangements for delivery of samples and test specimens to the testing laboratory
under this paragraph will be made by City. The testing laboratory shall perform all
laboratory tests within a reasonable time consistent with the specified standards and
shall furnish a written report of each test.
C. Contractor shall furnish all sample materials and cooperate in the sampling and field
testing activities, interrupting the Work when necessary.
D. When sampling or testing activities are performed in the field by testing laboratory
personnel, Contractor shall furnish personnel and facilities to assist in the activities.
E. Testing Laboratory employed by the City will not be authorized to:
01410 - 3/3
1. Release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of the Contract Documents.
2. Approve or accept any portion of the Work.
3. Perform any duties of the Contractor.
1.05 TRANSMITTAL OF TEST REPORTS:
A. Written reports of test and engineering data furnished by Contractor shall be
submitted as specified in SECTION 01300.
B. Advanced copies of test results must be submitted for completed work with each
application for payment.
1.06 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT:
Laboratory testing, surveying and other quality control and compliance measures and
procedures shall not be paid separately. Rather, the costs for such activities shall be part
of the contractor’s unit costs of the items to which they pertain.
END OF SECTION
01510 - 1/4
SECTION 01510 - TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND FACILITIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY:
A. This Section includes requirements of a temporary nature not normally incorporated
into final Work. Temporary facilities and utilities are not required in this contract,
however, if the contractor is allowed, and provides temporary facilities, this section
shall apply. It includes the following:
1. Utility services.
2. Construction and support facilities.
3. Construction aids.
4. Fire protection.
B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
1. Barriers and Temporary Controls: SECTION 01530.
1.02 REFERENCES:
A. American National Standards Association (ANSI):
1. A10 Series - Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition.
B. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA):
1. Electrical Design Library - Temporary Electrical Facilities.
C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
1. NFPA 10 - Portable Fire Extinguishers.
2. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
3. NFPA 241 - Safeguarding Construction, Alterations, and Demolition
Operations.
D. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA).
E. Underwriters Laboratories (UL).
F. Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge
Construction.
G. Florida Trench Safety Act (90-96, Laws of Florida).
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. Site Plan: Submit to the City a Site Plan indicating Contractor's facilities including:
1. Trailers
2. Equipment Yard
3. Storage and lay-down
4. Parking
5. Traffic Control
01510 - 2/4
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of
authorities having jurisdiction, including but not limited to:
1. Building Code requirements.
2. Utility company regulations.
3. Police, Fire Department, and rescue squad rules.
4. Environmental protection regulations.
B. Standards:
1. Comply with NFPA 10 and 241, and ANSI A10 Series standards "Temporary
Electrical Facilities."
2. Comply with NEMA, NECA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary
electric service. Install service in compliance with NFPA 70.
C. Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each
temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT:
A. Provide new materials and equipment. If acceptable to the City, undamaged
previously used materials and equipment in serviceable condition may be used.
Provide materials and equipment suitable for the use intended, of capacity for
required usage, and meeting applicable codes and standards. Comply with
requirements of DIVISIONS 2 through 16.
B. Water: Provide potable water approved by local health authorities.
C. Water Hoses: Provide 3/4-inch (19-mm), heavy-duty, abrasion-resistant, flexible
rubber hoses 100 feet (30 m) long, with pressure rating greater than the maximum
pressure of the water distribution system. Provide adjustable shutoff nozzles at hose
discharge.
D. Electrical Outlets: Provide properly configured, NEMA-polarized outlets to prevent
insertion of 110- to 120V plugs into higher voltage outlets. Provide receptacle outlets
equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset button, and pilot light for
connection of power tools and equipment.
E. Electrical Power Cords: Provide grounded extension cords. Use hard-service cords
where exposed to abrasion and traffic. Provide waterproof connectors to connect
separate lengths of electric cords if single lengths will not reach areas where
construction activities are in progress. Do not exceed safe length-voltage ratio.
F. Lamps and Light Fixtures: Provide general service incandescent lamps of wattage
required for adequate illumination. Provide guard cages or tempered-glass
enclosures where exposed to breakage. Provide exterior fixtures where exposed to
moisture.
G. Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand-carried, portable, UL-rated, Class A fire
extinguishers for temporary offices and similar spaces. In other locations, provide
hand-carried, portable, UL-rated, Class ABC, dry-chemical extinguishers or a
combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for the exposures.
01510 - 3/4
Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing agent, and size
required by location and class of fire exposure.
H. Storage Facilities: Temporary storage facilities may be used to store products,
materials, equipment, tools and other items necessary for the execution of the work.
Trailers, shipping containers and similar are acceptable. The temporary storage
facilities shall be lockable; the visual appearance shall be acceptable to the City.
Acceptable visual appearance shall mean that the facility’s exterior is in good
condition, is of a neutral color and bears no graphics other than Contractor’s logo,
name and contact information.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 TEMPORARY UTILITIES:
A. General:
1. Engage the appropriate local utility company to extend temporary electric and
phone service to the Project area from nearby existing utilities. Where utility
company provides only part of the service, provide the remainder with
matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with utility company
recommendations.
2. Provide adequate utility capacity at each stage of construction. Prior to
availability of temporary utilities at the site, or in remote areas without services,
provide trucked-in services as required for start-up and construction
operations.
3. Furnish, install and maintain temporary utilities required for adequate
construction, safety and security. Modify, relocate and extend systems as
Work progresses. Repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary
facilities. Grade the areas of site affected by temporary installations to
required elevations and grades, and clean the area. Remove on completion of
Work or until service or facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by
authorized use of completed permanent facilities.
4. The types of temporary construction utilities and facilities required include, but
are not limited to, potable drinking water, wastewater, drainage, dewatering
equipment, enclosure of Work, ventilation, electrical power, lighting, hoisting
facilities, stairs, ladders, and roads.
5. Inspect and test each service before placing temporary utilities in use. Arrange
for required inspections and tests by governing authorities, and obtain required
certifications and permits for use.
6. Materials used for temporary service shall not be used in the permanent
system unless so specified or acceptable to City.
3.02 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES:
A. Contractor-Furnished Facilities:
1. Furnish, install and maintain temporary sanitary facilities for use through
construction period. Remove on completion of Work.
2. Provide for all construction workers under this Contract and representatives at
the site.
01510 - 4/4
3. Toilet facilities shall be of the chemical-aerated recirculation or combustion
type, properly vented and fully enclosed with a glass- fiber-reinforced polyester
shell or similar nonabsorbent material.
3.03 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION AIDS:
A. General:
1. Provide construction aids and equipment required by personnel, available for
City observers use, and to facilitate the execution of the Work; scaffolds,
staging, ladders, stairs, ramps, runways, platforms, railings, hoists, cranes,
chutes, and other such facilities and equipment.
2. Materials may be new or used, must be suitable for the intended purpose and
meet the requirements of applicable codes, regulations and standards.
3. When platform stair framing is in place, provide temporary treads, platforms,
and railings for use by construction personnel.
3.04 INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL:
A. Relocation: Relocate construction aids as required by progress of construction, by
storage, or Work requirements and to accommodate requirements of City and other
Contractors at the site.
B. Removal: Remove temporary materials, equipment and services when construction
needs can be met and allowed by use of permanent construction, or at completion of
the Project.
C. Repair: Clean and repair damage caused by installation or by use of temporary
facilities.
1. Remove foundations and underground installations for construction aids.
2. Grade the areas of the site affected by temporary installations to required
elevations and clean the area. Restore the affected areas to original condition
or better. Re-sod, re-plant as necessary.
END OF SECTION
01519 - 1/2
SECTION 01519 - TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE: The Work specified in this Section consists of maintaining traffic within the limits
of the project for the duration of the construction period. It shall include the construction
and maintenance of the detour road as shown on the Drawings, furnishing, installing, and
maintaining of traffic control and safety devices during construction, the control of dust,
and any other special requirements for safe and expeditious movement of traffic as may
be called for on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer.
1.02 STANDARD REFERENCES: The following standard specifications shall apply to the work
of this section as indicated:
A. Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge
Construction, latest edition, (FDOT).
B. State of Florida, Manual of Traffic Control and Safe Practices for Street and Highway
Construction, latest edition
1.03 TESTS: The Contractor shall perform all required density tests specified by the
referenced sections below.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 EMBANKMENT MATERIALS: Embankment materials shall conform to SECTION 02220,
Excavation and Backfill, of these Specifications.
2.02 LIMEROCK BASE: The roadway base shall conform to SECTION 02232, Limerock Base,
of these Specifications.
2.03 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT: The pavement of the detour road shall conform to
SECTION 02513, Asphalt Concrete Pavement, of these Specifications.
2.04 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC MARKINGS: All temporary striping shall be white or yellow
degradable reflective tape with non-metallic backing, pre-coated with a pressure sensitive
adhesive, and conforming to the requirements of FDOT Standard Specification Section
102-3.2.5.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SITE PREPARATION: All site preparation shall conform to SECTION 02100, Site
Preparation of these Specifications.
3.02 EMBANKMENT CONSTRUCTION: The embankments required for the detour roads shall
be constructed to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings and conform to SECTION
02220, Excavation and Backfill, of these Specifications. The Contractor shall provide
adequate drainage for all temporary construction as directed by the Engineer.
3.03 ROADWAY BASE CONSTRUCTION: The base shall be constructed to the lines and
grades shown on the Drawings and conform to SECTIONS 02232, Limerock Base.
3.04 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT: All pavement for the detour roads shall be
constructed as shown on the Drawings and conform to SECTION 02513, Asphalt Concrete
Pavement, of these Specifications.
01519 - 2/2
3.05 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC MARKINGS: Pavement markings shall conform to the
requirements of FDOT Standard Specification Section 102-3.2.5. and the Manual of Traffic
Control and Safe Practices for Street and Highway Construction.
3.06 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC: All lanes that are being used for the maintenance of traffic
shall be adequately maintained in accordance with FDOT Standard Specification Section
102-2.1 and 102-2.2.
3.07 TRAFFIC CONTROL: The Contractor shall provide, install, and maintain adequate traffic
control devices, warning devices, and barriers in accordance with FDOT Standard
Specification Section 102-3, Traffic Control, and applicable sections of the Manual of
Traffic Control and Safe Practices for Street and Highway Construction.
3.08 REMOVAL: The roadway base, surface, and embankments shall be removed to the
original grades and lines or those required on the Drawings. The asphalt pavement shall
be disposed of off-site. All existing pavement, shoulders, drainage, and other
appurtenances shall be restored to the condition prior to the start of construction.
3.09 SIGNAGE REMOVAL: If removing existing traffic signage along the roadways, the
Contractor shall be responsible for providing temporary signage during construction. The
temporary signage shall be visible to the motorized vehicles. Once construction is
completed, the Contractor shall be responsible for relocating the existing signage in the
same pre-construction location.
3.10 ROADWAY RESTORATION: Roadways damaged by the Contractor shall be restored to
their original condition by the Contractor subject to approval of the Owner or Engineer.
3.11 TEMPORARY WALKS AND DRIVEWAYS: All temporary walks and driveways shall be
removed by the Contractor prior to final acceptance and the ground returned to its original
condition, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents.
END OF SECTION
01530 - 1/4
SECTION 01530 - TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY:
A. This Section includes General Requirements for:
1. Protection of Work.
2. Protection of existing property.
3. Barriers.
4. Security.
5. Environmental controls.
6. Access roads and parking areas.
7. Traffic control and use of roadways.
1.02 REFERENCES:
A. Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge
Construction (FDOT).
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable.)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY:
A. General:
1. Provide for the protection of the Work as set forth in GENERAL CONDITIONS.
Provide protection at all times against rain, wind, storms, frost, freezing,
condensation, or heat so as to maintain all Work and Equipment and Materials
free from injury or damage. At the end of each day all new Work likely to be
damaged shall be appropriately protected.
2. Notify City immediately at any time operations are stopped due to conditions
which make it impossible to continue operations or to obtain proper results.
3. Construct and maintain all necessary temporary drainage and do all pumping
necessary to keep excavations, pits, and trenches, dewatered sufficiently to
permit continuous construction.
4. Protect ground surfaces and/or floors from damage by proper covering and
care when handling heavy equipment, painting, or handling mortar or other
such materials. Use proper cribbing and shoring to prevent overloading of
floors while moving heavy equipment. Provide metal pans under pipe-
threading machines and other machines that may leak oil and clean such pans
daily, keeping oil off ground surfaces and/or floors. Restore ground surfaces
and/or floors to former condition where damaged or stained.
B. Property Other than City’s:
1. Provide for the protection of property as set forth in the GENERAL
CONDITIONS. Report immediately to the owners thereof and promptly repair
damage to existing facilities resulting from construction operations.
01530 - 2/4
2. Names and telephone numbers of representatives of the power and gas
company having jurisdiction over power and gas lines in the Work area can be
obtained from the City. Contractor shall contact the power and gas company a
minimum of 7 calendar days prior to performing Work within 500' of power
transmission line property, right-of-way or easement lines.
3. The applicable requirements specified for protection of the Work shall also
apply to the protection of existing property of others.
4. Restore all property affected by Contractor's operations to the original or better
condition.
3.02 BARRIERS:
A. General:
1. Furnish, install, and maintain suitable barriers as required to prevent public
entry, protect the public, and to protect the Work, existing facilities, trees, and
plants from construction operations. Remove when no longer needed or at
completion of Work.
2. Materials may be new or used, suitable for the intended purpose, but must not
violate requirements of applicable codes and standards or regulatory agencies.
3. Barriers shall be of a neat and reasonable uniform appearance, structurally
adequate for the required purposes.
4. Maintain barriers in good repair and clean condition for adequate visibility.
5. Relocate barriers as required by progress of Work.
6. Repair damage caused by installation and restore area to original or better
condition. Clean the area.
3.03 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS:
A. Dust Control:
1. If appropriate to the site location, and at the discretion of the City, provide
positive methods and apply dust control materials to minimize raising dust from
construction operations.
2. Clean interior spaces prior to the start of finish painting and continue cleaning
on an as-needed basis until painting is finished.
3. Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants will not fall on wet or
newly-coated surfaces.
4. Cover materials transported to and from site as necessary to prevent
depositing material on offsite roadways or creating dust.
B. Water and Erosion Control:
1. Provide methods to control surface water to prevent damage to the Project, the
site, or adjoining properties as specified in SECTION 02435.
2. Plan and execute construction and earthwork by methods to control surface
drainage from cuts and fills, and from borrow and waste disposal areas, to
prevent erosion and sedimentation.
a. Hold the areas of bare soil exposed at one time to a minimum.
b. Provide temporary control measures such as berms, dikes, and drains.
01530 - 3/4
3. Control fill, grading, and ditching to direct surface drainage away from
excavations and other construction areas; and to direct drainage to proper
runoff.
4. Provide, operate, and maintain hydraulic equipment of adequate capacity to
control surface and ground water.
5. Dispose of drainage water in a manner to prevent flooding, erosion, or other
damage to any portion of the site or to adjoining areas.
C. Debris Control and Clean-Up:
1. Keep the premises free at all times from accumulations of debris, waste
materials, and rubbish caused by construction operations and employees.
Responsibilities shall include:
a. Adequate trash receptacles about the site, emptied promptly when filled.
b. Periodic cleanup to avoid hazards or interference with operations at the
site and to maintain the site in a reasonably neat condition.
c. The keeping of construction materials such as forms and scaffolding
neatly stacked.
d. Immediate cleanup to protect the Work by removing splattered concrete,
oil, paint, corrosive liquids, and cleaning solutions from walls, floors, and
metal surfaces before surfaces are marred.
2. Prohibit overloading of trucks to prevent spillages on access and haul routes.
Provide periodic inspection of traffic areas to enforce requirements.
3. Final cleanup is specified in SECTION 01700 Contract Closeout.
D. Pollution Control:
1. Provide methods, means, and facilities required to prevent contamination of
soil, water, or atmosphere by the discharge of hazardous or toxic substances
from construction operations.
2. Provide equipment and personnel, perform emergency measures required to
contain any spillages, and to remove contaminated soils or liquids. Excavate
and dispose of any contaminated earth off-site in approved locations, and
replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil.
3. Take special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering public
waters, sanitary, or storm sewers.
4. If hazardous materials are discharged, report to authorities as required by Law
or Regulations and notify City.
3.04 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND USE OF ROADWAYS:
A. Traffic Control:
1. Provide, operate, and maintain equipment, services, and personnel, with traffic
control and protective devices, as required to expedite vehicular traffic flow on
haul routes, at site entrances, on-site access roads, and parking areas. This
includes barricades and other devices or personnel as necessary to
adequately protect the public. Prepare and submit Traffic Control Plan to City
for acceptance.
2. Remove temporary equipment and facilities when no longer required. Restore
grounds to original, better, or specified conditions.
01530 - 4/4
3. Provide and maintain suitable detours or other temporary expedients if
necessary.
4. Bridge over open trenches where necessary to maintain traffic.
5. Consult with governing authorities to establish public thoroughfares which will
be used for site access. All operations shall meet the approval of owners or
agencies having jurisdiction.
B. Maintenance of Roadways:
1. Repair off-site roads, water control and City levees damaged by operations.
Keep traffic areas as free as possible of excavated materials and maintain in a
manner to eliminate dust, mud, and hazardous conditions.
2. All operations and repairs shall meet the approval of owners or agencies
having jurisdiction.
3.05 SECURITY:
A. The Contractor is solely responsible for initiating and maintaining security at the
construction site. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the security of,
and shall provide the necessary protection to:
1. Materials and equipment incorporated into the work, or stored on-site prior to
incorporation into the work.
2. Temporary field offices and sheds, and their contents
3. Plant and equipment including any equipment furnished for use by the City.
B. The Contractor shall replace, in kind, any materials or equipment lost, damaged or
destroyed at its own expense.
END OF SECTION
01541 - 1/4
SECTION 01541 - PROTECTION OF THE WORK AND PROPERTY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for taking all precautions, providing all
programs, and taking all actions necessary to protect the Work and all public and
private property and facilities from damage as specified in the General Conditions
and herein.
B. In order to prevent damage, injury or loss, CONTRACTOR'S actions shall include,
but not be limited to, the following:
1. Store apparatus, materials, supplies, and equipment in an orderly, safe
manner that will not unduly interfere with the progress of the Work or the
Work of any other CONTRACTOR or utility service company.
2. Provide suitable storage facilities for all materials, which are subject to injury
by exposure to weather, theft, breakage, or otherwise.
3. Place upon the Work or any part thereof only such loads as are consistent
with the safety of that portion of the Work.
4. Clean up frequently all refuse, rubbish, scrap materials, and debris caused
by his/her operations, to the end that at all times the site of the Work shall
present a safe, orderly and workmanlike appearance.
5. Provide barricades and guard rails around openings, for scaffolding, for
temporary stairs and ramps, around excavations, elevated walkways and
other hazardous areas.
C. CONTRACTOR shall not, except after written consent from proper parties, enter
or occupy privately-owned land with men, tools, materials or equipment, except
on easements provided herein.
D. CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for the preservation of all public
and private property or facility on or adjacent to the site. If any direct or indirect
damage is done by or on account of any act, omission, neglect or misconduct in
the execution of the Work by the CONTRACTOR, it shall be restored by the
CONTRACTOR, at his/her expense, to a condition equal to that existing before
the damage was done.
1.02 BARRICADES AND WARNING SIGNALS
A. Where Work is performed on, or adjacent to any roadway, right-of- way, or public
place, CONTRACTOR shall provide barricades, fences, lights, warning signs,
danger signals, watchmen, and shall take other precautionary measures for the
protection of persons or property and of the Work. Barricades shall be painted to
be visible at night. From sunset to sunrise, CONTRACTOR shall furnish and
maintain at least one light at each barricade. Sufficient barricades shall be
erected to keep vehicles from being driven on or into Work under construction.
CONTRACTOR shall furnish watchmen in sufficient numbers to protect the Work.
01541 - 2/4
CONTRACTOR'S responsibility for the maintenance of barricades, signs, lights,
and for providing watchmen shall continue until the Project is accepted by
OWNER.
1.03 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
A. CONTRACTOR shall protect existing trees, shrubs and plants on or adjacent to
the site that are shown or designated to remain in place against unnecessary
cutting, breaking or skinning of trunk, branches, bark or roots.
B. Materials or equipment shall not be stored or parked within the drip line.
C. Temporary fences or barricades shall be installed to protect trees and plants in
areas subject to traffic.
D. Fires shall not be permitted under or adjacent to trees and plants.
E. Within the limits of the Work, water trees and plants that are to remain, in order to
maintain their health during construction operations.
F. Cover all exposed roots with burlap that shall be kept continuously wet. Cover all
exposed roots with earth as soon as possible. Protect root systems from
mechanical damage and damage by erosion, flooding, run-off or noxious
materials in solution.
G. If branches or trunks are damaged, prune branches immediately and protect the
cut or damaged areas with emulsified asphalt compounded specifically for
horticultural use.
H. All damaged trees and plants that die or suffer permanent injury shall be removed
when ordered by the ENGINEER and replaced by a specimen of equal or better
quality.
I. Coordinate Work in this Section with requirements of other sections herein.
J. See Section 02220, Excavation and Backfill for additional requirements.
1.04 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES
A. Underground Structures:
1 Underground structures are defined to include, but not be limited to, all
sewer, water, gas, and other piping, and manholes, chambers, electrical
conduits, tunnels and other existing subsurface work located within or
adjacent to the limits of the Work.
2 The estimated locations of all underground structures known to ENGINEER
except water, sewer, electric, and telephone service connections are shown.
This information is shown for the assistance of CONTRACTOR in
accordance with the best information available, but is not guaranteed to be
01541 - 3/4
correct or complete.
3 CONTRACTOR shall explore ahead of his/her trenching and excavation
Work and shall uncover all obstructing underground structures sufficiently to
determine their location, to prevent damage to them and to prevent
interruption to the services, which such structures provide. If
CONTRACTOR damages an underground structure, he/she shall restore it
to original condition at his/her expense.
4 The ENGINEER shall make necessary changes in the location of the Work
to avoid unanticipated underground structures.
5 If permanent relocation of an underground structure or other subsurface
facility is required and is not otherwise provided for in the Contract
Documents, ENGINEER will direct CONTRACTOR in writing to perform the
Work, which shall be paid for under the provisions of the General
Conditions.
B. Surface Structures:
1. Surface structures are defined as all existing buildings, structures and other
facilities above the ground surface. Included with such structures are their
foundations or any extension below the surface. Surface structures include,
but are not limited to, buildings, tanks, walls, bridges, roads, dams,
channels, open drainage, piping, poles, wires, posts, signs, markers, curbs,
walks and all other facilities that are visible above the ground surface.
C. Protection of Underground and Surface Structures:
1 CONTRACTOR shall sustain in their places and protect from direct or
indirect injury all underground and surface structures located within or
adjacent to the limits of the Work. Such sustaining and supporting shall be
done carefully and as required by the party owning or controlling such
structure. Before proceeding with the work of sustaining and supporting
such structure, CONTRACTOR shall satisfy the ENGINEER that the
methods and procedures to be used have been approved by the party
owning same.
2 CONTRACTOR shall assume all risks attending the presence or proximity
of all underground and surface structures within or adjacent to the limits of
the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all damage and expense
for direct or indirect injury caused by his/her Work to any structure.
CONTRACTOR shall repair immediately all damage caused by his/her
work, to the satisfaction of the OWNER of the damaged structure.
D. All other existing surface facilities, including but not limited to, guard rails, posts,
guard cables, signs, poles, markers, and curbs which are temporarily removed to
facilitate installation of the Work shall be replaced and restored to their original
condition at the CONTRACTOR'S expense.
1.05 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED PRODUCTS
A. Provide protection of installed products to prevent damage from subsequent
operations. Remove protection facilities when no longer needed, prior to
01541 - 4/4
completion of Work.
B Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials and surfaces.
C. Location of existing underground utilities shown on plans must be verified and
protected by the CONTRACTOR. Soft digs shall be used as needed to confirm
location. CONTRACTOR shall repair any damage to the existing utilities at
his/her own expense.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
01560 - 1/4
SECTION 01560 - ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. CONTRACTOR shall provide and maintain methods, equipment, and temporary
construction, as necessary to provide controls over environmental conditions at
the construction site and adjacent areas. Remove physical evidence of temporary
facilities at completion of Work.
B. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all laws, rules, regulations, ordinances and
requirements of the State of Florida, USEPA, and other governing authorities
pertaining to noise control, dust control, soil erosion and sediment control,
pollution control and all other environmental controls, protection and restoration.
C. All costs incurred in complying with the laws, rules, regulations, ordinances and
requirements of the governing authorities pertaining to environmental controls,
protection and restoration shall be included in the prices bid for this Contract, and
at no additional cost to the OWNER.
D. CONTRACTOR shall conform to the requirements pertaining to environmental
protection, restoration and erosion and sediment control as specified in other
Divisions and Sections of these Contract Documents.
E. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for control of odors.
F. CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER prior to construction an Environ-
mental Control Plan addressing the areas outlined in this Section and other
Sections of these specifications.
1.02 NOTIFICATIONS
A. The ENGINEER will notify the CONTRACTOR in writing of any non-compliance
with the foregoing provisions or of any environmentally objectionable acts and
corrective action to be taken. State or local agencies responsible for verification of
certain aspects of the environmental protection requirements shall notify the
CONTRACTOR in writing, through the ENGINEER, or any non-compliance with
state or local requirements. The CONTRACTOR shall, after receipt of such notice
from the ENGINEER or from the regulatory agency through the ENGINEER,
immediately take corrective action. Such notice, when delivered to the
CONTRACTOR or his/her authorized representative at the site of the work, shall
be deemed sufficient for the purpose. If the CONTRACTOR fails or refuses to
comply promptly, the OWNER may issue an order stopping all or part of the work
until satisfactory corrective action has been taken. No part of the time lost due to
any such stop orders shall be made the subject of a claim for extension of time or
for excess costs or damages by the CONTRACTOR unless it is later determined
that the CONTRACTOR was in compliance.
01560 - 2/4
1.03 NOISE CONTROL
A. CONTRACTOR'S vehicles and equipment shall be such as to minimize noise to
the greatest degree practicable. Noise levels shall conform to the latest OSHA
standards, other federal regulations, and state and local regulations, and in no
case will noise levels be permitted which interfere with the work of the OWNER or
others. The CONTRACTOR shall employ controls during construction sufficient to
assure that the above limits are achieved.
B. All construction equipment powered by an internal combustion engine shall be
equipped with a properly maintained muffler.
C. Air compressors shall be operated in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions for proper noise abatement.
D. Air-powered equipment shall be fitted with pneumatic exhaust silencers.
E. In the event that the OWNER receives verifiable and reasonable complaints
concerning noise generated by the construction activities which is above the limits
set forth above, or if verifiable and reasonable complaints are so received
concerning noise generated by construction-related truck traffic, the
CONTRACTOR shall furnish such additional noise control measure as may be
required for control noise at or below the limits set forth above.
1.04 WATER CONTROL
A. CONTRACTOR shall provide methods to control water to prevent damage to the
Work, the site, or adjoining properties.
1. Control fill, grading and ditching to direct water away from excavations, pits,
tunnels and other construction areas; direct drainage to proper runoff courses
so as to prevent any erosion, damage or nuisance.
B. CONTRACTOR shall provide, operate and maintain equipment and facilities of
adequate size to control surface water.
C. CONTRACTOR shall maintain all work sites, including trenches, pits and
excavations in a dewatered condition.
D. CONTRACTOR shall provide all materials, equipment and personnel necessary
for dewatering.
E. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary permits
associated with the discharge of collected waters.
F. CONTRACTOR shall dispose of collected waters in strict accordance with State,
Federal and Local environmental regulations.
G. CONTRACTOR shall dispose of collected water in a manner to prevent flooding,
erosion, or other damage to any portion of the site or to adjoining areas and in
01560 - 3/4
conformance with all environmental requirements.
1.05 POLLUTION CONTROL
A. CONTRACTOR shall provide methods, means and facilities required to prevent
Contamination of soil, water or atmosphere by the discharge of noxious
substances from construction operations.
B. CONTRACTOR shall take special measures to prevent harmful substances from
entering public water.
1 Prevent disposal of wastes, effluents, chemicals, or other such substances
adjacent to streams, or in sanitary or storm sewers.
2 Disposal of materials in wetlands or surface waters is prohibited.
C. All CONTRACTOR'S equipment used during construction shall conform to all
current federal, state and local laws and regulations.
D. The use of burning at the project site for the disposal of refuse and debris will not
be permitted.
1.06 PEST AND RODENT CONTROL
A. CONTRACTOR shall provide rodent and pest control as necessary to prevent
infestation of construction and storage area and adjoining properties.
1. Employ methods and use materials, which will not adversely affect conditions
at the site or on adjoining properties.
1.07 EROSION CONTROL
A. CONTRACTOR shall plan and execute construction and earthwork by methods to
control surface drainage from cuts and fills to prevent erosion and sedimentation.
1 Hold the areas of bare soil exposed to a minimum.
2 Provide temporary control measures such as berms, dikes, drains, hay bales
and siltation fence.
B. CONTRACTOR shall periodically inspect earthwork to detect any evidence of the
start of erosion, and shall apply corrective measures as required to control erosion.
Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, and equipment to install and maintain
throughout the duration of the construction activities all hay bales and siltation
fence, as necessary. Specifically, the hay bales and siltation fence shall be
installed to prevent sediment transport from the site construction activities into the
neighboring properties, wetlands, streams and drains.
C. The hay shall be free of noxious weeds and deleterious substances. The hay shall
be securely baled with wire of adequate size to allow for possible rusting while in
use, or by nylon twine, and to permit rehandling when the bale is in a saturated
condition. Hay bales shall be rectangular shaped and each shall weigh at least 40
pounds, but less than I00 pounds.
01560 - 4/4
D. The geotextile material used for the siltation fence shall consist of a woven or non-
woven fabric made from polypropylene. The fabric shall be non-rotting, acid and
alkali resistant, and inert to organic chemicals commonly encountered in soils.
1.08 DUST CONTROL
A. CONTRACTOR shall provide methods to control dust generated by construction
activities as directed by the ENGINEER.
B. An approved method of stabilization consisting of sprinkling or other similar
methods will be permitted to control dust. The use of petroleum products is
prohibited. The use of chlorides may be permitted with approval from the
ENGINEER.
C. Sprinkling, to be approved, must be repeated at such intervals as to keep all parts
of the disturbed area at least damp at all times, and the CONTRACTOR must
have sufficient competent equipment on the job to accomplish this if sprinkling is
used. Dust control shall be performed as the work proceeds and whenever a dust
nuisance or hazard occurs, as determined by the ENGINEER.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
01570 - 1/5
SECTION 01570 - TRAFFIC CONTROL
(MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE: The Work of this Section shall consist of furnishing all labor, material, and
equipment and performing all operations in connection with traffic control in accordance
with the Drawings and applicable codes and as specified herein.
1.02 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT: Apply.
1.03 STANDARD REFERENCES:
A. The Florida Department of Transportation, "Standard Specifications for Road and
Bridge Construction," latest edition, (DOT).
B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO).
C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).
D. County Codes.
E. U. S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, "Manual on
Uniform Traffic Control Devices," latest edition (FHWA).
1.10 DESCRIPTION
A. The Work specified in this Section consists of maintaining traffic within the limits of
the project for the duration of the construction period, including any temporary
suspensions of the Work. It shall include the construction and maintenance of any
necessary detour facilities; the providing of necessary facilities for access to
residences, businesses, etc., along the project; the furnishing, installing an
maintaining of traffic control and safety devices during construction; the control of
dust, and any other special requirements for the safe and expeditious movement of
traffic as may be called for on the Drawings. The term, Maintenance of Traffic, shall
include all of such facilities, devices, and operations as are required for the safety
and convenience of the public as well as for minimizing public nuisance; all as
specified in this Section.
B. The CONTRACTOR'S responsibility for maintenance of traffic shall begin on the day
he starts work on the project or on the first day contract time is charged, whichever is
earlier. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate and obtain traffic plan approval for
applicable City, County, and/or FDOT.
1.20 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit a Maintenance of Traffic Plan signed and sealed by a registered engineer
licensed in the State of Florida.
B. Review Process
1. Three copies of the Maintenance of Traffic Plans and associated permit
applications shall be submitted to the applicable City, County, and State
agencies for review.
01570 - 2/5
2. The Maintenance of Traffic plans will be reviewed by the OWNER and
ENGINEER for completeness only.
3. The Maintenance of Traffic plan shall include, as a minimum, the following:
a. All signs shall be shown on a scaled detour plan sheet, size 11" x 17"with
the appropriate reference number as noted in the Manual on Uniform
Traffic Control Devices.
b. All signs shall be in accordance with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control
devices published by the U.S. Department of Transportation, and the
State of Florida's. Manual on Traffic Control and Safe Practices for Street
and Highway Construction, Maintenance of Utility Operations.
c. Copies of the appropriate Index sheet from the State of Florida's
Roadway and Traffic Design Standards may be acceptable.
4. Lane closures shall be in accordance with MOT plans which are part of the
construction plans.
1.40 MAINTENANCE OF ROADWAY
A. All lanes that are being used for the maintenance of traffic, including those on
detours and temporary facilities, shall be adequately maintained, with a substantial
surface under all weather conditions. The lanes shall be kept reasonably free of dust
and, when necessary to accomplish this, they shall be sprinkled with water, or some
other dust palliative shall be applied. The lanes on which traffic is to be maintained
shall be constructed of materials compatible to the local conditions. The lanes shall
be provided with the drainage facilities necessary to maintain an adequately
substantial, relatively smooth riding surface under all weather conditions. If it is
intended that a paved surface be required for lanes being used for the maintenance
of traffic, this will be indicated in the Drawings or special provisions.
B. Except as otherwise specified herein, on the Drawings, or in the special provisions,
the CONTRACTOR shall maintain one lane of traffic in each direction. Two lanes of
traffic in each direction shall be maintained at existing four (or more) lane cross
roads, where necessary to avoid undue traffic congestion. Unless otherwise
specified, the width of each lane used for maintenance of traffic shall be at least as
wide as the traffic lanes existing in the area prior to commencement of construction.
Traffic control and warning devices shall not encroach on lanes used for
maintenance of traffic.
C. Adequate accommodations for intersection and crossing traffic shall be provided
and maintained and, except where specific permission is given, no load or street
crossing the project shall be blocked or unduly restricted.
D. Unless specific written approval is obtained, the CONTRACTOR shall not isolate
residences and places of business. Access shall be provided to all places of
business whenever construction interferes with the existing means of access,
unless specific written approval is obtained from the OWNER and the business
OWNER.
E. Where traffic would be injurious to a base, surface course or structure, constructed
as part of the Work, all traffic shall be maintained outside the limits of such areas
until the potential for injury no longer exists.
01570 - 3/5
F. Regardless of Traffic Control Plan utilized, it shall be the CONTRACTOR's
responsibility to maintain the work zone in a safe condition.
G. No additional compensation shall be made for compliance with these
requirements.
1.50 ACCESS FOR POLICE, FIRE AND POSTAL SERVICE
A. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to notify the fire department and police
department before closing any street or portion thereof. No closing shall be made
without the OWNER'S acceptance. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to
notify said departments when the streets are again passable for emergency vehicles.
Do not block off emergency vehicle access to consecutive arterial crossings or dead-
end streets, in excess of 300 linear feet, without special written permission from the
fire department. The CONTRACTOR shall conduct operations with the least
interference to the fire equipment access and at no time prevent such access.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide an emergency telephone number or numbers with
the police department so that contact may be made easily at all times in case of
barricade and flare trouble or other emergencies.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to maintain postal service facilities in
accordance with the requirements of the U.S. Postal Service. The CONTRACTOR
shall move mailboxes to temporary locations designated by the U. S. Postal Service
and at the completion of the Work in each area, replace them in their original location
and in a condition satisfactory to the U. S. Postal Service.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL: Coordinate with the Drawings to verify which of the following products is used
in the work.
2.02 HIGHWAY SIGNING: Erecting aluminum or steel roadway signs with supporting posts, at
the locations shown on the plans. The roadway signs and material shall conform to the
requirements on DOT Standard Specifications: Section 700, Articles 700-1 through 700-7.
2.03 REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERS: Installing reflectorized pavement markers and
removing pavement markers within the project limits as designed in the plans. The
reflectorized pavement markers and materials shall conform to the requirements of DOT
Standard Specifications: Section 706, Articles 706-1 through 706-2.
2.04 PAINTING TRAFFIC STRIPES: Painting reflectorized traffic stripes, including edge stripes
and traffic guide. The painting and materials shall conform to the requirements of DOT
Standard Specifications: Section 710, Article 710-1 through 710-2.
2.05 THERMOPLASTIC TRAFFIC STRIPES AND MARKINGS: Placing and materials shall
conform to the requirements of DOT Standard Specifications: Section 711, Articles 711-1
through 711-2.
01570 - 4/5
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SIGNS, MARKERS, PAINTING:
A. Erection of signs and sign supports shall be in accordance with Section 700-8 of the
DOT Specifications.
B. Placement of the markers shall be in accordance with Sections 705 through 709 of
the DOT Specifications.
C. Painting shall be in accordance with Sections 710-3 through 710-9 of the DOT
Specifications.
D. Thermoplastic markings shall be in accordance with Sections 711-3 through 711-7 of
the DOT Specifications.
3.10 TRAFFIC CONTROL STANDARDS
A. The Federal Highway Administration's Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices
(MUTCD), Part VI is the minimum standards for Traffic Control for Highway
Construction, Maintenance, and Utility Operations. It sets forth the basic principles
and prescribes minimum standards to be followed in the design, application,
installation, maintenance and removal of all traffic control devices and all warning
devices and barriers which are necessary to protect the public and workers from
hazards within the project limits. The standards established in the aforementioned
manual constitute the minimum requirements for normal conditions, and additional
traffic control devices, warning devices, barriers or other safety devices will be
required where unusual, complex or particularly hazardous conditions exist.
3.20 TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES, WARNINGS DEVICES AND BARRIERS
A. The responsibility for installation and maintenance of adequate traffic control
devices, warning devices and barriers for the protection of the traveling public and
workers, as well as to safeguard the work area in general shall rest with the
CONTRACTOR. The required traffic control devices, warning devices and barriers
shall be erected by the CONTRACTOR prior to creation of any hazardous condition
and in conjunction with any necessary re-routing of traffic. The CONTRACTOR shall
immediately remove, turn or cover any devices or barriers which do not apply to
existing conditions.
The CONTRACTOR shall assign one of his/her employees the responsibility of
maintaining the position and condition of all traffic control devices, warning devices
and barriers throughout the duration of the contract The OWNER and ENGINEER
shall be kept advised at all times as to the identification and means of contacting this
employee on a 24-hour basis.
B. Traffic control devices, warning devices, and barriers shall be kept in the correct
position, properly, directed, clearly visible and clean, at all times. Damaged, defaced
or dirty devices or barriers shall immediately be repaired, replaced or cleaned by the
CONTRACTOR and approved for use by the ENGINEER.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall provide trained flaggers to direct traffic where two-way
operation in a single lane is in effect and in other situations as required.
01570 - 5/5
D. Where a detour changes the lane use or where normal vehicle paths are altered
during construction, all existing pavement markings that will be in conflict with the
adjusted vehicle paths shall be removed. Over-painting will not be allowed. The
removal may be accomplished by any method that will not materially damage the
surface texture of the pavement and which will eliminate the previous marking
pattern regardless of weather and light conditions.
E. The CONTRACTOR shall conduct his/her operations in such a manner that no
undue hazard will result due to the requirements of this Specification, and the
procedures and policies described therein shall in no way act as a waiver of any of
the terms of the liability of the CONTRACTOR or his/her surety.
3.30 DETOURS
A. The CONTRACTOR will be required to construct and maintain detour facilities
wherever it becomes necessary to divert traffic from any existing roadway or bridge,
or whenever construction operations block the flow of traffic.
B. The detours are to be planned, constructed and maintained in such manner that
they will be capable of safely carrying the traffic required in all conditions of
weather. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the detour with all facilities necessary to
meet this requirement
C. The CONTRACTOR will be required to provide all materials for the construction
and maintenance of all detours.
3.40 NOTICES
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide arid distribute notices to all residences and places
of business seven (7) days prior to starting of the Work on affected streets. Provide a
second notice to affected residences when the vehicular access will be restricted to
such residences three (3) days prior to starting work.
END OF SECTION
01600 - 1/6
SECTION 01600 - EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY: This section includes general requirements for Equipment and Material
transportation and handling, delivery, storage, and protection of Contractor and City -
furnished Equipment and Materials.
A. Related Work:
1. SECTION 01630 Products Options and Substitutions.
2. SECTION 01300 Submittals.
1.02 DEFINITIONS: Definitions used in this paragraph are not intended to negate the meaning
of other terms used in the Contract Documents, including such terms as "systems,"
"structure," "finishes," "accessories," "furnishings," "special construction," and similar
terms. Such terms are self-explanatory and have recognized meanings in the construction
industry.
A. Products: Items purchased for incorporation in the Work, regardless of whether they
were specifically purchased for the Project or taken from the previously purchased
stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and
other terms of similar intent.
B. Equipment: A product with operational or non-operational parts, regardless of
whether motorized, manually operated, or fixed. Equipment may require service
connections such as wiring or piping.
C. Materials: Products that must be substantially cut, shaped, worked, mixed, finished,
refined or otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to form parts of Work.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Equipment and Material Incorporated Into The Work: Provide products that comply
with the requirements of the Contract Documents, undamaged, and unless otherwise
indicated, unused at the time of installation. Provide products that are complete with
all accessories, trim, finish, safety guards, and other devices and details needed for
a complete installation and for the intended use and effect.
B. Standard Products: Where they are available and comply with Specifications,
provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully
in similar situations on other projects.
C. Continued Availability: Where, because of the nature of its application, the City is
likely to need replacement parts or additional amounts of a product at a later date,
either for maintenance and repair or replacement, provide standard products for
which the manufacturer has published assurances that the products and its parts are
likely to be available to the City at a later date.
1. Conform to applicable Specifications, codes, standards, and regulatory
agencies.
2. Comply with size, make, type, and quality specified, or as specifically approved
in writing by the Engineer.
3. Manufactured and Fabricated Products:
01600 - 2/6
a. Design, fabricate, and assemble in accordance with the best engineering
and shop practices.
b. Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard sizes and gauges, to
be interchangeable.
c. Equipment and Materials shall be suitable for service conditions intended.
d. Equipment capacities, sizes, and dimensions indicated or specified shall
be adhered to unless variations are specifically approved in writing.
e. Provide labels and nameplates where required by regulatory agencies or
to state identification and essential operating data.
f. Two or more items of the same kind shall be identical, supplied by the
same manufacturer.
4. Do not use equipment and material for any purpose other than that for which it
is designed or is specified.
D. Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same kind
from a single source.
E. Identification: Each item of equipment shall have permanently affixed to it a label or
tag with its equipment number designated in this contract. Marker shall be stainless
steel and shall be located so as to be easily visible.
1.04 TRANSPORTATION AND SHIPMENT:
A. Shipment Preparation: Contractor shall require manufacturers and suppliers to
prepare Equipment and Materials for shipment in a manner to facilitate unloading
and handling, and to protect against damage or unnecessary exposure in transit and
storage, for contractor supplied equipment. Provisions for protection shall include
the following:
1. Crates or other suitable packaging materials.
2. Covers and other means to prevent corrosion, moisture damage, mechanical
injury, and accumulation of dirt in motors, electrical equipment, and machinery.
3. Suitable rust-preventive compound on exposed machined surfaces and
unpainted iron and steel.
4. Grease packing or oil lubrication in all bearings and similar items.
5. Precast concrete components shall be transported, lifted and stored as
specified by the precast supplier. Precast supplier shall provide written
instructions to the Contractor as to the above Contractor shall provide a copy
to City.
B. Marking: Each item of Equipment and Material shall be tagged or marked as
identified in the delivery schedule or on Submittals. Complete packing lists and bills
of material shall be included with each shipment. Each piece of every item need not
be marked separately, provided that all pieces of each item are packed or bundled
together and the packages or bundles are properly tagged or marked.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. Delivery:
01600 - 3/6
1. Arrange deliveries of Equipment and Materials in accordance with construction
schedules, in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation, and to
avoid delay of the Work.
2. Deliver, store and handle Equipment and Materials in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations using means and methods that will prevent
damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft.
3. Control delivery schedules to minimize long term storage at the site and to
prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. In particular, coordinate delivery
and installation to ensure minimum holding or storage times for items known or
recognized to be flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to
deterioration, theft, and other sources of loss.
4. Avoid conflict with Work of City or other contractors.
5. Deliver Equipment and Materials to the site in manufacturer's sealed
containers or other packaging system with identifying labels and instructions
for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.
6. Mark deliveries of component parts of equipment to identify the equipment, to
permit easy accumulation of parts, and to facilitate inspection and
measurement of quantity or counting of units.
7. Immediately on delivery, inspect shipment to assure:
a. Product complies with requirements of Contract Documents and reviewed
Submittals.
b. Quantities are correct.
c. Containers and packages are intact, labels are legible.
d. Equipment and Materials are properly protected and undamaged.
8. Shipment of products to CONTRACTOR or subcontractors shall be delivered
to the site only during regular working hours. Shipments shall be addressed
and consigned to the proper party-given name of project, street number and
city. Shipments shall not be delivered to the ENGINEER or OWNER, except
where otherwise directed.
B. Storage:
1. Store Equipment and Materials immediately on delivery, and protect until
completion of the Work. Store in accordance with manufacturer's instructions
with seals and labels intact and legible.
2. Store Equipment and Materials in a manner that will not endanger the
supporting construction.
3. Store Equipment and Materials that are subject to damage by elements in
weather tight enclosures.
4. Maintain temperature and humidity within ranges required by manufacturer.
5. Protect motors, electrical equipment, plumbing fixtures, and machinery of all
kinds against corrosion, moisture deteriorations, mechanical injury, and
accumulation of dirt or other foreign matter.
6. Protect exposed-machined surfaces and unpainted iron and steel as
necessary with suitable rust-preventive compounds.
7. Protect bearings and similar items with grease packing or oil lubrication.
8. Handle and store steel plate, sheet metal, and similar items in a manner to
prevent deformation.
01600 - 4/6
9. Exterior Storage:
a. Provide substantial platforms, blocking, or skids to support fabricated
products aboveground; and to prevent soiling or staining. Cover products
subject to discoloration or deterioration from exposure to the elements,
with impervious sheet coverings. Provide adequate ventilation to avoid
condensation.
b. Store loose granular materials on solid surface areas to prevent mixing
with foreign matter.
c. Provide surface drainage to prevent flow or ponding of rainwater.
10. Equipment and Materials shall not show any pitting, rust, decay, or other
deleterious effects of storage prior to final acceptance of Work.
11. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. Make
periodic inspections of stored products to assure that products are maintained
under specified conditions, and free from damage or deterioration.
12. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for finding suitable areas for material
storage. The CONTRACTOR must get written approval from the property
owners for storage. Only the daily supplies are allowed to be stored along the
pipeline route.
C. Handling:
1. Provide equipment and personnel necessary, to unload and handle Equipment
and Materials, by methods to prevent damage or soiling to Equipment and
Materials, or packaging.
2. Handle by methods to prevent bending or overstressing. Where lifting points
are designated, lift components only at those points.
3. Provide additional protection to surrounding surfaces as necessary to prevent
damage.
4. If necessary to move stored products during construction, CONTRACTOR
shall move them without any additional compensation.
D. Maintenance if Storage:
1. Inspect stored Equipment and Materials on a scheduled basis.
2. Verify that storage facilities comply with manufacturer's product storage
requirements, including environmental conditions continually maintained.
3. Verify that surfaces of products exposed to elements are not adversely
affected; that any weathering of finishes is acceptable under requirements of
Contract Documents.
4. For mechanical and electrical equipment in long-term storage, provide
manufacturer's service instructions to accompany each item, with notice of
enclosed instructions on exterior of package. Service Equipment on a
regularly scheduled basis.
E. Protection After Installation: Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect
installed Equipment and Materials from damage from subsequent construction
operations. Remove when no longer needed or as specified.
01600 - 5/6
1.06 EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS:
A. Equipment And Materials To Be Reused: For Equipment and Materials specifically
indicated or specified to be reused in the Work, use special care in removal,
handling, storage, and reinstallation to assure proper function in the completed Work.
Arrange for transportation, storage and handling of products which require off-site
storage, restoration, or renovation and pay all costs for such Work. Contractor may
at his option, furnish and install new items in lieu of those specified to be reused.
Remove, relocate and reinstall the following Equipment and Materials:
1. None.
B. Equipment And Materials Not To Be Reused: The following Equipment and Materials
to be removed, shall remain City's property and are not to be reused in the Work.
Remove from its location, prepare for handling and storage, and deliver to City.
1. None.
2. Equipment and Materials designated to be removed but not reused or
delivered to City, shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be
removed from the site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS:
A. Specified in each applicable Section of Specifications.
2.02 PRODUCT SELECTION AND SUBSTITUTIONS:
A. Specified in Instructions to Bidders and General Conditions.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS:
A. Installation:
1. When Contract Documents require that installation of work shall comply with
manufacturer's printed instructions, obtain and distribute copies of such
instructions if not a part of Submittals, containers, or packaging to parties
involved in the installation, including a copy to the City.
2. Maintain one complete set of instructions at the job site during installation and
until completion.
3. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition, and adjust products in accordance
with such instructions and in conformance with specified requirements. Should
job conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturer's
instructions, consult with Engineer for further instructions.
4. Do not omit any preparatory step or installation procedure unless specifically
modified or exempted by Contract Documents, or approved in writing by
manufacturer and the City.
5. Accurately locate and align with other Work, and anchor Equipment and
Materials securely in place except as required for proper movement and
performance.
01600 - 6/6
6. Clean and protect exposed surfaces as necessary to ensure freedom from
damage and deterioration at time of acceptance.
END OF SECTION
01630 - 1/2
SECTION 01630 - PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY: This Section covers the Engineer's review procedures for Contractor's
requests of acceptable substitute items of material and equipment. All requests must be
received by the City's Procurement Division ten (10) days prior to the scheduled bid
opening date. See applicable paragraph of the Instructions to the Bidders of this Contract
Document. If the proposed substitution is approved, such approvals will be set forth in an
addendum.
Requests received after the date established above or after the contract award, will not be
considered unless one or more of the following conditions apply:
A. The substitution must be required for compliance with final interpretation of code
requirements or regulations.
B. The substitution must be due to the unavailability of the specified products, through
no fault of the Contractor.
C. The substitution may be requested when subsequent information discloses the
inability of the specified products to perform properly or to fit in the designated space.
D. The substitution may be requested when in the judgement of the Engineer a
substitution would be substantially to the City's best interests in terms of cost, time or
other considerations.
1.02 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST:
A. Submit as required in SECTION 01300 Submittals:
1. Complete data substantiating compliance of the proposed substitution with the
Contract Document.
a. Product identification including manufacturer's name and address.
b. Manufacturer's literature including product description, performance and
test data, and reference standards.
c. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used and
dates of installation.
2. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method
specified.
3. Data relating to changes in the construction schedule.
4. For requests submitted after bids are received, accurate cost data on proposed
substitution in comparison with product or method specified.
B. In submitting the request for substitution, the Contractor makes the following
representations:
1. The Contractor has investigated the proposed product and has determined that
it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified.
2. The Contractor will provide the same warranty or guarantee for the substitution
as for the product specified.
3. The Contractor will coordinate installation of the accepted substitution into the
work, making such changes as may be required for the work to be completed
in all respects.
01630 - 2/2
4. The Contractor waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution that
subsequently becomes apparent.
5. Cost data is complete and includes all related costs under the contract.
1.03 ENGINEER'S REVIEW: The Engineer, in evaluating the request for substitution, will
consider all variations of the proposed substitute from that specified to determine the
acceptability of the proposal. The Engineer may require the Contractor to furnish
additional data about the proposed substitute necessary to make such a determination.
The Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability, and no substitute will be ordered or
installed without the Engineer's prior written acceptance. The City may require the
Contractor to furnish, at the Contractor's expense, a special performance guarantee or
other surety with respect to any substitute. Substitutions will not be considered if:
A. Substitutions are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals
without a request submitted in accordance with this section.
B. Acceptance will require substantial revision to the Contract Documents.
END OF SECTION
01700 - 1/5
SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY:
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract
closeout including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Inspection procedures.
2. Project record document submittal.
3. Operation and maintenance manual submittal.
4. Submittal of warranties.
5. Final cleaning.
6. Contractor's Certification.
B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the
appropriate Sections in DIVISIONS 2 through 16.
C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
1. SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS
1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION:
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial
Completion, complete the following:
1. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements,
final certifications, and similar documents.
2. Obtain and submit releases enabling the City unrestricted use of the Work and
access to services and utilities. Include operating certificates, and similar
releases.
3. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, Project photographs, damage
or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar record information.
4. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items.
5. Make changeover of permanent locks and transmit keys to the City.
6. Complete start-up testing of systems and instruction of the City's operation and
maintenance personnel.
7. Discontinue and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with mockups,
construction tools, and similar elements.
8. Complete final cleanup requirements, including touch up painting.
9. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes.
B. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the City will either
proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The City
will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection or advise
the Contractor of work that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will
be issued.
1. The City will reschedule the inspection when in its opinion, the Work is
substantially complete.
01700 - 2/5
1.03 FINAL ACCEPTANCE:
A. Preliminary Procedures: Submit certification by Contractor that Work has been
completed in accordance with the Contract Documents to the knowledge of the
Contractor. Before requesting final inspection, complete the following.
1. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation.
Include insurance certificates for products and completed operations where
required.
2. Submit a certified copy of the City's final inspection list of items to be
completed or corrected. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item
has been completed.
3. Submit final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and
similar data as of the date of Substantial Completion.
4. Submit consent of surety to final payment.
5. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with
insurance requirements.
6. Release of Liens (from the Prime, and all Subcontractors, Vendors and
Suppliers).
7. Submit Maintenance Bond.
8. Submit final Record Drawings and final closed out permits.
B. Re-inspection Procedure: The City will re-inspect the Work upon receipt of notice
that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, has been
completed.
1. Upon completion of re-inspection, the City will advise the Contractor of Work
that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required
for final acceptance.
2. If necessary, re-inspection will be repeated.
C. Return all keys and other items furnished by the City. The contractor shall forfeit his
deposit for keys and other items that are not returned.
1.04 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS:
A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Protect record
documents from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistant location. Provide
access to record documents for the City's reference during normal working hours.
B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white-prints
of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual
installation where the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally
shown. Mark which drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and
accurately. Where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross-reference at the
corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to
concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date.
Call attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around the areas affected.
C. The CITY will make electronic copies of whatever electronic versions of the bid plans
exist, available to the CONTRACTOR for Record Drawing purposes.
CONTRACTOR must obtain the concurrence of the Resident Engineer as to form
and content of record information provided in electronic format prior to proceeding,
but in general, information similar to that shown below needs to be similarly provided.
1. Record information concurrently with construction progress.
01700 - 3/5
2. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil. Use other colors to distinguish
between variations in separate categories of the Work. Mark each document
"PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, printed letters.
3. Mark new information that is important to the City but was not shown on
Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings.
4. Note related change-order numbers where applicable.
5. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets. Bind sets with durable-
paper cover sheets; print suitable titles, dates, and other identification on the
cover of each set.
6. Include the following:
a. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and
appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements (vertical
and horizontal location of buried or encased piping, raceways, cables,
etc.).
b. Where Submittals (like shop drawings) are used for mark-up, record a
cross-reference at corresponding location on Drawings.
c. Field changes of dimension and detail.
d. Changes made by Change Order or other Modifications.
e. Details not on original Contract Drawings.
f. Record drawings shall include a plot of the actual excavation cross-
sections plotted at the same station as and on top of the design cross-
sections.
7. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Contract
Documents including addenda. Include with the Contract Documents one copy
of other written construction documents, such as Change Orders and
modifications issued in printed form during construction.
8. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work performed
in comparison with the text of the Specifications and modifications.
9. Give particular attention to substitutions and selection of options and
information on concealed construction that cannot otherwise be readily
discerned later by direct observation.
10. Note related record drawing information and Product Data.
11. Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specifications to the City for the
City's records.
12. Include the following:
a. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and Supplier of each product
and item of equipment actually installed, particularly optional and
substitute items.
b. Changes made by Addendum, Change Order, or other Modifications.
c. Related Submittal.
D. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each Product Data submittal. Note
related Change Orders and markup of record drawings and Specifications.
1. Mark these documents to show significant variations in actual Work performed
in comparison with information submitted. Include variations in products
delivered to the site and from the manufacturer's installation instructions and
recommendations.
01700 - 4/5
2. Upon completion of markup, submit complete set of record Product Data to the
City for the City's records.
E. Record Sample Submitted: Immediately prior to Substantial Completion, the
Contractor shall meet with the City's personnel at the Project Site to determine which
Samples are to be transmitted to the City for record purposes. Comply with the
City's instructions regarding packaging, identification, and delivery to the City.
F. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for
requirements of miscellaneous record keeping and submittals in connection with
actual performance of the Work. Immediately prior to the date or dates of
Substantial Completion (unless otherwise specified), complete miscellaneous
records and place in good order. Identify miscellaneous records properly and bind or
file, ready for continued use and reference. Submit to the City for the City's records.
G. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Organize operation and maintenance data
into suitable sets of manageable size as specified in SECTIONS 01300 and 01730.
H. Warranties and Bonds: Specified in GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTAL
CONDITIONS and SECTION 01300.
I. Copies of partial Record Drawings for work completed must be submitted to the City
with each request for progress payment.
1.05 SPARE PARTS:
A. Products Required:
1. Provide to City the quantities of products, spare parts, maintenance tools, and
maintenance materials specified in individual Sections (for example, SECTION
11000), in addition to that required for completion of Work.
2. Products shall be identical to those installed in the Work. Include quantities
required from Supplier or manufacturer of original purchase to avoid variations
in manufacture.
3. If special parts are used (i.e.: transition couplings), the CONTRACTOR shall
submit to the City additional spare parts, of the same type and specifications
as the ones used for the work, in enough quantities to perform a maintenance
repair. Specialty parts shall be delivered to the City’s Maintenance facility or as
instructed by the City.
B. Storage, Maintenance:
1. Coordinate with City. Deliver and unload spare products to City at Project site
and obtain receipt prior to final payment.
2. For portions of Project accepted and occupied by City prior to Substantial
Completion, deliver the applicable spare products to City at time of
acceptance. Obtain receipt.
3. Maintain spare products in original containers with labels intact and legible,
until delivery to City.
01700 - 5/5
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable.)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES:
A. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: For equipment not covered by other
sectinos, arrange for each Installer of equipment that requires regular maintenance
to meet with the City's personnel at Project site to provide instruction in proper
operation and maintenance. Provide instruction by manufacturer's representatives if
installers are not experienced in operation and maintenance procedures. Include a
detailed review of the following items:
1. Operation and maintenance manuals.
2. Record documents.
3. Spare parts and materials.
4. Tools.
5. Lubricants.
6. Identification systems.
7. Control sequences.
8. Hazards, hazardous chemicals data sheets.
9. Cleaning.
10. Warranties and bonds.
11. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments.
3.02 FINAL CLEANING:
A. General: The GENERAL CONDITIONS require general cleaning during
construction. Regular site cleaning is included in SECTION 01530 and 01710.
B. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for
protection of the Work during construction.
C. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety
standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess
materials on the City's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous
materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose
of lawfully.
1. Where extra materials of value remain after completion of associated Work,
they become the City's property. Dispose of these materials of no value to the
City as directed by the Engineer.
D. Repairs:
1. Repair damaged protective coated surfaces.
2. Restore all ground areas affected by construction operations.
END OF SECTION
01710 - 1/2
SECTION 01710 - CLEANING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Perform cleaning, during progress of Work, and at completion of Work, as required
by General Conditions.
1.02 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with codes, ordinances,
regulations, and anti-pollution laws.
1.03 GOOD “HOUSEKEEPING” PRACTICES
A. Contractor shall maintain good housekeeping practices throughout the duration of
the project.
B. If the City is dissatisfied with the cleanliness of the site, a written notice to improve
cleanliness with specific instructions for improvement may be issued. If the
Contractor does not improve cleanliness to the satisfaction of the City, payment may
be denied and a separate contractor may be hired to complete Dust Control and
Clean-up operations. Denied payments and cost of independent contractor will be
subtracted from the lump-sum amount for this pay item and from the retainage
amount if necessary, through a change order.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Use only those cleaning materials which do not create hazards to health or property
and which do not damage surfaces.
B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of
surface material to be cleaned.
C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material
manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Perform periodic cleaning to keep Work, site and adjacent properties free from
accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and windblown debris, resulting from
construction operations.
B. Provide on-site containers for collection of waste materials, debris, and rubbish.
01710 - 2/2
C. Remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site daily and dispose of at legal
disposal areas away from site.
3.02 DUST CONTROL
A. Clean interior spaces before start of finish painting and continue cleaning on as-
needed basis until painting is finished.
B. Schedule operations so dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process
do not fall on wet or newly-coated surfaces.
C. Use periodic water spraying as required to minimize dust formation and keep dust
generating areas wetted down.
3.03 FINAL CLEANING
A. Employ skilled personnel for final cleaning.
B. Broom clean exterior paved surfaces and rake clean other surfaces of grounds.
C. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors.
D. Polish glossy surfaces to clear shine.
E. Ventilating Systems:
1 Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated
during construction.
2 Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during
construction.
3 Upon completion, provide two spare sets of filters to the OWNER.
F. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels, and other
foreign materials from sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces.
G. Before Final Completion, or OWNER occupancy, conduct inspection of sight-
exposed interior and exterior surfaces, and all Work areas, to verify Work is clean.
H. Remove paving materials and clean all castings, exiting and new after final paving is
completed.
I. Clean all drainage structures and drainage components which may have received
construction runoff, debris, and contaminants during construction operations.
J. Maintain cleaning until acceptance and occupation by the OWNER.
END OF SECTION
01720 - 1/3
SECTION 01720 - AS-BUILT DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONTRACTOR shall maintain and provide the ENGINEER with record documents
as specified below, except where otherwise specified.
B. Maintenance of Documents:
1. Maintain in CONTRACTOR'S field office in clean, dry, legible condition complete
sets of the following: Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, approved Shop
Drawings, Samples, photographs, Change Orders, other modifications of
Contract Documents, test records, survey data, Field Orders, and all other
documents pertinent to CONTRACTOR'S Work.
2. Provide files and racks for proper storage and easy access. File in accordance
with filing format of Construction Specification Institute (CSI), unless otherwise
approved by ENGINEER.
3. Make documents available at all times for inspection by ENGINEER and
OWNER.
4. As-built documents shall not be used for any other purpose and shall not be
removed from the CONTRACTOR'S office without ENGINEER'S approval.
C. Marking System: Provide colored pencils or felt tipped pens for marking changes,
revisions, additions and deletions, to the record set of Drawings. Use following color
code unless otherwise approved by the ENGINEER:
1. Process and Mechanical: Red
2. Other Printed Notations: Black
D. Recording:
1. Label each document "PROJECT AS-BUILTS" in 2-inch high printed letters.
2. Keep record documents current.
3. Do not permanently conceal any Work until required information has been
recorded.
4. Drawings: Mark-up actual installations, which vary substantially from the work as
originally shown. Mark whichever drawing is most capable of showing the as-built
condition fully and accurately; however, where shop drawings are used for mark-
up, record a cross-reference at the corresponding location on the contract
drawings. Mark-up new information, which is recognized to be of importance to
the OWNER, but was not shown on either the contract drawings or shop
drawings. Give particular attention to concealed work, which would be difficult to
measure and record at a later date. Note related change order numbers where
applicable. Organize as-built drawing sheets into manageable sets, bind with
durable paper cover sheets, and print suitable titles, date and other identification
of the cover of each set. The following minimum information shall be included, as
applicable:
a. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to datum.
b. Horizontal and vertical location of underground utilities and appurtenances
referenced to permanent surface improvements.
c. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances Concealed in construction
referenced to visible and accessible features of structure.
01720 - 2/3
d. Field changes of dimensions and details.
e. Changes made by Change Order or Field Order.
f. Details not on original Drawings.
g. information to be shown for potable water mains, reuse water mains, and
sanitary force mains shall include the location of valves, tees, bends and
crosses dimensioned to the baseline survey or monument, including the
station and offset. Elevations at top of pipe shall be provided every 50' and at
locations where design elevations were shown on the plans. For situations
where the pipeline is being adjusted to avoid conflicts with other utilities (less
than 50' in total length), then elevations shall be provided at the beginning of
the deflection (i.e. the first bend), middle of the deflection (i.e. the point where
the conflict would have occurred with the utility), and the end of the deflection
(i.e. the last bend).
h. Information to be shown for gravity sanitary sewer mains shall include invert
elevations at manholes.
i. information regarding all trenchless technologies horizontal and vertical
location including bore/jacking, micro tunneling, and directional drilling. All as-
built drawings shall show the geometry, horizontal, and vertical location of the
directional drill path including the starting point, end point, and resulting
curvatures.
5. Specifications and Addenda: Legibly mark up each Section to record:
a. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and supplier of each product and
item of equipment actually installed.
b. Changes made by Change Order or Field Order.
c. Other matters not originally specified.
E. Submittal:
1. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work, deliver record drawings to
ENGINEER. Final payment will not be made until satisfactory "as-built' drawings
are received by ENGINEER.
2. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter containing:
a. Date.
b. Project title and number.
c. CONTRACTOR'S name and address.
d. Title and number of each record drawings.
e. Certification that each document as submitted is complete and accurate.
f. Signature of CONTRACTOR, or his/her authorized representative.
3. Final Surveys -The CONTRACTOR shall provide the ENGINEER with two signed
and sealed copies by a registered land surveyor and a CD of the final survey in a
digital format compatible with Auto CAD 2000 software.
4. CADD Files -The CONTRACTOR shall provide a CD of the "as-built" drawings in
a digital format compatible with AutoCAD 2000 software.
5. The CONTRACTOR must submit partial plot files or hard copies of As-Built
drawings showing completed work with each partial payment requisition.
F. The CONTRACTOR shall be held responsible for the accuracy of such data and
shall bear any costs incurred in finding utilities as a result of incorrect data furnished
by the CONTRACTOR.
01720 - 3/3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
01730 - 1/3
SECTION 01730 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE: Operation and maintenance (O&M) instructions shall be provided in accordance
with this section and as required in the technical sections of this project manual. O&M
information shall be provided for each maintainable piece of equipment, equipment
assembly or subassembly, and material provided or modified under this contract.
A. O&M instructions must be submitted and accepted before on-site training may start.
1.02 TYPES OF INFORMATION REQUIRED:
A. General: O&M information shall contain the names, addresses, and telephone
numbers of the manufacturer, the nearest representative of the manufacturer, and
the nearest supplier of the manufacturer's equipment and parts. See SECTION
01300 for details on how to prepare and submit this data. In addition, one or more of
the following items of information shall be provided as applicable.
B. Operating Instructions: Specific instructions, procedures, and illustrations shall be
provided for the following phases of operations:
1. Safety Precautions: List personnel hazards for equipment and list safety
precautions for all operating conditions.
2. Operator Prestart: Provide requirements to set up and prepare each system
for use.
3. Start-Up, Shutdown, and Post Shutdown Procedures: Provide a control
sequence for each of these operations.
4. Normal Operations: Provide control diagrams with data to explain operation
and control of systems and specific equipment.
5. Emergency Operations: Provide emergency procedures for equipment
malfunctions to permit a short period of continued operation or to shut down
the equipment to prevent further damage to systems and equipment. Include
emergency shutdown instructions for fire, explosion, spills, or other foreseeable
contingencies. Provide guidance on emergency operations of all utility
systems including valve locations and portions of systems controlled.
6. Operator Service Requirements: Provide instructions for services to be
performed by the operator such as lubrication, adjustments and inspection.
7. Environmental Conditions: Provide a list of environmental conditions
(temperature, humidity, and other relevant data) which are best suited for each
product or each piece of equipment and describe conditions under which
equipment should not be allowed to run.
C. Preventive Maintenance: The following information shall be provided for preventive
and scheduled maintenance and repair:
1. Lubrication Data: Provide lubrication data, other than instructions for
lubrication in accordance with paragraph 2.B.6.
a. A table showing recommended lubricants for specific temperature ranges
and applications;
b. Charts with a schematic diagram of the equipment showing lubrication
points, recommended types and grades of lubricants, and capacities; and
01730 - 2/3
c. A lubrication schedule showing service interval frequency.
2. Preventive Maintenance Plan and Schedule: Provide manufacturer's schedule
for routine preventive maintenance, inspections, tests, and adjustments
required to ensure proper and economical operation and to minimize corrective
maintenance and repair. Provide manufacturer's projection of preventive
maintenance man-hours on a daily, weekly, monthly, and annual basis
including craft requirements by type of craft.
D. Corrective Maintenance: Manufacturer's recommendations shall be provided on
procedures and instructions for correcting problems and making repairs.
1. Troubleshooting Guides and Diagnostic Techniques: Provide step-by-step
procedures to promptly isolate the cause of typical malfunctions. Describe
clearly why the checkout is performed and what conditions are to be sought.
Identify tests or inspections and test equipment required to determine whether
parts and equipment may be reused or require replacement.
2. Maintenance and Repair Procedures: Provide instructions and list tools
required to restore product or equipment to proper condition or operating
standards.
3. Removal and Replacement Instructions: Provide step-by-step procedures and
list required tools and supplies for removal, replacement, disassembly, and
assembly of components, assemblies, subassemblies, accessories, and
attachments. Provide tolerances, dimensions, settings, and adjustments
required. Instructions shall include a combination of test illustrations.
4. Spare Parts and Supply Lists: Provide lists of spare parts and supplies
required for maintenance and repair to ensure continued service or operation
without unreasonable delays. Special consideration is required for facilities at
remote locations. List spare parts and supplies that have a long lead time to
obtain.
5. Corrective Maintenance Man-Hours: Provide manufacturer's projection of
corrective maintenance man-hours including craft requirements by type of
craft. Corrective maintenance that requires participation of the equipment
manufacturer shall be identified and tabulated separately.
E. Appendices: The following information shall be provided; include information not
specified in the preceding paragraphs but pertinent to the maintenance of the
product or equipment.
1. Parts Identification: Provide identification and coverage for all parts of each
component, assembly, subassembly, and accessory of the end items subject to
replacement. Include special hardware requirements, such as requirement to
use high-strength bolts and nuts. Identify parts by make, model, serial number,
and source of supply to allow reordering without further identification. Provide
clear and legible illustrations, drawings, and exploded views to enable easy
identification of the items. When illustrations omit the part numbers and
description, both the illustrations and separate listing shall show the index,
reference, or key number which will cross-reference the illustrated part to the
listed part. Parts shown in the listings shall be grouped by components,
assemblies, and subassemblies.
2. Warranty Information: List and explain the various warranties and include the
servicing and technical precautions prescribed by the manufacturers or
contract documents to keep warranties in force.
01730 - 3/3
3. Personnel Training Requirements: Provide information available from the
manufacturers to use in training designated personnel to operate and maintain
the equipment and systems properly.
4. Testing Equipment and Special Tool Information: Provide information on test
equipment required to perform specified tests and on special tools needed for
the operation, maintenance, and repair of components.
1.03 TRANSMITTAL PROCEDURE:
A. Unless otherwise specified, O&M manuals, information, and data shall be transmitted
in accordance with SECTION 01300. Only complete sets of O&M instructions will be
reviewed for acceptance.
B. Three copies of the specified O&M information shall be provided. For ease of
identification, each manufacturer's brochure and manual shall be appropriately
labeled with the equipment name and equipment numbers it appears in the project
manual. The information shall be organized in the binders in numerical order by the
equipment numbers assigned in the project manual. The binders shall be provided
with a table of contents and tab sheets to permit easy location of desired information.
Binders shall be 3-inch, D-ring, presentation type with locking mechanism and clear
view vinyl cover for insertion of graphic identifying contents of binder.
C. If manufacturers' standard brochures and manuals are used to describe O&M
procedures, such brochures and manuals shall be modified to reflect only the model
or series of equipment used on this project. Extraneous material shall be crossed
out neatly or otherwise annotated or eliminated.
1.04 PAYMENT:
A. Acceptable O&M information for the project must be delivered to the Engineer prior
to the project being 85 percent complete. Progress payments for work in excess of
85 percent completion may be reduced until the specified acceptable O&M
information has been delivered to the Engineer.
1.05 FIELD CHANGES:
A. Following the acceptable installation and operation of an equipment item, the item's
instructions and procedures shall be modified and supplemented by the Contractor to
reflect any field changes or information requiring field date.
END OF SECTION
02050 - 1/3
SECTION 02050 - DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE:
A. Summary of Work: The CONTRACTOR shall include the removal of existing
construction to limits indicated on drawings where earthwork or other construction
operations are to be performed as specified herein. The ENGINEER shall not be
responsible for the condition of any items to be removed or salvaged.
1.02 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS: (Not Used)
1.03 DEFINITIONS: (Not Used)
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. Schedule of Demolition:
1. Submit proposed methods and operations of demolition for review prior to the
start of work.
B. Permits:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for acquiring appropriate necessary
permits for the work. Copies of the permits shall be submitted to the
ENGINEER.
1.05 QUALIFICATIONS: (Not Used)
1.06 RESPONSIBILITIES:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall not commence demolition prior to written permission of the
CITY.
B. Condition of structures to be demolished:
1. The ENGINEER assumes no responsibility for actual condition of structures to
be demolished.
2. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purposes will be
maintained by ENGINEER insofar as practicable.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall remove all foundations to one foot below the proposed
sub-grades.
D. Explosives: The use of explosives will not be permitted. The CONTRACTOR may
use a non-explosive, expanding agent in drilled holes for the demolition of concrete,
and shall conform to all manufacturers’ recommendations, including safety
precautions for mixing and placing the agent.
E. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure the safe passage of persons around the area of
demolition and clearing. The CONTRACTOR shall conduct operations to prevent
injury to adjacent structures, other facilities, and persons.
1. The CONTRACTOR shall protect existing finish work that is to remain in place
from damage due to demolition operations.
F. Traffic:
02050 - 2/3
1. The CONTRACTOR shall conduct operations and the removal of debris to
ensure minimum interference with existing access roads and other adjacent
occupied or used facilities.
2. Do not close, block or otherwise obstruct access roads or other occupied or
used facilities without permission from the ENGINEER.
G. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly repair damages caused to adjacent facilities by
demolition operations at no cost to the ENGINEER.
1.07 CERTIFICATIONS AND TESTING: (Not Used)
1.08 INSPECTION COORDINATION: The CONTRACTOR shall provide access to the WORK
for the ENGINEER as requested for inspection. The Contractor shall provide 48 hours
notice of its intention to begin new WORK activities.
1.09 WARRANTY: (Not Used)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 SALVAGE MATERIALS:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall salvage and store the following material:
1. Water meters.
2. Other materials and equipment as directed by the CITY.
3. The CONTRACTOR shall use extreme care not to damage the equipment and
material during their removal and replacement.
4. Salvage material shall be transferred to City Facilities as directed by the City.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 DEMOLITION:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide services for effective air and water pollution
controls as required by local authorities having jurisdiction.
B. If hazardous materials are found, the contractor shall notify the ENGINEER
immediately.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall completely backfill below-grade areas and voids resulting
from demolition work. The CONTRACTOR shall provide fill consisting of approved
soil, gravel or sand (free of trash and debris) and compact fill to approximate density
of surrounding native soil.
3.02 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall remove debris, rubbish, and other materials resulting from
demolition operations.
B. If hazardous materials are encountered during demolition operations, the
CONTRACTOR shall comply with applicable regulations, laws, and ordinances
concerning removal, handling, and protection against exposure or environmental
pollution.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall transport materials removed during demolition activities
and properly dispose of them at an approved site according to the State, Federal,
and local regulations.
02050 - 3/3
3.03 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING CONSTRUCTION:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall cut and remove portions of existing construction as
required to allow proper installation of new construction.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall shore, brace and maintain existing structure(s) in a safe
condition until permanent supports are completed.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall repair all damage as a result of installation of shoring and
bracing.
3.04 CLEANUP AND REPAIR:
A. Upon completion of demolition work, the CONTRACTOR shall remove tools,
equipment and demolished materials from site; see SECTION 1.0 and 3.02 A and B
of this specification.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall repair demolition performed in excess of that required and
return structures and surfaces to conditions existing prior to commencement of
demolition work. The CONTRACTOR shall repair adjacent construction or surfaces
soiled or damaged by demolition work.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall remove or modify as indicated all existing construction
within the construction limits to the extent necessary to permit construction of the
work. The CONTRACTOR shall properly dispose of the material at an approved site
according to the State, Federal, and local regulations.
END OF SECTION
02100 - 1/2
SECTION 02100 - SITE PREPARATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE:
A. Summary of Work: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials, and
equipment necessary for complete and proper site preparation within the areas
shown on the Drawings and specified herein and observe permit conditions.
1.02 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS:
A. Applicable Standards:
1. Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and
Bridge Construction, latest edition (FDOT).
1.03 DEFINITIONS: (Not Used)
1.04 SUBMITTALS: (Not Used)
1.05 QUALIFICATIONS: (Not Used)
1.06 RESPONSIBILITIES:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall make all excavations for piping and appurtenant structures
in any material encountered to the depth and grades required, shall backfill such
excavations and dispose of excess or unsuitable materials from excavation, and
shall provide and place necessary borrow material to properly backfill excavations,
all as indicated on the drawings, specified herein, or as directed by the ENGINEER.
B. Excavation, dewatering, sheeting and bracing required shall be carried out so as to
prevent any possibility of undermining or disturbing the foundations of any existing
structure or work, and so that all work may be accomplished and inspected in the
dry, except as directed by the ENGINEER. Aqueous construction may be performed
only with prior approval of the ENGINEER.
1.07 CERTIFICATIONS AND TESTINGS: (Not Used)
1.08 INSPECTION COORDINATION: (Not Used)
1.09 WARRANTY: (Not Used)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 TRAFFIC CONTROL: The CONTRACTOR shall provide proper warning devices and
barriers for protection of the public and workmen in accordance with FDOT Specification
Section 102-3 Traffic Control and local regulations.
3.02 STANDARD CLEARING AND GRUBBING: Standard site clearing and grubbing, in
accordance with FDOT Specification Section 110.2, shall be performed within the areas
shown on the Drawings or otherwise noted in the above referenced specification.
02100 - 2/2
3.03 EROSION CONTROL: The CONTRACTOR shall prevent and control erosion and water
pollution as per FDOT Specification Sections 104-1, 2, 3, 4, 6 and 7 and Florida
Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) regulations and permit conditions.
3.04 PROTECTION AND/OR RELOCATION OF EXISTING FACILITIES: Existing facilities
such as storm drains, roadways, water lines, light poles, conduits, fences, utility and
telephone lines, etc. are to be carefully protected from damage during all phases of the
construction. The CONTRACTOR shall make all necessary arrangements with the owner
of the facility and be responsible for all costs involved in the proper protection, relocation
or other work that such owners deem necessary. See General Specification.
3.05 UNDERGROUND UTILITIES: The CONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary liaisons
with other utilities (underground) by notification, 48 hours in advance, of any digging by
telephoning the appropriate Utility Notification Center and local utilities.
END OF SECTION
02110 - 1/3
SECTION 02110 - CLEARING AND LAND PREPARATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE:
A. Summary of Work: The CONTRACTOR shall include the removal of trees and other
vegetation from areas where earthwork or other construction operations specified
herein are to be performed. This section also includes land preparation activities for
excavation and fill areas.
1. 02050 Demolition
2. 02200 Earthwork
3. 02221 Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting
1.02 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS: (Not Used)
1.03 DEFINITIONS: (Not Used)
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. Prior to beginning the work, CONTRACTOR shall submit a detailed plan for clearing
and land preparation in conformance with SECTION 01300. The plan shall detail the
sequence of work and describe the CONTRACTOR's planned method of clearing
and land preparation activities.
1.05 QUALIFICATIONS: (Not Used)
1.06 RESPONSIBILITIES:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure the safe passage of persons around areas of
clearing and land preparation. The CONTRACTOR shall conduct its operations to
prevent injury to adjacent structures, vegetation designated to remain, other facilities
and persons.
B. Traffic:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall conduct its operations and the removal of cleared
materials to ensure minimum interference with existing access roads and other
adjacent occupied or used facilities.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall not block or otherwise obstruct access roads or
other occupied or used facilities without permission from the ENGINEER.
Where blockage is allowed, the CONTRACTOR shall provide alternate routes
around closed or obstructed traffic ways.
C. The CONTRACTOR may commence clearing or land preparation within portions of
the project falling within the limits of temporary construction easements or utility right-
of-way only with specific permission from the ENGINEER for each activity and
location. All requirements under A and B above apply within these limits.
1.07 CERTIFICATIONS AND TESTING: (Not Used)
1.08 INSPECTION COORDINATION: The CONTRACTOR shall provide access to the WORK
for the ENGINEER as requested for inspection. The Contractor shall provide 48 hours
notice of its intention to begin new WORK activities.
02110 - 2/3
1.09 WARRANTY: (Not Used)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL CLEARING:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall remove the majority of the above grade non-native
vegetative matter in the areas indicated on the plans. The CONTRACTOR shall
complete the work of Clearing and Land Preparation as outlined below.
1. Mowing or the use of a bush-hog may be required in areas of heavy grass,
weeds, or woody-stalked vegetation.
2. Completely remove all designated exotic/hazardous trees within the
designated project boundaries.
3. All woody debris that measures over three-quarters inch in diameter and longer
than 18-inches shall be removed.
4. All stumps shall be ground level to six inches below the surrounding ground
level. Stumps on the slopes shall be cut flush with the natural angle of the
existing grade and treated immediately with a herbicide approved by the
Engineer. All seedlings within the project site shall be treated with the
herbicide.
5. All plant material (whole or chipped) will be removed from the project area and
stockpiled at a location authorized by the ENGINEER. Disposal of the
stockpile shall be accomplished at a maximum of every 15 workdays.
6. Remove any garbage or other waste debris recovered during clearing.
7. On completion of the clearing, remove all sticks, rubbish and other extraneous
material and rake the ground surface in order to leave a smooth and clean
appearance.
8. Clearing and land preparation shall proceed sufficiently ahead of earthwork
activities to minimize disruption and allow time for determination of the
adequacy of the clearing procedure.
9. All work shall be performed in accordance with approved principles of modern
arboricultural methods.
10. All trees to remain in the project area, as designated by the ENGINEER, shall
be protected from damage by tree barricades.
11. All work shall be performed without damage to existing amenities, including
trees and shrubs. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for repair and
replacement of existing amenities to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER. The
CONTRACTOR shall protect all vegetation, habitats, or amenities on the
project location as indicated on the plans.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall clear adjacent to cut or fill sections to a minimum distance
of 10 feet outside of slope lines unless lesser distances are specified. Clearing in
areas of native vegetation for levee construction or removal and canal excavation
shall be limited to a distance of 10 feet outside of slope lines.
C. The CONTRACTOR may not burn combustible products of the clearing operation on
the site.
02110 - 3/3
3.02 CLEARING WITHIN AREAS OF NATIVE VEGETATION:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall remove exotic trees/plants, hazardous material, trash, and
debris and leave the site clean with a smoothly raked finish grade. Every reasonable
effort shall be made to protect native vegetation designated to remain, such as Coco
Plum, Salt Bush, Pond Apples, Leather fern, etc. Areas disturbed by work
operations, such as, but not limited to, access points beyond the limits of the right -of
way, shall be restored to original or better condition, including, but not limited to,
filling, grading, sodding, and seeding/mulching as direct by the ENGINEER.
END OF SECTION
02114 - 1/4
SECTION 02114 - TREE REMOVAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE:
A. Summary of Work: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, material, equipment
and perform all work in strict accordance with the Specifications, Contract, and
applicable requirements for the removal and disposal of trees and heavy brush.
1. 02050 Demolition
2. 02110 Clearing and Land Preparation
B. If strictly necessary, and if approved by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall
accomplish the complete removal of trees, the disposal of resulting waste and debris,
as well as any other rubbish, solid waste or debris existing and exposed during the
execution of the work in those areas described. The CONTRACTOR shall perform
the WORK in accordance with recognized and approved principles of modern
arboricultural methods. The CONTRACTOR shall perform all WORK without
damage to trees, shrubs, and/or facilities that are intended to remain in the work
area.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall perform the WORK which involves the following
procedures:
1. Removal of designated trees.
2. Exotic vegetation removal.
3. Pruning of native vegetation to facilitate removal of exotic vegetation.
4. Preservation and protection of native vegetation.
5. Minimizing disturbance of the canal banks and other facilities.
6. Debris/rubbish/solid waste removal and disposal, site clean up, and finish
grading to leave a clean and smoothly graded appearance.
1.02 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS:
A. American National Standards Institute
1. (ANSI) Z133.1a: “Safety Requirements for Tree Care Operations - Pruning,
Trimming, Repairing, Maintaining and Removing Trees, and for Cutting Brush.”
2. (ANSI) Z133.1: “Tree Care Operations - Pruning, Trimming, Repairing,
Maintaining and Removing Trees, and for Cutting Brush.”
3. (ANSI) A300: “Tree Care Operations B Tree, Shrub and Other Woody Plant
Maintenance.”
B. Florida Department of Agriculture & Consumer Services, Division of Forestry, “Tree
Protection Manual for Builders and Developers.”
C. Florida Statute Chapter 487, “Florida Pesticide Laws.”
D. Occupational Safety and Health Regulations “29 CFR 1910,” Florida Statute 442
Occupational Safety and Health and other applicable federal, state and local
regulations.
1.03 DEFINITIONS: (Not Used)
02114 - 2/4
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit as specified in DIVISION 1 and SECTION 01300
the proposed methods and materials for clearing of invasive exotic plant material and
trees, including a schedule indicating specific timeframes per sections/phases of the
project and methods to protect trees to remain.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain all necessary permits to accomplish all of the work.
C. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for performing all work in accordance with all
applicable regulations, ordinances and code requirements from the appropriate city,
county, state and/or federal jurisdiction the project is located in.
1.05 QUALIFICATIONS: (Not Used)
1.06 RESPONSIBILITIES: (Not Used)
1.07 CERTIFICATIONS AND TESTING: (Not Used)
1.08 INSPECTION COORDINATION: The CONTRACTOR shall provide access to the WORK
for the ENGINEER as requested for inspection. The Contractor shall provide 48 hours
notice of its intention to begin new WORK activities.
1.09 WARRANTY: (Not Used)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PROTECTION:
A. All trees, shrubs and other landscaping is to remain as is, unless specifically
designated on the PLANS for removal. All trees, shrubs and other landscaping shall
be reasonably protected from damage of construction activities per paragraph 3.05
of this section.
B. If existing trees, shrubs and other landscaping impede construction activities, the
CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER immediately in writing, and furnish
sketches and/or photographs on request.
3.02 TREE REMOVAL:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall accomplish the removal of trees and or all exotic plant
material in a safe and acceptable manner by means of equipment designed for this
purpose in conformance with ANSI, A300, Z133.1 and Z133.1a Standards. All other
debris, trees and wood growth shall be removed. The CONTRACTOR shall
accomplish the work of Tree Removal as outlined below.
B. Remove exotic vegetation from all areas outside of sensitive areas using mechanical
equipment for clearing and grubbing. Sensitive areas are defined as areas
dominated by native vegetation, canal bank slopes, canal bank areas to be
preserved at existing grade and wetlands.
1. Only handwork and hand tool work will be permitted within the sensitive areas.
No mechanical equipment will be allowed within the sensitive areas. Existing
native flora and fauna shall be protected from harm during the process. Treat
exotic stumps with herbicide mixture approved by the ENGINEER. Herbicide
02114 - 3/4
shall be used in combination with flush cut tree stumps where necessary to
protect native vegetation from damage by mechanical equipment.
2. Where exotic trees are removed in sensitive areas, they shall be cut as low as
possible (within 4 inches of surrounding natural grade). In tree trimming, any
cut of at least two (2) inches in diameter shall be cut flush to the main limb or
trunk. All limbs shall be undercut to prevent bark teardown. All pruning shall
be in conformance with ANSI A300 Pruning Standards.
3. In the event that the removal of exotic plant materials could damage any native
trees or listed species, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER before
proceeding further.
3.03 CLEARING AND BRUSH REMOVAL:
A. The CONTRACTOR where necessary or required shall implement selective clearing
methods conforming to the applicable requirements of ANSI Standards Z133.1,
Z133.1a and A300.
B. The CONTRACTOR may not burn combustible products of the clearing operation on
the site
3.04 REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL:
A. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to remove and dispose of (in a legal
manner) all mulch, cut branches, tree trunks and any other debris or solid waste at
an approved disposal site. Limbs and any other debris/solid waste shall be disposed
of by the CONTRACTOR and shall not be deposited into any trash container. Wood
chips/mulch may be disposed of on OWNER’s property if directed by the ENGINEER
B. The CONTRACTOR shall perform all work in conformance with all applicable
regulations, ordinances and code requirements of the appropriate city, county, state
and/or federal jurisdiction. Exotic/invasive plants are defined as Brazilian Pepper,
Australian Pine, Melaleuca, or as directed by ENGINEER, and contract
specifications.
3.05 TREE AND SHRUB PROTECTION:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall exercise care to protect all trees and shrubs designated to
remain. The CONTRACTOR shall perform WORK in conformance with the
Department of Agriculture & Consumer Services' “Tree Protection Manual for
Builders and Developers.” Where trees and shrubs are adjacent to construction,
they shall be protected - where damaged, restored or replaced to original conditions.
Trees or existing grade damaged on the construction site shall be restored to original
condition. Tree limbs, which interfere with equipment operation and are approved for
pruning, shall be neatly trimmed in accordance with NAA/ANSI standards. The
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for damages, maintenance, and protection of
trees and shrubs to be protected.
3.06 GRADES:
A. It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to provide the final grading to
conform to surrounding grades and to be at the proper elevation with relation to
walks, paving, drainage structures and other site conditions, unless indicated
otherwise.
02114 - 4/4
3.07 HERBICIDE TREATMENT:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide herbicide for stump eradication as approved by
the ENGINEER. Use of herbicides shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s
printed label instructions and applicable federal, state and local laws. Application of
herbicides shall be by appropriately licensed personnel.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall exercise extreme care to prevent damage to desirable
existing growth. If necessary, the CONTRACTOR shall conduct a test to establish
suitability of product and applicator that will be used on this project prior to execution
of the full application.
3.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. The work site shall be clean and free of trimmings, stumps, roots, logs, or any other
debris resulting from the WORK, and trash, litter or rubbish exposed during the
CONTRACTOR’s tree removal services. Stumps and roots may remain in sensitive
areas (as referenced in 3.02.A.1 of this specification) in accordance with the
contracts documents.
3.09 EQUIPMENT:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide equipment in good repair and operating condition
at all times. Only equipment designed for performance of work described herein will
be acceptable for operation. All equipment shall meet all safety requirements as
established for this type of work. Equipment shall be operated and maintained in
accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. Equipment shall have the
appropriate safety guards, which shall not be removed (e.g., chain saws, chippers,
etc.).
B. The CONTRACTOR will be required to have available on site and in good working
condition a minimum of the following:
1. Sufficient traffic control devices to safely control traffic through work areas in
accordance with the “Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets
and Highways” and Florida Department of Transportation requirements.
C. It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to verify the location of all utilities,
structures, etc., by hand excavation or other appropriate measures before performing
any work that could result in damage or injury to persons, utilities, structures or
property. The CONTRACTOR shall make a thorough search of the site for utilities,
structures, etc., before work is commenced in any particular location.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall not purposefully disrupt or disconnect any type of utility,
electric or irrigation service without first obtaining the written permission of the CITY.
Requests for disconnection must be in writing and received by the CITY at least
seven calendar days prior to the time of the requested interruption.
E. The CONTRACTOR shall take within two hours and complete within 48 hours the
necessary steps to repair, replace, or restore all services to any utilities or other
facilities, which are disrupted due to his or her operations.
F. Should utilities, structures, etc., be encountered that interfere with the work; and are
not shown on the drawings, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER
immediately.
END OF SECTION
02200 - 1/4
SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE:
A. Summary of Work: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, equipment, and
materials for all excavating, trenching, filling, embankment of construction,
backfilling, compacting, grading and all related items of earthwork necessary to
complete the work indicated or specified.
1. 02050 Demolition
2. 02110 Clearing and Land Preparation
3. 02220 Excavation and Backfilling
4. 02221 Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting
5. 02401 Dewatering and Cofferedam
1.02 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS:
A. American Society of Testing Materials, (ASTM):
1. D698-00a – Standard Test Methods for Laboratory compaction Characteristics
of Soil Using the Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)).
2. D1557-00 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory compaction Characteristics
of Soil Using the Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ ft3 (2,700 kN-m/m3)).
3. D2487-00 – Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering
Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System)
4. D4253-00 – Standard Test Methods for Maximum Index Density and Unit
Weight of Soils Using a Vibratory Table.
5. D4254-00 – Standard Test Methods for Minimum Index Density and Unit
Weight of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density.
B. Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT)
1. "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction," latest edition,
(FDOT).
C. Miscellaneous Project Data:
1. Subsurface soil data logs are provided for the CONTRACTOR’s reference.
1.03 DEFINITIONS:
A. Select Fill: Select Backfill shall be clean material free from organic material, clods,
and stones greater than 3 inches. Select backfill shall be used for all backfilling
operations, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings.
B. Random Fill: Random Backfill shall be clean material free from organic material,
clods, and stones greater than 4 inches. Random backfill shall be used for all
backfilling operations unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings.
C. Unclassified Fill: Unclassified Fill shall be material used to bring areas to grade
where there is no potential for slope erosion and the fill will not support a structure of
critical function. Unclassified backfill shall be placed as shown on the Drawings.
02200 - 2/4
1.04 SUBMITTALS: The Contractor shall submit cross-sections for record purposes for canal
excavations and levee embankments as described in this Section.
1.05 QUALIFICATIONS: (Not Used)
1.06 RESPONSIBILITIES: (Not Used)
1.07 CERTIFICATIONS AND TESTINGS: Field density tests in accordance with ASTM
Standards, for each type of material used in backfilling may be required. Failure to meet
the specified density will require the CONTRACTOR to recompact and retest, at his own
expense, those areas directed by the ENGINEER
1.08 INSPECTION COORDINATION: The CONTRACTOR shall provide access to the WORK
for the ENGINEER as requested for inspection. The Contractor shall provide 48 hours
notice of its intention to begin new WORK activities.
1.09 WARRANTY: (Not Used)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS ENCOUNTERED:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall consider all materials encountered in excavations,
excluding peat unless the quantities are less than 25 percent of the total volume, as
suitable for use in random fill, providing that they consist of two or more well graded
soils to achieve the required compaction as specified in this SECTION.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall use only material that is free of debris, roots, and organic
matter in select fill areas. Peat materials are not suitable for use in select fill.
1. Cohesionless materials include gravels, gravel-sand mixtures, sands, and
gravelly sands generally exclusive of clayey and silty material - materials which
are free-draining and for which impact compaction will not produce a well-
defined moisture-density relationship curve and for which the maximum density
by impact methods will generally be less than by vibratory methods.
2. Cohesive materials include silts and clays generally exclusive of sands and
gravel - materials for which impact compaction will produce a well-defined
moisture-density relationship curve.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish materials for each type of fill indicated.
1. Select backfill: Select Backfill shall be material that is well graded, free of
debris, roots, organic matter and peat. Select backfill shall be material
excavated for the WORK (native) or may be imported. The CONTRACTOR
may blend native materials to achieve a material that meets the requirements
for Select Backfill. Select backfill shall be free from seeds of nuisance or exotic
species. Select Backfill shall meet the following Unified Soil Classification
System (ASTM D2487) designations:
a. Select Backfill: CL, ML, SC, SW, SP, SM
2. Random Backfill: Random backfill shall be material that is well graded, free of
debris, roots, organic matter and peat. Random backfill shall be material
excavated for the WORK (native) or may be imported. The CONTRACTOR
may blend native materials to achieve a material that meets the requirements
for Random Backfill. Random backfill shall be free from seeds of nuisance or
exotic species. Random Backfill shall meet the following Unified Soil
02200 - 3/4
Classification System (ASTM D2487) designations in addition to the
classifications identified for Select Backfill: CH.
3. Unclassified Backfill: Material excavated for the WORK of imported that can be
compacted to the required density. Unclassified backfill shall be free for seeds
of nuisance or exotic species.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall consider all materials encountered, regardless of type,
character, composition and condition thereof unclassified other than as indicated
above. The CONTRACTOR shall estimate the quantity of various materials included
prior to submitting Bid Form. Rock encountered shall be handled at no additional
cost to CITY.
PART 3 - EXECUTION:
3.01 SITE PREPARATION:
A. Clearing and Demolition: The CONTRACTOR shall perform clearing and demolition
as specified in SECTION 02050 Demolition and SECTION 02110 Clearing and Land
Preparation.
3.02 EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING:
A. Trenching for Pipes: The CONTRACTOR shall perform trenching for pipes as shown,
required and specified in accordance with SECTION 02221.
B. Sheeting and Bracing: The CONTRACTOR shall provide sheeting and bracing as
required or shown in accordance with the following provisions.
1. Use when required by the specifications or drawings and where resulting
slopes from excavation or trenching might endanger in-place or proposed
structures.
2. Provide materials on site prior to start of excavation. Adjust spacing and
arrangement as required by conditions encountered.
3. Remove sheeting and bracing as backfill progresses. Fill voids left after
withdrawal with sand or other approved material.
4. Comply with all applicable sections of OSHA.
5. Comply with all requirements of the Florida Trench Safety Law as specified in
the GENERAL CONDITIONS.
C. Blasting is not allowed under this contract.
D. Excavation for Structures: The CONTRACTOR shall perform excavation for
structures as shown, required and specified below:
1. Excavate area adequate to permit efficient erection and removal of forms.
2. Trim to neat lines where details call for concrete to be deposited against earth.
3. Excavate by hand in areas where space and access will not permit use of
machines.
4. Notify the ENGINEER immediately when excavation has reached the depth
indicated.
5. Restore bottom of excavation to proper elevation with concrete in areas over
excavated.
6. Conform to the requirements of SECTION 02221
02200 - 4/4
3.03 BACKFILLING:
A. Pipe Embedment and Backfill: The CONTRACTOR shall perform pipe embedment
and backfill as required, shown and specified in accordance with SECTION 02221.
B. Structures: The CONTRACTOR shall perform backfilling for structures in
accordance with the following:
C. Structure backfill shall be constructed using material suitable for use in select fill,
except that stones or rocks greater than two inches in any dimension shall not be
placed within 12 inches of the structure. Lifts shall not exceed 12 inches.
1. Structure backfill shall be compacted to 98 percent maximum dry density.
2. Backfill only after concrete has attained 70 percent design strength.
3. Backfill adjacent to structures only after a sufficient portion of the structure has
been built to resist the imposed load.
4. Remove all debris from excavation prior to placement of material.
5. Place backfill in level layers of thickness within compacting ability of equipment
used.
6. Perform backfilling simultaneously on all sides of structures.
D. Unclassified Backfill shall be placed in 12-inch lifts to the lines and grades shown on
the drawings or as approved by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR shall compact
unclassified backfill to a density approximating the density of surrounding native
material and in a manner that will not allow settlement of the completed area.
3.04 MAINTENANCE:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall protect newly graded areas from actions of the elements.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall fill, repair and re-establish grades to the required
elevations and slopes for any area that shows settling or erosion occurring prior to
seeding .
END OF SECTION
02220 - 1/3
SECTION 02220 - EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE:
A. Summary of Work: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials, and
equipment to perform the excavation and backfilling as shown on the Drawings.
1. SECTION 02401 Dewatering
2. SECTION 02200 Earthwork
1.02 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS:
A. American Society of Testing Materials, (ASTM)
1. D-698-00a Standard Test Methods for Laboratory compaction Characteristics
of Soil Using the Standard Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/cu. ft.).
2. D-1557-00 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory compaction Characteristics
of Soil Using the Modified Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/cu. ft.).
3. D-4253-00 Standard Test Methods for Maximum Index Density and Unit
Weight of Soils Using a Vibratory Table.
4. D-4254-00 Standard Test Method for Minimum Index Density and Unit Weight
of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density.
B. Florida Department of Transportation
1. Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition,
(FDOT).
C. Miscellaneous Project Data:
1. Subsurface soil data logs
2. Project geotechnical report
1.03 DEFINITIONS: (Not Used)
1.04 SUBMITTALS: The CONTRACTOR shall submit, prior to the start of work, the planned
method of construction of the embankments shown on the Drawings, or as specified
herein, for the ENGINEER's review. This plan shall also indicate the intended construction
sequence for backfilling operation.
1.05 QUALIFICATIONS: (Not Used)
1.06 RESPONSIBILITIES: (Not Used)
1.07 CERTIFICATIONS AND TESTING: Field density tests in accordance with ASTM
Standards, for each type of material used in backfilling may be required. Failure to meet
the specified density will require the CONTRACTOR to recompact and retest, at its own
expense, those areas directed by the ENGINEER
1.08 INSPECTION COORDINATION: The CONTRACTOR shall provide access to the WORK
for the ENGINEER as requested for inspection. The Contractor shall provide 48 hours
notice of its intention to begin new WORK activities.
02220 - 2/3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 STRUCTURAL BACKFILL: The CONTRACTOR shall provide satisfactory structural
backfill material which shall consist of material free of muck, stumps, rocks, or other
material considered unacceptable by the ENGINEER. The general requirements for fill
shall be in accordance with FDOT 120-7.1 and 7.2.
2.02 EMBANKMENT FILL: The CONTRACTOR shall provide embankment fill free of muck,
stumps, roots, brush, vegetation or other material considered undesirable by the
ENGINEER. The general requirements of embankment fill shall be in accordance with
FDOT 120-7.1 and 7.2.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SITE PREPARATION:
A. Clearing and Grubbing: The CONTRACTOR shall perform clearing and grubbing in
accordance with the following provisions:
1. Perform only in areas where earthwork or other construction operations are to
be performed or otherwise shown on Drawings.
2. Protect tops, trunks, and roots of existing trees that are to remain on the site.
3. Clear areas and dispose of other trees, brush and vegetation before starting
construction.
4. Remove tree stumps and roots larger than three inches in diameter and backfill
resulting excavations with approved material.
B. Stripping: The CONTRACTOR shall remove topsoil from areas within limits of
excavation and areas designated to receive compaction as shown on the Drawings,
required and as provided below:
1. Scrape area clean of all brush, grass, weeds, roots and other material.
2. Strip to depth of approximately six inches or to a sufficient depth to remove
excessive roots in heavy vegetation or brush areas and as required
segregating topsoil.
3. Stockpile topsoil in areas where it will not interfere with construction operations
or existing facilities. Stockpiled topsoil shall be reasonably free of subsoil,
debris and stones larger than two inches in diameter.
3.02 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND UNSUITABLE MATERIAL: The CONTRACTOR shall
dispose of all excess or unsuitable material off-site or in areas otherwise approved by the
ENGINEER.
3.03 STOCKPILE OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL: The CONTRACTOR shall stockpile excavated
materials in areas shown on the Drawings or in areas otherwise approved by the
ENGINEER.
3.04 PLACEMENT OF FILL: The CONTRACTOR shall place backfill true to the lines, grades
and cross sections shown in the Drawings or as ordered by the ENGINEER. Backfill shall
be deposited by the CONTRACTOR in horizontal layers not exceeding twelve (12”) inches
in depth measured loose, and shall be compacted to a density as shown on the plans, or a
density of not less than 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM
Standards. Backfill shall not be placed against fresh concrete without the approval of the
ENGINEER.
02220 - 3/3
3.05 GRADING: The CONTRACTOR shall perform grading as shown on the Drawings,
required and provided for below:
A. Grade and compact all areas within the project area, including excavated and filled
sections and adjacent transition areas, reasonably smooth, and free from irregular
surface changes.
B. Degree of finish shall be that ordinarily obtained from blade grader or scraper
operations except as otherwise specified.
C. Finished rough grades shall generally be not more than one quarter foot above or
below those indicated with due allowances for topsoil.
D. Finish all ditches, swales and gutters to drain readily.
E. Provide roundings at top and bottom of banks and at other breaks in grade.
3.06 CLEANUP: The CONTRACTOR shall cleanup the site as required and provided for
below:
A. Clear surfaces of all stones, roots, grading stakes and other objectionable materials.
B. Keep paved areas clean and promptly remove rock or dirt dropped upon surfaces.
3.07 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE: The CONTRACTOR shall maintain the
embankments until final acceptance of all work. The maintenance shall include repairs of
any erosion, slides, or other damages.
END OF SECTION
02221 - 1/3
SECTION 02221 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE:
A. Summary of Work: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials and
equipment necessary for complete and proper trenching, backfilling and compacting
as specified herein.
1. SECTION 02200 Earthwork
1.02 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS:
A. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM):
1. D698-00a - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory compaction Characteristics
of Soil Using the Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)).
2. D1557-00- Standard Test Methods for Laboratory compaction Characteristics
of Soil Using the Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ ft3 (2,700 kN-m/m3)).
3. D4253-00 - Standard Test Methods for Maximum Index Density and Unit
Weight of Soils Using a Vibratory Table.
4. D4254-00 - Standard Test Methods for Minimum Index Density and Unit
Weight of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density.
B. Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT):
1. Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition,
(FDOT).
C. Miscellaneous Project Data:
1. Subsurface soil data logs are provided for the CONTRACTOR’s reference:
1.03 DEFINITIONS: (Not Used)
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. Laboratory Reports of testing of materials and densities shall be submitted with
applications for payment.
1.05 QUALIFICATIONS: (Not Used)
1.06 RESPONSIBILITIES:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall make all excavations for piping and appurtenant structures
in any material encountered to the depth and grades required, shall backfill such
excavations and dispose of excess or unsuitable materials from excavation, and
shall provide and place necessary borrow material to properly backfill excavations,
all as indicated on the drawings, specified herein, or as directed by the ENGINEER.
B. Excavation, dewatering, sheeting and bracing required shall be carried out so as to
prevent any possibility of undermining or disturbing the foundations of any existing
structure or work, and so that all work may be accomplished and inspected in the
dry, except as directed by the ENGINEER. Aqueous construction may be performed
only with prior approval of the ENGINEER.
02221 - 2/3
1.07 CERTIFICATIONS AND TESTINGS:
A. Testing of density of compacted backfill material is required at every 300 LF of trench
restoration and for each lift.
1.08 INSPECTION COORDINATION: The CONTRACTOR shall provide access to the
WORK for the ENGINEER as requested for inspection. The Contractor shall provide 48
hours notice of its intention to begin new WORK activities.
1.09 WARRANTY: (Not Used)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish materials as required to complete the
Work under this Section.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXTENT OF OPEN EXCAVATION: The CONTRACTOR shall perform the excavation
such that at any time the amount of excavation open will be held to a minimum
consistent with normal and orderly prosecution of the work, or as restricted by permit
conditions.
3.02 CUTTING PAVEMENT: When excavations are required in paved areas the
CONTRACTOR shall conform to the following.
A. When excavations are to be made in paved surfaces, the pavement shall be cut
ahead of the excavation by means of suitable sharp tools to provide a uniform sharp
edge with minimum disturbance of remaining materials.
B. Asphalt paving and other improvements in the right-of-way and on other private
property affected by this construction shall be duly protected and, where disturbed,
shall be restored or replaced to meet original conditions.
3.03 TRENCH EXCAVATION: The CONTRACTOR shall perform trench excavation in
accordance with the following.
A. All excavation for piping shall be open cut unless otherwise specified on the plans.
Trench sides shall be approximately vertical between an elevation of one foot above
the top of the pipe and the centerline of the pipe; otherwise, trench sides shall be as
vertical as possible or as required. Trenches may be excavated by machinery to a
depth that will not disturb the finish grade.
B. Trench width shall be as narrow as practical and shall not be widened by scraping or
loosening material from the sides.
3.04 EXCAVATION BELOW NORMAL GRADE:
A. In the event the CONTRACTOR through error or carelessness excavates below the
elevation required, the CONTRACTOR shall at his own expense backfill with
selected gravel and compact to obtain a suitable pipe bedding all as directed and to
the satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
B. In the event unstable or unsuitable bedding material is encountered at or below the
pipe bedding level the CONTRACTOR shall removed such material and replaced
with it suitable compacted material.
02221 - 3/3
3.05 BACKFILLING TRENCHES:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for obtaining the necessary inspections
before, during and after backfilling and shall re-excavate, refill and perform all such
related work to obtain satisfactory test results.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall use excavated materials classified as embankment fill for
backfilling and such grading on the site as is required. The CONTRACTOR shall
dispose of any excess of fill or unstable material in areas approved by the
ENGINEER. Pipe trenches shall be backfilled with fine, loose embankment fill (see
SECTION 02220, paragraph 2.02), free from large stones, carefully deposited on
both sides of pipe and thoroughly and carefully rammed until enough fill has been
placed to provide a cover of at least one foot above the pipe. The remainder of the
backfill material may then be thrown in and tamped. Water settling may be permitted.
The CONTRACTOR shall submit written request detailing the need to perform water
settling and reasons why work in the dry is not possible. The Contractor shall also
submit detailed procedures for the review and approval of the ENGINEER.
Whenever trenches have not been properly filled, or if settlement occurs, they shall
be refilled, smoothed off and finally, made to conform to the surface of the ground.
Backfilling shall be carefully performed and the surface restored to the elevation
shown on the plans. In unpaved areas the surface of trenches shall conform and be
equal to quality, character and material to the surface immediately prior to making
the excavation.
C. Place earth embedment as follows:
1. With level bottom layer at proper grade to receive and uniformly support pipe
barrel throughout its length.
2. Form shallow depression under each joint to facilitate jointing.
3. Add second layer simultaneously to both sides of the pipe with care to avoid
displacement of the pipe.
4. Place material in maximum 12-inch lifts.
3.06 BACKFILLING OF TRENCH UNDER ROADWAY AND AREAS TO BE PAVED: The
CONTRACTOR shall place material in 12-inch maximum layers after filling one foot
above pipe as previously described. Each layer shall be compacted to 98 percent
maximum dry density as measured by ASTM D1557 so that pavement can be placed
promptly. Any pavement cut or area disturbed by this work shall be replaced to match
existing.
3.07 BACKFILLING OF TRENCH OPEN AREAS: The CONTRACTOR shall place material
in 12-inch maximum lifts after filling one foot above pipe as previously described. The
top one-foot layer shall be compacted to 95 percent maximum dry density as measured
by ASTM D1557. Each layer shall be compacted to the density of adjacent soils.
Restore the surface to original grade and place sod or seed as required by the contract
documents.
END OF SECTION
02232 - 1/2
SECTION 02232 - LIMEROCK BASE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE:
A. Summary of Work: The CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor equipment and
materials to rework the existing rock base and shall include the adding of new
limerock material as required by the plans or as specified herein.
1.02 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS: The following standard specifications shall apply to the
work of this section as indicated:
A. Florida Department of Transportation.
1. Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition,
(FDOT).
B. American Society of Testing Materials, (ASTM).
1. ASTM D1557-00, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using the Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lb/ft3 (2,700 kN-
m/m3)).
2. ASTM D 2922-01, Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-
Aggregate in Place by the Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
1.03 DEFINITIONS: (Not Used)
1.04 SUBMITTALS: (Not Used)
1.05 QUALIFICATIONS: (Not Used)
1.06 RESPONSIBILITIES: (Not Used)
1.07 CERTIFICATIONS AND TESTING:
A. TESTS: CONTRACTOR shall perform field density tests in accordance with ASTM
D 2922-01, Test for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by the Nuclear
Method, for every 300 LF of limerock installed. The areas to be tested shall be
determined by the ENGINEER. Laboratory compaction tests in accordance with
D1557-00 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory compaction Characteristics of Soil
Using the Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/cu. ft.) will also be performed as required.
The CONTRACTOR shall make the site available for independent testing and
cooperate fully to allow tests to be taken. Failure to meet the specified density will
require the CONTRACTOR to recompact and retest those areas directed by the
ENGINEER.
1.08 INSPECTION COORDINATION: The CONTRACTOR shall provide access to the WORK
for the ENGINEER as requested for inspection. The Contractor shall provide 48 hours
notice of its intention to begin new WORK activities.
1.09 WARRANTY: (Not Used)
02232 - 2/2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 LIMEROCK BASE: The CONTRACTOR shall provide new limerock conforming to FDOT
Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction SECTION 911. The minimum
acceptable density of limerock shall be 120 lbs./cu. ft.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 BASE PREPARATION: The CONTRACTOR shall prepare the existing base by scarifying
and disking to a depth of not less than 6 inches for the full width of the proposed base.
The base shall be loosened to such an extent that no pieces larger than 3-1/2 inches in
the greatest dimension remain bonded together. All unsuitable base materials such as
organic matter, muck, roots, brush, or other material that will not compact into a suitable
and enduring roadbed shall be removed and disposed off-site.
3.02 REMOVAL OF ASPHALTIC SURFACES: The CONTRACTOR shall remove all asphaltic
concrete surfaces prior to scarifying of the existing rock base. All such materials shall be
disposed of off-site in areas provided by the CONTRACTOR, unless other disposal is
shown on the plans.
3.03 SPREADING AND SHAPING: The CONTRACTOR shall spread existing base materials to
the full width of the proposed new base course and to a grade and cross section roughly
parallel to the finished grade. Limerock shall be added as necessary to bring the
proposed base to the grades required on the Drawings.
3.04 COMPACTING AND FINISHING BASE: The CONTRACTOR shall compact by rolling with
either the grid-type roller or the sheep’s foot roller, properly weighted, after the spreading
and mixing operations are complete. The material being compacted shall be maintained
within plus or minus 2 percent of its optimum moisture content during compaction. Final
rolling shall be accomplished with traffic rollers. The base shall be compacted to not less
than 98 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM D1557-00, and in
accordance with FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction Section
200.
3.05 PRIMING AND MAINTAINING: The CONTRACTOR shall apply prime coat only when the
base meets the specified density requirements and the moisture content in the top half of
the base does not exceed 90 percent of the optimum moisture of the base material. At t he
time of priming, the base shall be firm, unyielding and in such condition that no undue
distortion will occur. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for assuring that the true
crown and template are maintained, with no rutting or other distortion, and that the base
meets all the requirements at the time the surface course is applied.
END OF SECTION
02240 - 1/2
SECTION 02240 - SOIL STABILIZATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE:
A. Summary of Work: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, equipment, and
materials for stabilization of the soil to provide a firm and unyielding subgrade for the
Work as described in this section.
1. SECTION 02200 “Earthwork”
1.02 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS: The following standard specifications shall apply to the
work of this Section as indicated:
A. Florida Department of Transportation
1. Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition,
(FDOT).
B. American Society of Testing Materials, (ASTM).
1. ASTM D1557-00, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using the Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lb/ft3 (2,700 kN-
m/m3)).
2. ASTM D 2922-01, Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-
Aggregate in Place by the Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
C. Soils Report/Boring log, See Appendix.
1.03 DEFINITIONS: (Not Used)
1.04 SUBMITTALS: (Not Used)
1.05 QUALIFICATIONS: (Not Used)
1.06 RESPONSIBILITIES: (Not Used)
1.07 CERTIFICATIONS AND TESTING: The CONTRACTOR shall provide to the ENGINEER
three copies of certified test results for the tests required to be performed by the
CONTRACTOR.
1.08 INSPECTION COORDINATION: The CONTRACTOR shall provide access to the work for
the ENGINEER as requested for inspection. The Contractor shall provide 48 hours notice
of its intention to begin new WORK activities. The ENGINEER may perform field density
tests in accordance with ASTM Standards, for each type of material used in backfilling.
Failure to meet the specified density will require the CONTRACTOR to recompact and
retest, at its own expense, those areas directed by the ENGINEER
A. Soils Report/Boring log, See Appendix/Drawings.
1.09 WARRANTY: (Not Used)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS:
A. General Requirements: The CONTRACTOR shall provide the required stabilization
material which shall be either commercial limerock or crushed shellrock in
02240 - 2/2
conformance with FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction
Section 914-3, Type B Stabilizing.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION: The CONTRACTOR shall prior to the beginning of the stabilizing
operations, grade the area to be stabilized to an elevation such that upon completion of
the stabilizing operations the stabilized subgrade will conform to the lines, grades and
cross sections shown on the Drawings.
3.02 APPLICATION OF STABILIZING MATERIAL: The CONTRACTOR shall spread the
stabilizing material uniformly over the area to be stabilized. The CONTRACTOR shall
then mix the material with rotary tillers, or other equipment meeting the approval of the
ENGINEER. The area to be stabilized shall be thoroughly mixed throughout the entire
depth and width of the stabilizing area.
3.03 COMPACTION: After mixing operations are completed, the CONTRACTOR shall compact
the area to the minimum density as required by FDOT Section 160. The subgrade shall
be firm and unyielding; to the extent that it will support construction equipment. The
CONTRACTOR shall remove all soft and yielding material, and any other portions of the
subgrade, which will not compact readily, and replace with suitable material and the whole
subgrade brought to line and grade.
3.04 FINISH GRADING: The CONTRACTOR shall shape the completed stabilized subgrade
shall to conform to the finished lines, grades, and cross-sections indicated on the
Drawings.
3.05 MAINTENANCE: After the subgrade has been completed as specified, the
CONTRACTOR shall maintain it free from, ruts, depressions and any damage resulting
from the hauling or handling of materials, equipment, etc. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's
responsibility to maintain the required density until the subsequent base is in place.
END OF SECTION
02401 - 1/2
SECTION 02401 - DEWATERING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE:
A. Summary or Work: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, material and
equipment necessary for the removal of all surface and subsurface waters from
excavation areas.
1.02 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS:
A. Contract specific Soils Report / Report of Geotechnical Investigation
1.03 SUBMITTALS: The CONTRACTOR shall make submittals in accordance with SECTION
01300 and the following:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER a dewatering plan, which
includes dewatering equipment, safety procedures, sequence of construction, and
re-watering procedures, prior to the start of any such operations.
B. Acquire all permits required to discharge water and protect waterways from turbidity
during the dewatering operation. Discharge of waters off the canal right-of-way will
not be permitted.
1.04 RESPONSIBILITIES:
A. The dewatering of any excavation areas and disposal of all water handled shall be in
strict accordance with all local and state government rules and regulations and the
dewatering permit.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the design and permitting of the
dewatering system including, but not necessarily limited to, required pump
equipment, temporary shoring, as well as any miscellaneous temporary structures
required.
1.05 INSPECTION COORDINATION: The CONTRACTOR shall provide access to the WORK
for the ENGINEER as requested for inspection. The Contractor shall provide 48 hours
notice of its intention to begin new WORK activities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS: All materials used in the construction of the dewatering
facilities shall be selected, furnished and installed by the CONTRACTOR in accordance
with the design as submitted to the ENGINEER.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 DEWATERING:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide adequate equipment for removal of storm, and
subsurface waters, which may accumulate in the excavation.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall perform all work for the water system in the excavation
free from water. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish, install, maintain, and operate all
necessary pumping and other equipment necessary for dewatering the work area.
02401 - 2/2
1. All dewatering equipment shall be in first-class condition and shall at all times
be maintained and operated at the efficiency and capacity necessary for
maintaining the excavation free from standing water or wet conditions that
prevent proper construction.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall provide dewatering facilities with stand-by pumps with 100
percent standby capacity.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all local, state and federal regulations when
disposing of water generated by dewatering operations.
3.02 REMOVAL OF DEWATERING SYSTEM:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall remove the dewatering system in such a manner as to
allow groundwater elevations to slowly return to natural elevations.
3.03 REGULATION SCHEDULE:
A. Noise Abatement: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish, install, and maintain throughout
the course of the work, mufflers, noise-control enclosures, or other noise control
methods, measures, and features on and around all dewatering pumps and their
prime movers such that steady noise emanating from this equipment does not
exceed the permissible sound levels defined in the local County ordinances.
END OF SECTION
02480 - 1/12
SECTION 02480 - LANDSCAPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE:
A. Summary of Work: The CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, equipment and
materials for the landscaping with replacements in kind of all landscaping damaged
or destroyed during the execution of the work.
1.02 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS:
A. The following Standard Specifications shall apply to the work of this section as
indicated.
1. Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services
a. Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants/Division of Plant Industry, 1998.
2. Florida Nurserymen and Growers Association approved planting practice
3. Florida Department of Transportation
a. Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (FDOT), latest
edition.
4. American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature
a. Standardized Plant Names, Species, Etc., 1942 Edition
5. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
a. A300 guidelines
1.03 DEFINITIONS: (Not Used)
1.04 SUBMITTALS: The CONTRACTOR shall make submittals in accordance with Section
01300 and the following requirements.
A. Submit a written schedule of sources or suppliers of all materials for inspection and
approval by ENGINEER before they are delivered and installed on the project.
B. Copies of the manufacturer’s specifications or analysis for all fertilizer, including data
substantiating that proposed materials comply with specified requirements. Tags
from bags of fertilizer used on the site shall also be provided.
C. Shop drawings for all staking and guying methods to be used if the ones indicated in
the Contract, Plans, Specifications, or other referenced documents are not to be
implemented or there are no details provided.
D. Schedule of spraying, dusting materials or insecticide soaps to be used to control
pests and disease infestation, the reason for their use, and the method to be used to
apply the materials and the method of application before it is delivered and used on
the project. Furnish documentation that the implementation of these control
measures for pests and disease infestation is in strict compliance with all applicable
regulations.
E. When the specified type, grade, quality, size, quantity, etc. of a material is not
available, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a written request to the ENGINEER for a
substitution, along with written, documented proof that the material is not available.
All substitutions considered must be Florida native species appropriate for the
02480 - 2/12
planting area. Before they are installed, all substitutions shall receive the approval of
the ENGINEER.
1.05 QUALIFICATIONS: The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that personnel handling planting
chemicals are appropriately licensed to do so and that the application of such chemicals is
in compliance with the manufacturer’s printed literature and/or directions on the label.
1.06 RESPONSIBILITIES:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for receiving, storing, maintaining (before
and after planting), planting soil, fertilizer, mulch, water, temporary irrigation system,
miscellaneous landscape accessories, bracing, etc.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all plants required to perform the work covered by
this section, including all shrubs and trees.
C. Work Covered By Contract Documents: The CONTRACTOR shall provide all
supervision, labor, materials, equipment and tools, and perform all operations
necessary to excavate, grade, plant, and backfill all landscape material indicated in
the Drawings.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall procure all necessary permits to accomplish all of the
work.
E. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for performing all work in accordance with all
applicable regulations, ordinances, and code requirements from the appropriate city,
county, state and/or federal jurisdiction the project is located in.
1.07 CERTIFICATIONS: Upon request from the City, the CONTRACTOR shall provide
certifications indicating that the plants used in the WORK meet or exceed the existing
landscaping features being replaced. As a minimum, the certifications shall indicate that
the plant complies with the grade, size, and quality of the plant being replaced.
1.08 INSPECTION COORDINATION: The CONTRACTOR shall provide access to the WORK
for the ENGINEER as requested for inspection. The Contractor shall provide 48 hours
notice of its intention to begin new WORK activities.
1.09 WARRANTY: The CONTRACTOR shall warranty plantings and landscaping in
accordance with the following.
A. All plants shall be of the same grade and standard as set forth in the latest revision
of the “Florida Grades & Standards” at the end of the guarantee period as they were
originally specified prior to installation.
B. The guarantee shall not begin until the day final acceptance is given.
C. All landscape elements and plant material, except sod, shall be guaranteed for a
minimum of one calendar year from the time of final acceptance. All sod shall be
guaranteed for a minimum of SIXTY (60) calendar days from the time of final
acceptance.
D. An inspection may be made at the end of the period, but prior to the last day of the
guarantee period.
E. Plant material, which is on site and scheduled to be transplanted or placed into
nursery pots, is not covered by a guarantee except in the case of the
CONTRACTOR’s negligence or work that has been done in an unworkman-like
02480 - 3/12
manner. If it is determined by the ENGINEER that the CONTRACTOR’s negligence
or unworkman-like operations has severely damaged, or poses a threat to, the health
of material to be transplanted or already transplanted, then the CONTRACTOR shall
be responsible to replace the plant(s) per original Specifications or an equal
replacement.
F. Negligence can be, but is not limited to, the following list of acts by the
CONTRACTOR's:
1. Girding trunk and limbs.
2. Breaking limbs so as to deform tree.
3. Failure to water plants upon initial installation.
4. Allowing trees to dry out during the transplant procedure of after installation
during the required watering period.
5. Providing improper bracing.
6. Excessive pruning beyond that approved by the ENGINEER.
7. Installing plant at improper planting depth.
G. The guarantee shall be null and void for plant material which is damaged or dies as a
result of “Acts of Nature” limited to hail, freeze, lightning, winds that exceed hurricane
force, and lethal yellowing, or any other non-preventable and incurable plant
diseases, providing the plant was in a healthy growing condition prior to these “Acts
of Nature”.
H. If replacement plant material that meets the requirements of size, quality, and grade
cannot be found as a result of freeze or hurricane damage, the CONTRACTOR shall
notify ENGINEER, who will recommend one of the following courses of action:
1. Do not replace the material, or if the plants have not yet been installed, do not
install them. Full credit for plant cost, including installation, based on the
proposal values, will be given to the ENGINEER.
2. Delay installation of the plant material until material that meets the
specifications is available.
3. Accept smaller sizes of the native plant material specified, and negotiate any
fee adjustment prior to installation.
I. The guaranteeing of plant material shall be construed to mean the complete and
immediate replacement of plant material within seven (7) calendar days if it is:
1. Not in a healthy growing condition and thus renders it below the minimum
quality indicated in the Specifications (Florida #1).
2. There is a question as to its ability to survive after the end of the guarantee
period that would render it below the minimum quality indicated in the
Specifications (Florida #1).
3. It is dead.
J. The seven (7) calendar days may be extended due to seasonal conditions,
availability, preparation time such as root pruning, etc., only if approved by the
ENGINEER in advance. The extended time shall be negotiated between all parties
concerned but must receive final approval by the ENGINEER. After the 7-day
replacement period, the CITY may perform the work and charge said
CONTRACTOR in accordance with the General Conditions.
02480 - 4/12
K. Size, Quality and Grade:
1. Provide replacement of the same species of equal size and quality as the
damaged plant.
2. If an equal-sized plant cannot be found, then other methods of compensation
shall be determined in negotiation with ENGINEER. They may include, but not
be limited to:
3. Replacement with plant(s) of another species of same size as original plant.
4. Replacement with more than one plant to equal the canopy, trunk diameter, or
overall height.
5. Payment in lieu of replacement, with value determined by “replacement” value.
6. Replacements shall be guaranteed for a period equal to the originally specified
guarantee. This guarantee period shall begin at time of acceptable
replacement.
7. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for watering the replacement upon
installation and as required for sixty (60) calendar days after planting.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 SPECIES: All trees, shrubs and other plants damaged, destroyed or removed during the
execution of the work shall be replaced with the same species, and of equal quality and
size.
2.02 PLANT GRADE: Any supplier of materials misrepresenting the grade or quality of their
materials (i.e., a higher grade than they actually are) as determined by the ENGINEER,
shall not be allowed to supply any material for the project. All material already supplied
and received from such a supplier shall be removed and replaced at the CONTRACTOR’s
sole cost. This requirement for removal and replacement shall also include any installed
materials. No further materials will be accepted from such supplier until written evidence
is submitted and confirmed that all material for delivery is of the grade or quality
represented.
2.03 NOMENCLATURE: The CONTRACTOR shall supply plant material conforming to the
names given in Standardized Plant Names, Species, Etc., 1942 Edition, prepared by the
American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature. Names of varieties not included
therein shall conform generally with names accepted in the nursery trade.
2.04 GRADE STANDARDS: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish plant material nursery grown
species and shall comply with all required inspections, grading standards and plant
regulations as set forth in the latest edition of the Florida Department of Agriculture and
Consumer Services Division of Plant Industry manual “Grades and Standards for Nursery
Plants” or with any superseding specifications that may be called out on the plans. All
plants not listed in the “Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants” shall conform to Florida
No. 1 as to: (1) health and vitality; (2) condition of foliage; (3) root system; (4) freedom
from pest or mechanical damage; and (5) heavily branched and densely foliated according
to the accepted normal shape of the species.
2.05 The CONTRACTOR shall furnish grass seed as required as specified herein.
A. Provide fresh, clean, new crop seed complying with tolerance for purity and
germination established by Official Seed Analysts of North America and as required
below.
02480 - 5/12
B. Packaging shall be labeled according to the U.S. Department of Agriculture Federal
Seed Act and shall be furnished in containers with tags showing seed mixture, purity,
germination, weed content, name of seller, and date on which seed was tested.
1. Seed Mixtures: Meet the following minimum percentage requirements for
purity and germination:
Pounds per 100 lbs
Seed Name Purity Germination of mixture
Argentine Bahia 95 80 70
Brown Top Millet 90 85 30
2. Moldy seed or seed that has been damaged in storage will not be accepted.
3. When seasonal conditions mandate, substitute a winter grass such as rye
grass for the brown top millet.
2.06 The CONTRACTOR shall provide sod as shown on the drawings and specified herein.
A. Provide Argentine Bahia grass sod containing a minimum of 95 percent pure from a
certified sod farm that grows its sod on sandy soil.
B. Sod shall be strongly rooted, free of pernicious weeds, mowed to a height of three
inches before lifting, delivered to the site in strips 12 inches wide at least three feet
long, rolled, and a uniform thickness of one and a quarter inch including three
quarters inch thick layer of roots and topsoil.
2.07 PLANTING SOIL:
A. General Type: The CONTRACTOR shall plant all new transplanted plant material
(other than sod) with the general type planting soil, unless otherwise stated. The
planting soil shall be a sandy loam (50 percent sand and 50 percent Everglades
peat), by volume. The soil shall be thoroughly mixed and delivered in a loose, friable
condition. The sand shall be well-washed lawn sand, free of silt and sludge.
“Cyclone” sand is not acceptable. The planting soil pH shall range between 6.5 and
7.2.
B. Soil for Backfilling Root-Pruning Trenches: The CONTRACTOR shall backfill root-
pruning trenches with a soil mixture consisting of by volume of 70 percent planting
soil as described in 2.05A above and 30 percent mulch with 0-0-20 fertilizer added at
a rate of 1/3 pound per cubic yard of soil, thoroughly mixed prior to backfilling.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall submit sample of sand and muck separately and/or soil
analysis (es) if requested and as needed.
2.08 MULCH:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall mulch all new and transplanted plant materials and
associated planting beds (other than sod areas) with mulch at the time of installation,
final acceptance, and at the end of the guarantee period UNLESS OTHERWISE
STATED. The mulch layer shall exceed a depth of two inches within a one-foot
radius of the plant materials or exceed a depth of four inches in areas beyond the
one-foot radius. All mulch material shall be grade “A” Recycled Mulch approved by
the ENGINEER. It shall be uniformly shredded and free from foreign matter, large
pieces of bark, tree stump material, and insects such as burrowing nematodes and
ants. Submit sample of mulch if requested and as needed at no additional cost to
the CITY.
02480 - 6/12
B. Florimulch: If Florimulch is to be used in the installation, a the CONTRACTOR shall
submit a written statement prior to the installation of the mulch that guaranteeing that
there will not be any germination of melaleuca seed that may be present in the
mulch.
2.09 FERTILIZER:
A. If requested by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall submit copies of the
manufacturer’s specifications or analysis of all fertilizer for the ENGINEER’s
approval.
B. Unless otherwise specified on the Plans, the CONTRACTOR shall fertilize new trees,
transplanted trees, palms, shrubs, and ground covers (container) using a complete
granular fertilizer containing not less that 6:6:6 NPK ratio plus minor/trace elements
per manufacturer’s recommendation.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall fertilize existing trees to be transplanted using water-
soluble fertilizer having a 20-20-20 analysis.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall fertilize new grass using a dry granular plant food
containing 21 percent nitrogen, zero percent available phosphoric acid, and zero
percent potash. Where applicable, the CONTRACTOR shall also apply granular, dry
superphosphate fertilizer composed of ammonium phosphate (34-20-0) containing
1.4-percent sulphur.
E. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish fertilizer that is uniform in composition and dry.
Granular fertilizer shall be free flowing and delivered in unopened bags. Tablet
fertilizer shall be delivered in unopened containers or boxes. All bags, containers, or
boxes shall be fully labeled with the manufacturer’s analysis.
F. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish fertilizer complying with the State of Florida
fertilizer laws. The CONTRACTOR shall handle and store fertilizer in compliance
with these specifications and all applicable laws and regulations.
2.10 STAKING AND GUYING MATERIALS:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish wood for staking that is new, #2 grade yellow Pine,
or #2 Cedar, free of knot holes, splinters, or cracks, or recycled pressure treated p ine
as approved by the ENGINEER, sized as shown on details or approved ship
drawings.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish wire for guying that is double strand #12 gauge.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish hose material that is a minimum of 25 percent
larger than diameter of attached tree.
2.11 HERBICIDES:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish herbicides to kill existing weeds. Near water
bodies where the chemical could runoff into the water, the CONTRACTOR shall use
a herbicide approved for use on aquatic and emergent plants.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish pre-emergent herbicides based on the type of
weeds present.
C. Herbicide spray application will not be permitted when wind velocity exceeds 10
miles per hour.
02480 - 7/12
2.12 TREE PROTECTION BARRICADES:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide tree protection barricades as required.
2.13 INSPECTIONS:
A. Inspection at the growing site does not preclude the right of rejection at the project
site.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall request inspections in writing at least 48 hours in advance.
C. In the event the ENGINEER has made an early inspection shall not bar the
ENGINEER from subsequently rejecting such work that is discovered to be faulty
work or work omitted or work performed which is not in accordance with the contract
requirements.
D. Die-Back and Leaf-Drop: Plant material showing signs of die-back or leaf-drop will
not be accepted and must be removed from the project immediately if so directed by
the ENGINEER. Any plant material with tendencies toward leaf-drop or die-back
must be root pruned early enough to provide a sound network of hair roots prior to
relocation.
E. Mechanical Destruction of Foliage: Mechanical destruction of foliage resulting from
root pruning shall not affect more than 10 percent of the total foliage prior to planting
on the project. Loss of foliage caused by seasonal change will be accepted.
F. Spanish Moss: If Spanish Moss (Tillandsia useoides) exists on plant material, it shall
be completely removed prior to planting on the project.
G. Palms: The CONTRACTOR shall comply with the following with regards to palms.
1. Before Tr ansporting: See Paragraph 2.13, Delivery, Handling, Storage and
Submittals for requirements related to wrapping of root balls.
2. Prepare Cabbage Palms by pruning in a hurricane cut and remove a maximum
of fronds from the crown without damage or exposure to the central bud to
facilitate transporting and handling.
3. Palms with burn marks and frond boots on trunk will not be accepted unless
noted on Plans.
4. Tying shall be as set forth in the latest edition of the Florida Department of
Consumer Services' manual “Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants”. Tying
of other palms shall be at the option of the CONTRACTOR.
5. To reduce head volume, palm fronds may be taper trimmed by not more than
one-third.
6. Palms showing cable or chain marks and equipment scars shall be rejected.
H. Chlorosis: The allowable level of Chlorosis in foliage shall be set forth in the latest
edition of the Florida Department of Consumer Services' manual, “Grades and
Standards for Nursery Plants”.
I. Plant material shall not be accepted when the ball of earth surrounding its roots has
been cracked, broken, or otherwise damaged.
J. The CONTRACTOR shall, when necessary, perform root pruning of plant material
conforming to guidelines provided by an arborist or certified landscape professional
to ensure the health, stability and longevity of the plant material. Prior to root
pruning, the CONTRACTOR shall give 48 hour advance notice to the ENGINEER
02480 - 8/12
advising of the date to root prune any plant material. This shall allow for any
inspections during or after the root pruning, if necessary.
2.14 DELIVERY, HANDLING, STORAGE AND SUBMITTALS:
A. Delivery and Handling: The CONTRACTOR shall comply with the following
regarding delivery, handling, and storage of planting materials.
1. Movement of nursery stock shall comply with all Federal, State, and local laws,
regulations, ordinances, codes, etc.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for protecting plant material from
adverse environmental conditions including drying and sunburn during all
phases of delivery and storage. Further, the CONTRACTOR shall be
responsible for protecting plant material from any damage, theft, or
deterioration of health or appearance during all phases of delivery and storage.
3. The CONTRACTOR shall wire wrap burlap if root ball is not sufficiently
compacted. Palms will not require burlap wrapping if the following
requirements are met:
a. The Palm is dug from marl or heavy soil that adheres to roots and retains
shape without shattering.
b. Moistened material is used to cover root ball and not exposed to wind or
allowed to dry out.
c. The palm is planted within 24 hours after being dug.
d. Palms are stored in shade and protected from weather.
e. Maintain and protect plant material that will not be planted within four
hours of delivery.
4. Transport materials on vehicles large enough to allow plants not be crowded
and damaged. Plants shall be covered to prevent wind damage during transit.
5. Protect plant material during shipping to prevent damage to the root system
and desiccation of leaves. Trees shall be protected during shipping by tying in
the branches and covering all exposed branches as necessary. Do not bend
or bind-tie plant material in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches,
or alter the natural shape.
6. The CONTRACTOR shall exercise care in handling, loading, unloading,
storing, and transporting all material to prevent damage. The CONTRACTOR
shall assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of materials.
2.15 DAMAGE TO EXISTING VEGETATION AND/OR IRRIGATION:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall exercise caution when working in the vicinity of existing
vegetation and/or irrigation system components to prevent damage caused by the
use of tools or equipment (mechanical), chemicals, grade changes, and excavation.
B. If the CONTRACTOR damages existing plants and/or vegetation due to his own
negligence, he shall be responsible to replace them at his cost, within seven
calendar days.
C. If tree damage results when the CONTRACTOR employed the appropriate
preventive measures, those damages may, at the discretion of the ENGINEER, be
rectified by pruning in conformance with the “American National Standards Institute
(ANSI) A300 guidelines” or as directed by the ENGINEER.
02480 - 9/12
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 The CONTRACTOR shall keep areas free of all trash, debris, loose and excess material,
unsecured equipment or tools, etc., which may be subject to theft or vandalism, or which
may create a passive or active danger to the safety of the public or an unnecessary
eyesore.
3.02 The CONTRACTOR shall carefully inspect all plants delivered to the site to verify that they
meet the requirements of the Contract as to grading, condition, size, and species. The
CONTRACTOR shall reject all plants that do not comply with the requirements.
3.03 PREPARATION OF SITE PRIOR TO PLANTING: Before any disturbance of the actual
planting areas is performed, the CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER shall conduct an
inspection and evaluation of these sites. Most of the planting areas are sodded to prevent
soil erosion on the steep slopes. The CONTRACTOR shall remove a circular area of sod
three to four feet in diameter for trees and field-grown shrubs; and two feet in diameter for
three-gallon material. All sod shall be removed completely from the area and immediately
disposed of off-site.
3.04 TREE AND PLANTS PLANTING PITS: The CONTRACTOR shall prepare planting pits as
follows.
A. Planting pits shall be excavated to the dimensions required to comply with the
requirements for soil amendments and to include the following:
1. For balled and burlapped trees and shrubs, excavations shall be 24 inches
larger in diameter than the root ball.
2. For container grown stock, excavate as specified for balled and burlapped
stock, adjusted to comply with same diameter dimensions. For three gallon
containerized plants, excavate with a hole 12 inches larger in diameter. For
one gallon containerized plants, excavate with a hole three inches larger in
diameter.
3. Stabilize excavations for trees and shrubs with water and allow to percolate out
before planting.
3.05 TREE AND PLANTS PLANTING: The CONTRACTOR shall plant trees and plants in
accordance with industry standards and as follows.
A. Set balled and burlapped stock on a six-inch (minimum thickness) layer of
compacted planting soil mixture, plumb and in center of pit, with top of ball at same
elevation as adjacent finished landscape grades. Remove burlap from sides of balls;
retain on bottoms. Set plants in pits at such level that after settlement they bear the
same relationship to the finished grade of the surrounding ground as they did in their
natural state. Proper turning of all plants to take advantage of the best and most
natural growth appearance will be practiced at all times and will be subject to the
approval of ENGINEER. Place backfill around base and sides of ball and work each
layer to settle backfill and eliminate voids and air pockets. When excavation is
approximately one half full, water thoroughly. Repeat watering until no more is
absorbed. Water again after placing final layer of backfill. Flush amended soil
mixture into place with a slow full hose stream eliminating all air pockets and fill pit to
form a broad saucer to surrounding grade.
B. Set container grown stock as specified for balled and burlapped stock.
02480 - 10/12
C. Provide additional backfill berm around edge of excavations to form a shallow
planting saucer to contain water with a minimum of three to five inch berm.
D. Mulch planting saucer and the areas as indicated herein with two to four inches of
mulch.
3.06 STAKING AND GUYING: The CONTRACTOR shall stake and guy trees and plants as
follows.
A. Palm trees are to be staked with three 2-inch by 4-inch wood braces, toe nailed to
cleats, which are securely banded by two points to the palm at one half the height of
the trunk. The trunk shall be padded with five layers of burlap under the cleats.
Braces shall be approximately 120 degrees apart and secured underground by two-
inch by four inch by 12-inch stale pads.
B. Trees larger than one inch caliper and smaller than two inch caliper shall be staked
with a two inch stake set at least 24 inches in the ground and extending to the crown
of the plant. The plant shall be firmly fastened to the stake with two strands of 12-
gauge soft wire, enclosed in a rubber hose or other approved covering. The wire
shall be nailed or stapled to the stake to prevent slippage.
C. Trees larger than two-inch caliper and smaller than three and one-half inch caliper
shall be staked with two two-inch by four-inch stakes, eight feet long, set two feet in
the ground. The tree shall be midway between the stakes and held firmly in place by
two strands of 12-gauge wire, applied as specified above for single stakes. Tie wires
will be tightened and kept tight by twisting.
D. Understory plants do not need staking.
E. Nails or spikes in trunks are prohibited
3.07 PRUNING AND REPAIR: The CONTRACTOR shall limit pruning to the minimum
necessary to remove dead or injured twigs and branches. The CONTRACTOR shall
prune so as not to change the natural habit or shape of the plant, not shall the
CONTRACTOR prune any plant back to such an extent that it no longer meets
specifications.
3.08 GRASSING GENERAL: The CONTRACTOR shall establish a stand of grass on slopes,
shoulders, and other areas shown on the Drawings by seeding, fertilizing, mulching and
maintaining the area as specified herein. Fertilizing, seeding or mulching operations will
not be permitted when wind velocities exceed 15 miles per hour. Seed shall be sown only
when the soil is moist and in proper condition to induce growth. Grassing shall be
incorporated into the project at the earliest practical time in the life of the Contract.
3.09 GRASSING SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS: The CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the
WORK in the following sequence: fertilization and preparation of the ground, spreading of
mulch, seeding, cutting-in mulch and rolling.
3.10 SOD DELIVERY: The CONTRACTOR shall follow the following requirements regarding
delivery of sod.
A. Deliver sod immediately on lifting and after grass bed is prepared for planting.
B. Give advance notice to ENGINEER on days on which deliveries of sod will be made
C. The CONTRACTOR shall protect sod from drying by covering during delivery to
protect from sun and wind.
02480 - 11/12
3.11 SOD STORAGE: The CONTRACTOR shall store sod to protect is from damage and
drying and in accordance with the following.
A. Store materials only in areas of site designated by the ENGINEER.
B. If sod is not laid within two days of delivery, spread out flat with grass side up in cool
place and keep moist. Rolled or stacked sod that becomes yellow shall be removed
from the site and replaced by the CONTRACTOR at its own cost.
3.12 GRASSING INSTALLATION: The CONTRACTOR shall follow the following guidelines in
preparing the seed/sod bed and in placing seed and sod.
A. Preparation of Subgrade: After rough grading is completed and before topsoil is
spread, apply superphosphate, and thoroughly scarify ground to a minimum depth of
eight inches with a toothed ripping machine by running in two directions at right
angles over the entire surface area to be planted.
B. Fertilizing:
1. Apply commercial fertilizer at the rate of 15 pounds per 1,000 square feet
distributing uniformly with a mechanical spreader.
C. Finish Grading:
1. Thoroughly mix the applied materials to a depth of six inches by running a
rototiller over the entire area in two directions at right angles.
2. Rake the top soiled area to a uniform grade so that all areas drain, as indicated
on the grading plan.
3. Remove all trash and stones exceeding two inches in diameter from area to a
depth of two inches prior to preparation and planting.
D. Seeding:
1. Time of Seeding: Conduct seeding under favorable weather conditions during
seeding seasons which are normal for such work as determined by accepted
practice in locality of project.
2. Mechanical Seeding: Sow grassed areas evenly with a mechanical spreader
at rate of 100 pounds per acre, roll with cultipacker to cover seed, and water
with fine spray. Method of seeding may be varied at discretion of
CONTRACTOR on his own responsibility to establish a smooth, uniformly
grassed area.
3. Temporary Seed: Apply temporary seed at a rate of 30 pounds per acre to all
areas where permanent seed is placed.
4. Mulching and Protection: Mulch all seeded areas by spreading a uniform light
cover of straw mulch over the seeded area at a rate of 2-1/2 tons per acre not
later than 2 days after seeding has been performed.
E. Sodding:
1. Before sod is laid, correct soft spots and grade the area smooth and remove
sticks, rocks and debris greater than three quarters inch in diameter. Lay so
that no voids occur and tamp or roll, brush or rake screened topsoil with no
lumps or stones larger than three quarters inch over sodded area, water sod
thoroughly. Complete sod surface true to finished grade, even and firm.
Fasten sod on slopes steeper than 1:2 by wooden pins 6 inches long driven
through sod into soil, until flush with top of sod. Install at sufficient intervals to
hold sod in place when saturated.
02480 - 12/12
3.13 GRASS MAINTENANCE: The CONTRACTOR shall comply with the following
maintenance guidelines for seeded and sodded areas.
A. Maintenance Period: Begin maintenance immediately after each portion of grass is
planted and continue for eight weeks after all grass planting is completed.
B. Maintenance Operations: Water to keep surface soil and germinated grass moist.
Repair washed out areas by filling with topsoil, liming, fertilizing and seeding.
Replace mulch on banks when washed or blown away. Weed by local spot
application of selective herbicide only after first planting season when grass is
established.
C. Fertilization: On areas that have been seeded, apply 30lb N per acre as soon as
grass seedlings have emerged; apply an additional 50 lb N per acre 50 days later.
On areas that have been sodded, apply 30 lb N per acre two weeks after sodding;
apply an additional 50 lb N per acre one to two months after the first application.
3.14 GRASSING INSPECTION FOR ACCEPTANCE: Eight weeks after the start of
maintenance on the last section of completed grass and on written notice from the
CONTRACTOR, the ENGINEER will, within 15 days of such written notice, make an
inspection to determine if a satisfactory stand has been produced. If a satisfactory stand
has not been established, another inspection will be made after written notice from the
CONTRACTOR that the grass is ready for inspection following the next growing season. A
satisfactory stand is defined as a grass or section of grass that has:
A. No bare spots larger than six inches in diameter.
B. Not more than five percent of total area with bare spots larger than three inches in
diameter.
C. Not more than ten percent of total area with bare spots larger than two inches in
diameter
END OF SECTION
02510 - 1/5
SECTION 02510 - CONCRETE WALKWAYS, CURBS AND GUTTERS, RAMPS, DRIVE- WAYS,
MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE SLABS AND WHEEL STOPS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE:
A. Summary of Work: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials and
equipment necessary to reinstate and restore existing concrete walkways, curbs and
gutters, ramps, miscellaneous concrete slabs and wheel stops, damaged during
construction or as shown on the drawings.
1. SECTION 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete
1.02 APPLICABLE PUBLICATION:
A. Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge
Construction, latest edition, (FDOT).
1.03 SUBMITTALS: Shop drawings for reinforcing, joint material and mix designs shall be
submitted for review in accordance with Section 01300.
1.04 CERTIFICATIONS AND TESTING: Perform tests in accordance with standards
hereinafter specified.
1.05 INSPECTION COORDINATION: The CONTRACTOR shall provide access to the WORK
for the ENGINEER as requested for inspection. The Contractor shall provide 48 hours
notice of its intention to begin new WORK activities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.08 CONCRETE: The CONTRACTOR shall provide concrete for sidewalks, curbs and gutters,
ramps and miscellaneous concrete slabs as specified in FDOT Specifications - Section
345 “Portland Cement Concrete.” For miscellaneous concrete slabs Class I concrete shall
have a minimum strength of 3000 psi.
2.09 METAL ACCESSORY MATERIALS: The CONTRACTOR shall provide metal accessory
materials for miscellaneous concrete slabs as indicated on the Drawings and as specified
in FDOT Specification - Section 931.
2.10 PRE-CAST CONCRETE WHEEL STOPS: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish pre-cast
concrete wheel stops that are nominally six inches high by eight inches wide by six feet
long or accepted equivalent. One wheel stop shall be furnished per parking space or as
shown on the Drawings. Wheel stops shall be reinforced with two #4 bars.
2.11 FORMS: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish forms for the forming of the concrete curb in
accordance with the following:
A. The forms shall be wood or metal.
B. The forms shall be straight and strong enough to resist springing during placement of
concrete.
C. The forms shall have sufficient bearing surface to prevent tipping.
D. The height of the forms shall be equal to full depth of section to be constructed.
02510 - 2/5
E. Slip form.
2.05 REINFORCING AND WELDED WIRE FABRIC
A. Joint reinforcing and welded wire fabric shall conform to the requirements of Division
3.
2.06 PREFORMED JOINT FILLER
A. Preformed joint filler shall be sponge rubber or cork and conform to the
requirements of AASHTO Designated MI 53, Type 1 or 11.
2.04 CURING COMPOUND
A. Curing Compound shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M148, Type 1.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SUBGRADE CONDITION
A. The finished subgrade shall be maintained in a smooth, compact condition and any
areas which are disturbed prior to placing of the concrete shall be restored at no
additional cost to the OWNER.
B. The subgrade shall be moist at the time the concrete is placed. Water shall be
uniformly applied ahead of the paving operations as directed by the ENGINEER. If
the CONTRACTOR does not maintain the subgrade in the required moist condition,
a polyethylene sheet vapor barrier will be required between the subgrade and the
concrete.
C. The subgrade shall be accurately trimmed to the required elevation with a %-inch
tolerance. High areas shall be trimmed to proper elevation. Low areas may be filled
with suitable material and compacted to the specified density or filled with concrete
integrally with the placing of the pavement. Boulders, rocks or obstructions larger
than 1-inch diameter shall be removed to minimum depth of 6-inches below finished
subgrade. The subgrade shall be compacted at optimum moisture content to 98
percent of maximum dry density in accordance with ASTM Dl557 method D.
3.02 CONCRETE WALKS AND RAMPS: The CONTRACTOR shall construct concrete
sidewalks and ramps as specified in FDOT Specifications - Section 522 where shown on
the Drawings, as required by the ADA requirements or as necessary to restore existing
conditions.
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish a template and shall thoroughly check the
subgrade prior to depositing concrete. Sidewalks shall be given a light broom
finish.
B. All damage to sidewalk as a result of work under this Contract shall be repaired
in a manner satisfactory to the ENGINEER and at no additional cost to the
OWNER. The repair shall include all work as specified herein.
02510 - 3/5
C. The width of all repairs shall extend at least 12 inches beyond the limit of the
damage, and no more than 3 sidewalk flags. The edge of the sidewalk to be left
in place shall be cut to a true edge along an existing expansion joint or edge of
flag, with a saw or other approved method so as to provide a clean edge to abut
the repair. The line of the repair shall be reasonable uniform with no unnecessary
irregularities.
3.03 CURBS AND GUTTERS: The CONTRACTOR shall construct concrete curbs and gutters
as specified in FDOT Specifications - Section 520 where shown on the Drawings and as
necessary to restore existing conditions.
A. Curbs shall be constructed in uniform sections ten feet in length except where
shorter sections are necessary for closures or arcs. The sections shall be
Separated by sheet metal templates set perpendicular to the face and tip of the
curve and not less than 2 inches longer than the depth of the curb. The templates
shall be held firmly during the placing of the concrete and shall be allowed to
remain in place until the concrete has set sufficiently to hold its shape, but shall be
removed while the forms are still in place.
B. After the concrete has sufficiently set for a minimum of 12 hours, the
CONTRACTOR shall remove the forms and backfill the spaces on each side. The
earth shall be compacted in satisfactory manner without damage to the concrete
work. Minor defects shall be filled with a mortar composed of one part Portland
cement and two parts fine aggregate.
3.04 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE SLABS: The CONTRACTOR shall construct
miscellaneous concrete slabs for mechanical equipment as indicated on the Drawings and
as specified in FDOT Specifications Section 350.
3.05 PRE-CAST CONCRETE WHEEL STOPS: The CONTRACTOR shall install pre-cast
concrete wheel stops by anchoring them with at least two three-quarter inch round
reinforcing bars driven a minimum of one foot into the pavement. Use a setting tool to
recess anchor rod a minimum of one-half inch below the top surface and caulk the
opening. Wheel stops damaged when driving rods shall be replaced with new bumpers.
3.06 FORMS: The CONTRACTOR shall install the forms in accordance with the following:
A. Use flexible forms for all curved form lines except:
1. Curves having a radius of 200 feet or greater may be formed in 10 foot or
shorter chords.
2. Curves having a radius of 100 feet or greater may be formed in 5 foot or
shorter chords.
B. Thoroughly clean, oil, securely stake, brace, and hold forms to line and grade.
C. Remove forms from front face of curb section at the time necessary to permit
finishing concrete. Leave other forms in place not less than 12 hours after
placement of concrete.
3.07 JOINTS: The CONTRACTOR shall install joints in the curbs as follows:
A. Contraction Joints:
1. Construct at locations indicated and as follows:
a. Division concrete curb into monolithic sections not greater than 10 inches
in length.
02510 - 4/5
2. Form contraction joints by any of the following methods:
a. Place one half inch thick steel separators after concrete has taken its
initial set, but before final finishing.
b. Cut a groove in the fresh concrete to a depth of at one quarter the section
thickness by use of a jointer having a radius of one half inch and
thickness not exceeding one half inch.
c. Saw the hardened concrete before shrinkage cracking occurs. Depth of
cut not less than one quarter the section thickness and width of key not to
exceed three sixteenths inch.
B. Expansion Joints:
1. Construct at the following locations:
a. Locations as indicated.
b. All points of curvature and points of tangency of curves having a radius of
100 inches or less and at intervals not exceeding 60 inches in tangent
section.
c. Locations where curb abuts other structures and slabs.
2. Stake, support, and secure preformed joint filler in position to prevent
displacement during and finishing operations.
3. Round edges of joints with an edging tool of one quarter inch radius.
C. Construction Joints:
1. Locate to coincide with contraction, expansion or key joints.
2. When concrete placement is interrupted between joint locations for a sufficient
time for the concrete to take its initial set, remove concrete to the nearest joint
location before resuming placement.
3.08 STRAIGHTEDGING AND SURFACE CORRECTIONS
A. After floating has been completed and the excess water removed, but while the
concrete is still in a plastic state, the surface of the concrete shall be tested for
trueness with an accurate 10 foot straightedge. The straightedge shall be
furnished by the CONTRACTOR. The straightedge shall be held in successive
positions parallel to the road center line, in contact with the surface, and the whole
area tested from one side of the slab to the other as necessary. Any depressions
shall be immediately filled with freshly mixed concrete and struck-off, consolidated
and refinished. High areas shall be cut down and refinished. Straightedge testing
and surface correction shall continue until the entire surface appears to conform
to the required grade and cross section.
3.09 FINAL FINISH: As soon as the water sheen has disappeared from the surface of the
pavement and just before the concrete becomes nonplastic, a light broom finish shall be
given to the surface.
3.10 EDGING
A. After the final finish has been applied, but before the concrete has become
nonplastic, the edges of the pavement along each side of the strip being placed, on
each side of construction joints and along any structure extending into the
02510 - 5/5
pavement, shall be carefully rounded to a 1/4-inch radius except as otherwise
indicated. A well-defined and continuous radius shall be produced and a smoother,
dense mortar finish obtained. All concrete shall be completely removed from the top
of the joint filler.
B. All joints shall be checked with a straightedge before the concrete has become
nonplastic and, if one side of the joint is higher than the other or the entire joint is
higher or lower than the adjacent slabs, corrections shall be made as necessary.
3.11 CURING
A. After the finishing operations have been completed and as soon as the concrete
has hardened sufficiently that marring of the surface will not occur, the entire
surface and the edges of the newly placed concrete shall be covered and cured
with membrane curing compound.
B. Curing compound shall be uniformly applied to the surfaces to be cured, in a single
coat, continuous film, at the rate of one gallon to not more than 200 square feet, by
a mechanical sprayer.
C. Curing compound shall not be applied during periods of rainfall. Curing compound
shall not be applied to the inside faces of joints to be sealed. Should the film
become damaged from any cause within the required curing period, the damaged
portions shall be repaired immediately with additional compound. Upon removal of
side forms, the sides of the slabs exposed shall immediately be coated to provide a
curing treatment equal to that provided for the surface.
END OF SECTION
02513 - 1/3
SECTION 02513 - ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE:
A. Summary of Work: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials, and
equipment for construction of an asphaltic concrete surface course of the thickness
and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings or as specified herein.
1.02 APPLICABLE PUBLICATION:
A. Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge
Construction, (FDOT).
1.03 DEFINITIONS: (Not Used)
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit all job mix formulas to be used in this project per SECTION 01300 to the
ENGINEER for approval.
B. Submit manufacturer’s/suppliers’ certificates of compliance with the Specifications for
all materials proposed.
1.05 QUALIFICATIONS: (Not Used)
1.06 RESPONSIBILITIES: (Not Used)
1.07 CERTIFICATIONS AND TESTING: Material testing shall be performed as described in the
FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction.
1.08 INSPECTION COORDINATION: The CONTRACTOR shall provide access to the WORK
for the ENGINEER as requested for inspection. The Contractor shall provide 48 hours
notice of its intention to begin new WORK activities.
1.09 WARRANTY: (Not Used)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PRIME COAT: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish prime coat conforming to FDOT
Specification Section 300-2.1, 916.
2.02 TACK COAT: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish tack coat shall conforming to FDOT
Specification Section 300-2.3 and 916.
2.03 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish asphaltic concrete
conforming to the applicable FDOT Specification Section 320, 330, and 334. Asphalt
concrete mix to be used in this job shall conform to FDOT Section 334, and shall meet the
specifications of Type SP-9.5.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 APPLICATION OF PRIME AND TACK COATS: The CONTRACTOR shall apply the prime
and tack coats in accordance with the following:
02513 - 2/3
A. Weather Limitations: Application shall be made when the air temperature in the
shade is above 40 degrees F.
B. Prime Coat: Application of the prime coat shall conform to FDOT Specification
Section 300-7. The surface to be primed shall be clean, and moisture content of the
base shall not exceed 90% of the optimum. The temperature of the prime material
shall be between 100 degrees and 150 degrees F. The material shall be applied by
means of a pressure distributor. The rate of application shall be not less than
0.10gal/sy, unless directed otherwise by ENGINEER.
C. Tack Coat: Application of the tack coat shall conform to FDOT Specification Section
300-8. The tack coat shall be applied with a pressure distributor. The material shall
be heated to a suitable temperature for proper application. The rate of application
shall be between 0.02 and 0.10gal per square yard. The time of application shall be
sufficiently in advance of laying of the bituminous surface course to permit drying, but
shall not be applied so far in advance so as to lose adhesiveness. The surface shall
be kept free from traffic until the subsequent layer of bituminous hot mix has been
laid.
3.02 LAYING OF ASPHALTIC CONCRETE: The CONTRACTOR shall lay the asphaltic
concrete pavement in conformance with the following:
A. Limitations of Operations: The laying operations shall not begin unless the weather
is suitable for all activities to be completed in dry conditions.
B. Preparation: The preparation of the asphalt cement, aggregates and mixture shall
conform to FDOT Specification Section 330-4, 5, and 6.
C. Transportation: The mixture shall be transported as specified in FDOT Specification
Section 330-7.
D. Placing Mixture: Placing the mixture shall conform to FDOT Specification Section
330-9. Lift thickness shall be 1” thick after compaction or as shown on the drawings.
E. Compacting Mixture: Compaction of the asphaltic concrete shall be in accordance
with FDOT Specification Section 330-10.
F. Surface Requirements: The surface shall conform to FDOT Specification Section
330-12.
3.03 PROTECTION OF FINISHED SURFACES: The CONTRACTOR shall protect the finished
asphaltic concrete pavement surface upon completion. No dumping of any material
directly on the pavement shall be permitted. Vehicular traffic shall not be permitted on any
pavement that has not set sufficiently to prevent rutting or other distortion.
3.04 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT OVER TRENCHES: Temporary pavement over trenches shall
be installed according to this section and the Detail Sheets in the Construction
Documents. The temporary pavement shall meet the elevations of the existing pavement
at the saw-cuts, and shall be uniform in thickness and shall conform to the slope of the
original pavement.
3.05 FULL LANE WIDTH PAVEMENT OVERLAY: At all affected street lanes, and as indicated
on the plans, will receive a full lane width pavement overlay. Connections to existing not
resurfaced roads shall be provided with a saw cut and milling to a depth of 1” a 2 foot wide
strip at all connections to existing pavement for the full roadway width perpendicular to the
02513 - 3/3
centerline of the roadway being resurfaced. Then the entire width, and as indicated in the
plans, will receive a 1” thick pavement overlay which shall be installed per this section.
END OF SECTION
02574 - 1/9
SECTION 02574 - PAVEMENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Work included under this Section covers the furnishing of all labor, equipment and
material required for cutting, removing, protecting, constructing, replacing or
stabilizing all existing roadways, driveways and pavements.
B. All existing utility castings, including valves boxes, junction boxes, manholes,
handholes, pull boxes, inlets and similar structures in the areas of trench restoration,
pavement replacement and pavement overlay shall be adjusted by the Contractor to
bring them flush with the surface of the finished work.
1.02 QUALITY CONTROL
The phrase "DOT Specifications" shall refer to the Florida Department of Transportation
Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. The DOT
Specifications, are referred to herein and are hereby made a part of this Contract to the
extent of such references, and shall be as binding upon the Contract as through
reproduced herein in their entirety.
1.03 DAMAGE BY CONTRACTOR
A. The Contractor shall protect from damage by construction operations, all pavements,
sidewalks and other improvements, including all base courses and surface courses,
that are to remain within the work area.
B. Any base course or surface course beyond those limits, damaged as a result of the
Contractor's operation, shall be restored in accordance with the applicable
requirements of these Specifications, to the satisfaction of the City and/or the Owner,
and to the satisfaction of the governing authority having jurisdiction over the work
area.
C. Any damage to adjacent lanes of pavement will require the Contractor to resurface
the entire lane width for a length, as approved by the City. When the damage
amounts to 25 percent or more in any one block (approximately 600 feet), the
Contractor, at his own expense, shall resurface the entire width of the lane in which
the damage occurred for the entire block.
D. In order to protect himself from being held liable for any existing damaged pavement,
including detour routes, the Contractor is advised to notify in writing the authority
having jurisdiction over the street where such defective pavement exists prior to
proceeding with any work in the vicinity. A copy of all such notices shall be forwarded
to the City.
02574 - 2/9
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIAL, GENERAL
A. Limerock Base: The limerock base shall consist of either one or two courses
limerock obtained from local sources where the overburden was removed from the
pits prior to mining operations. The limerock shall comply with the requirements of
DOT Specifications, Section 200 and Section 911 for Miami Oolite limerock, with a
maximum size of the aggregate to be 1-1/2 inches.
B. Prime Coat and Tack Coat shall be as specified Section 02513 and per DOT Section
300.
C. Asphaltic Concrete: The materials and construction of the asphaltic concrete patch
and surface courses shall be Type SP-9.5 Asphaltic Concrete conforming to
Sections 330, 331 and 334 of the DOT Specifications.
D. Sand cover material shall be clean and non-plastic, and shall be composed of hard
durable grains, free from loam, roots, silt, clay, or rock particles and other deleterious
substances. Local sand meeting such requirements may be used. Sand shall be
subject to approval by the City.
E. 1:10 Mix: Sand-cement mix for backfill within state roads shall be a 1:10 mix of Type
I or II Portland Cement and Sand that shall produce a slump of 4 to 6 inches.
F. Flowable fill: Flowable fill, shall be used as an alternative backfill only when directed
by the Engineer of Record. It shall be used for trenches, support for pipe structures,
culverts, utility cuts and other works where cavities exist and where firm support is
needed for pavements and structural elements.
2.02 BITUMINOUS PAVING MATERIAL
Asphalt cement for asphaltic concrete mixes shall be Viscosity Grade AC-20,
homogeneous, free from water and shall meet the requirements of D.O.T Specifications,
Section 916-1. Unless otherwise specified, all test samples required shall be supplied by
the Contractor. For friction courses, in addition to meeting the above requirements, the
bituminous material shall contain 0.5% of a heat-stable, anti-stripping additive from an
approved source.
A. Asphaltic Concrete - Type SP-9.5 Mix shall meet the requirements of D.O.T.
Specifications for Type S9-9.5 Superpave Asphaltic Concrete, Sections 330, 334 and
916 of D.O.T Specifications.
B. Asphaltic Concrete Friction Course - Type FC-1, FC-2, FC-3 and FC-4 shall meet the
requirements of D.O.T Specifications for Friction Courses, Sections 337-1 through
Section 337-7.
C. Emulsified Asphalt for Slurry Seal Coat shall be of the slow-setting, mixing type and
shall be homogeneous, meeting the requirements of the Asphalt Institute, Grade SS-
1 or SS-1h.
D. Liquid Asphalt for Prime and Tack Coat: See Section 300 of DOT Specifications.
E. Liquid Asphalt for Sand and Asphalt Paving shall be asphalt cement, viscosity Grade
AC-5 or emulsified asphalt, Grade RS-2 (anionic) conforming to the requirements of
D.O.T. Specifications, Section 916-1 and 916-4, respectively.
02574 - 3/9
F. Mineral Aggregate for Slurry Seal Coat shall consist of screened sand or limestone
screenings or gray granite screenings or a mixture of sand and screenings plus not
less than 3%, by weight, of Type I or Type II Portland cement.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Permanent pavement repair shall be full roadway width overlay, in accordance with
the details shown in the Standard Details herein, with edges straight and parallel and
patches rectangular in plan. Replace any paving, beyond the limits shown in the
details and as called for in the Specifications, as required. Where trenches are
located out of the existing pavement and damage occurs to the pavement, that
pavement shall also be replaced by the Contractor at his own expense.
B. Pavement markings removed or obliterated by the Contractor's operations shall be
promptly replaced, in kind, to the satisfaction of the City, or other authority having
jurisdiction over the work area.
C. All equipment necessary for construction shall be on the job site in first class working
condition. Spilling or dropping of petroleum products is prohibited and all defective
equipment shall be removed or replaced immediately. The Contractor shall be
subject to all FDEP (Florida Department of Environmental Protection) and local
regulations and clean up requirements.
D. The percentages of maximum density for subgrade and limerock base specified
herein are minimum. Greater percentages of maximum density shall be obtained, if
so required, by the governing authority having jurisdiction over the work location.
E. Asphaltic concrete mixtures shall be obtained only from plants which comply with the
requirements of D.O.T. Specifications, Section 320 as applicable, using materials
specified herein, and producing the specified mixture. General construction
requirements for all hot bituminous mixtures specified herein shall conform to D.O.T.
Specifications, Section 330, as applicable.
F. Asphaltic concrete shall be laid only where the surface to be covered is intact, firm,
cured and dry, and only when weather conditions are suitable. The temperature of
the mixture at the time of spreading shall be within limits of Florida D.O.T.
specifications or within 25 degrees of the design mix temperature. No mixture shall
be spread when the air temperature is less than 40 degrees Fahrenheit.
G. Any mixture caught in transit by a sudden rain may be laid at the Contractor's risk, if
the base is in suitable condition. Under no circumstances shall asphaltic material be
placed while rain is falling, or when there is water on the area to be paved.
H. Subgrade: Roadway subgrades shall be stabilized to the minimum depth shown on
the Drawings to a Limerock Bearing Ratio of not less than 40. Stabilizing shall be
Type B as defined in Section 160 of the DOT Specifications. Stabilization may
require the addition and thorough mixing in of crushed limerock, course limerock
screenings, or any other stabilizing material acceptable to the City. The stabilizing
material shall be applied in such quantity that, after mixing and blending, the
subgrade will have a LBR of not less than 40. Stabilizing material shall be mixed or
blended in the subgrade material by plowing, scarifying, disking, harrowing, blading
and mixing with rotary tillers until the mixed materials are of uniform bearing value
throughout the width and depth of the layer being processed.
02574 - 4/9
I. At least two density determinations shall be made over each trench located between
two roadway intersections on each day's final compaction operations on each
course, and the density determinations shall be made at more frequent intervals if
deemed necessary by the City.
J. Limerock Base: The limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections
200 and 911 of the DOT Specifications, minimum 8-inches thick or as indicated on
the Drawings, and shall extend at least 6-inches beyond the edge of pavement limit.
K. After spreading of the base material is completed, the entire surface shall be
scarified and shaped so as to produce the exact grade and cross section after
compaction. For double course base, this scarifying shall extend a depth sufficient to
penetrate slightly the surface of the first course. The maximum depth of each lift shall
be 8-inches.
L. When the material does not have the proper moisture content to insure the required
density, wetting or drying shall be required. If the material is deficient in moisture,
water will be added and uniformly mixed in by disking the base course to its full
depth. If the material contains an excess of moisture, it shall be allowed to dry before
being compacted. As soon as proper conditions of moisture are attained, the material
shall be compacted to an average density not less than 98 percent maximum density
as determined in more than one course, the density shall be obtained in each lift of
the base.
M. During final compacting operations, if blading of any areas is necessary to obtain the
true grade and cross section, the compacting operations for such areas shall be
completed prior to making the density determination on the finished base.
N. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer of Record, the surface shall be "hard-
planed" with a blade grader immediately prior to the application of the prime coat to
remove the thin glaze or cemented surface and to allow free penetration of the prime
material. The materials planed from the base shall be removed from the base area.
O. If cracks or checks appear in the base, either before or after priming, which in the
opinion of the Department, would impair the structural efficiency of the base course,
the CONTRACTOR shall remove such cracks or checks by rescarifying, reshaping,
adding base material where necessary and recompacting.
P. Mixing Base and Subgrade: If at any time the subgrade material shall become mixed
with the base course material, the CONTRACTOR shall, without additional
compensation, dig out and remove the mixture, reshape and compact the subgrade
and replace the materials removed with clean base material, which shall be shaped
and compacted as specified above.
Q. Asphaltic Concrete: The spreading, compacting and jointing the wearing surface
shall be in accordance with Sections 330 and 331 of the DOT Specifications to a
thickness of 1-inch or as indicated on the Drawings.
3.02 TEMPORARY PAVING
A. Prior to commencing excavation, the asphalt surface shall be sawcut within the limits
of the allowable trench width. Temporary paving will be required along t he entire
route where the original paved surface is removed. Unless otherwise approved by
the City, temporary paving shall be placed the same day the trench is backfilled. The
trench shall be backfilled up to a level 1 inch below the existing pavement surface
and a temporary, cold mixed sand/asphalt pavement shall be constructed up to the
02574 - 5/9
level of the existing pavement surface. The liquid asphalt shall be Grade RC-70,
conforming to the requirements of D.O.T. Specifications, Section 916-2. The sand
shall conform to the requirements of D.O.T. Specifications, Section 902 for fine
aggregate.
B. The cold mix is to be installed one block at a time, not crossing any intersection, or a
maximum of 1,200 feet shall be completed before the Contractor may move forward
with his excavation work. Backfill, compaction and temporary paving is to keep pace
with the pipe installation. Written permission must be obtained from the City and the
agency permitting the work to allow greater lengths than 1,200 feet. Permitting
agencies may reduce the allowable limits in their permit, or for other unforeseen
right-of-way conditions.
C. Prior to completion of the work and within a maximum of 30 calendar days, the
Contractor shall remove the 1 inch of cold mix and surplus backfill. He shall replace it
with the specified compacted limerock base course and asphaltic within the specified
working limits, as specified in the Type I pavement repairs described below.
Municipal agencies permitting this work may accelerate the time for removal of the
cold mix, at their discretion.
D. The temporary pavement shall be maintained by the Contractor in a condition
satisfactory to the City until its removal. Removal shall include any surplus backfill
material. Replacement of the temporary pavement with permanent pavement shall
be made within 30 days, but not less than 15 days to minimize cracks to final
pavement due to trench settlement. In replacing the temporary paving with
permanent pavement, all work shall be completed in sections compatible with
specified traffic maintenance procedures.
E. The Contractor may elect to install a suitable temporary hot mix asphaltic pavement,
to be left in-place, in lieu of cold mix, when the hot mix asphalt is left in-place and
installed over properly compacted limerock base course. This temporary pavement
shall be incorporated into the specified full roadway width permanent pavement
restoration called Type V paving restoration.
F. Sand seal on the limerock base course will not be permitted in lieu of temporary
paving.
G. Unless otherwise approved by the City, temporary paving, shall be placed the same
day the trench is backfilled.
H. Where asphalt overlay meets existing pavement, at the resurfacing limit line, the
existing pavement shall be cut with a mechanical circular saw, in a straight neat line,
then a strip 2 feet wide and 1-inch thick shall be milled perpendicular to the
centerline of the roadway being resurfaced. Joint between existing and proposed
asphalt shall be smooth and of constant thickness, and only feathering as per
feathering detail in the contract drawings will be allowed.
3.03 TYPE I PAVING REPAIR (Limerock Base - Asphaltic Concrete Surface)
A. Type I paving repairs shall be made with an 8-inch thick compacted limerock base
and a minimum 1-inch thick asphaltic concrete surface. On City roads asphaltic
concrete shall have a compacted thickness of 2-inch, placed in a minimum of two (2)
compacted 1-inch lifts.
B. The backfill previously placed and compacted shall be excavated to the required
depth below the existing road surface and the existing paving shall be milled to allow
02574 - 6/9
for full lane restoration and cut back beyond all excavations, using an abrasive disc
saw to trim the edges to straight and true lines, minimum width for the limerock base
shall be equal to the trench width plus 3 feet. Eight inches of limerock base shall be
placed in two layers, each layer compacted to not less than ninety-eight percent
(98%) density in accordance with Section 200 of D.O.T. Specifications. During
rolling, the base shall be wetted down, as necessary, to secure the greatest possible
compaction. After rolling, the entire surface of the base shall be thoroughly scarified
to a depth of not less than 3 inches and shaped to conform to and be parallel with
the existing surface, then watered and rolled again. Rolling and watering shall
continue until the entire depth of the base is bonded and compacted into an
unyielding mass.
C. If at any time the subgrade material becomes mixed with the limerock base course
materials, the Contractor shall, without additional compensation, dig out and remove
the mixture, reshape and compact the subgrade and replace the materials removed
with clean rock which shall be watered and rolled until satisfactorily compacted.
D. After the limerock base course has been properly prepared and is dry and ready to
receive the wearing surface, a tack coat of emulsified asphalt, in accordance with
Section 300, shall be applied at a rate of 0.10 gallon per square yard, immediately
followed by the asphaltic concrete. The tack coat shall be applied to the entire
limerock base uniformly, and shall thoroughly coat all surfaced. Care shall be taken
to tack coat and bond the edge of surrounding pavement.
E. The asphaltic concrete shall be plant mixed, using the best grade of local aggregates
of approved size and gradation and mixed with an approved binder and conforming
to the State of Florida Department of Transportation Specifications, Type SP-9.5
Asphaltic Concrete, Sections 330, 331 and 334 of D.O.T Specifications, as ordered
by the Engineer of Record.
F. Width of the repair shall be at least one full travel lane; the asphaltic concrete plant
mix material shall be placed by means of an approved mechanical spreader and
finisher. The mixture shall be compacted to true grade and cross section by means
of a tandem roller weighing not less than eight tons. The compacted asphaltic
concrete mixture shall not be, in any case, less than one inch in thickness. Rolling
shall proceed as closely behind the spreader as possible and all material shall be
completely compacted the same day it is placed. The minimum width of the wearing
surface shall be the same as the base.
3.04 TYPE V PAVING REPAIRS (Asphaltic Concrete Wearing Surface Overlay)
A. Type V paving repairs shall be made where noted on the Plans and/or as ordered by
the Engineer or Record. Type V paving repairs shall consist of a machine-laid
asphaltic concrete wearing surface overlay, which shall be a nominal one-inch thick
asphaltic concrete, meeting the material requirements of Type I repairs, as specified
hereinabove. As used herein, "overlay" shall mean Type V paving repairs. A special
wearing surface may be substituted, if required.
B. In general, the overlay shall be applied in a full roadway width, from edge of
pavement, after the permanent paving repairs over the trench have been made.
Type V is usually in addition to required Type I paving repair.
C. All longitudinal and transverse asphalt replacement overlay wearing surfaces shall
butt into adjacent existing asphalt wearing surfaces in full lane asphaltic pavement
02574 - 7/9
restoration. The finish elevation of the new full lane overlay shall meet existing
elevations adjacent to the new work.
D. The existing asphaltic concrete surface shall be saw cut for its full depth or 1-inch
minimum, and then stripped back for at least 2 feet into the area to be overlaid to a
second cut which shall also be in clean straight lines. The second, or interior, cut
edge shall be rolled with a tandem roller weighing not less than 8 tons before the
overlay is applied. The stripped area shall be used to provide a smooth transition or
"feather" area between the overlay and the existing pavement. Before placing the
overlay, all cut edges and the surface of the stripped area shall be tack coated with
emulsified asphalt as specified hereinbelow.
E. If the Contractor requests in writing to "feather" the longitudinal edge, and if written
permission is granted to "feather" the asphalt by the Department and the City, a
sanded mix of 70-30 type shall be used. "Feathering" shall begin 18 inches from the
tapered edge.
F. Prior to installing a full roadway width overlay over existing asphaltic pavement the
trench and shoulders over the pipe shall be sawcut and filled with asphaltic concrete
to the required depth, terminating flush with the existing adjacent asphalt in
accordance with the municipality having jurisdiction over the work for Type I. Type V
overlay will be installed as detailed above.
G. When a minor amount of asphalt surface will remain, generally with large pipe
installations, after the pipe has been installed and the required longitudinal saw
cutting of the asphaltic pavement completed, the Contractor may request permission
to remove all the asphalt in the lane, by saw cutting the asphalt adjacent to the
existing lane, then placing the Type V overlay flush with the adjacent asphalt. This
would require that the Type I, finish elevation be lowered 1 inch to allow for the Type
V overlay.
H. Before the overlay is applied, existing surfaces shall be swept clean of all dirt and
debris, using a power driven broom if warranted by the size of the location to be
overlaid and/or as ordered by the Department. Pavement edges shall be cleared of
all encroaching vegetation, loose sand, rock and all other foreign matter. When the
existing surface is thoroughly clean, a tack coat of Emulsified Asphalt Grade RS-2
(anionic) shall be applied at the rate of approximately 0.10 gallon per square yard, in
accordance with Section 300, immediately followed by the asphaltic concrete
overlay.
I. Machine-laid overlay shall be placed by means of an approved mechanical spreader
and finisher, and the mixture shall be compacted to true grade and cross section by
means of a tandem roller weighing not less than 8 tons.
J. The compacted overlay shall be thicker as required to produce a smooth uniform
surface free of any irregularities, but shall not be less than one inch in thickness.
Existing depressed areas in the asphaltic pavement, which could collect water after a
rainfall shall be corrected before placing the asphaltic overlay. Rolling shall proceed
as close behind the spreading of the asphaltic overlay as possible, and all materials
shall be completely compacted the same day it is placed.
3.05 PATCHING REPAIRS
A. Paving repairs using asphalt patching shall not be allowed under this contract.
B. Pavement patching repairs will only be allowed as directed by the ENGINEER.
02574 - 8/9
C. Repairs and roadway restoration shall be completed for full lane width or full
pavement width.
3.06 ASPHALT COLD MILLING
A. The Contractor shall perform asphalt cold milling where called for on the Plans or as
required for a complete installation, when approved or requested by the City. Cold
milling shall be done using an automated pavement planer capable of maintaining an
accurate depth. Cold milling equipment shall meet the approval of the City and
governing agency having jurisdiction at the location of the pavement milling
operation. All charges for maintenance of traffic, transportation of personnel,
equipment and other mobilization charges shall be considered as incidental to the
cold milling operation.
B. Cold asphalt milling shall be provided to improve the rideability of the finished
pavement, lower the finished grade adjacent to an existing curb prior to resurfacing
or to completely remove existing pavement. The overall length of the milling machine
(excluding the conveyor) shall be a minimum of 18 feet, and having a minimum
cutting width of six feet. The milling operation shall be operated to effectively
minimize the amount of dust being emitted from the machine. Pre-wetting of the
pavement may be required. In areas where milling is to be performed around utility
structures such as manholes, valve boxes etc., proper caution shall be taken as not
to damage any of the structures. Saw-cutting of the concrete surrounding the
structure and using a pick or other means so as not to disturb the structure shall be
employed to prevent any damage. Prior to opening an area which has been milled to
traffic, the pavement shall be thoroughly swept with a power broom or other
approved equipment to remove to the greatest extent practicable, the fine material
which will dust under traffic. This operation shall be conducted in a manner so as to
minimize the potential for creating a traffic hazard and to minimize air pollution.
C. The milling operation shall be continuous so as to complete each site without any
delays. All milling operations shall be coordinated by the City’s Inspector.
D. Traffic maintenance charges shall include the installation and maintenance of all
traffic control and safety devices, in accordance with FDOT requirements. In
addition, the Contractor shall provide all barricades, flashing warning lights and/or
arrow boards necessary to maintain safety and warn motorists of the construction.
3.07 REPAIR OF DAMAGE PAVEMENT
A. All damage to pavement by the Contractor as a result of Work under this project shall
comply with "DAMAGE BY CONTRACTOR", above, and shall be repaired in a
manner satisfactory to the Department. The repair shall include the preparation of
the subgrade, the placing and compacting of the limerock base, the priming of the
base, the placing and maintaining of the surface treatment, all as specified herein.
B. The width of all repairs within the work area shall extend at least 12 inches beyond
the limit of the damage. The edge of the pavement to be left in place shall be c ut to a
true edge with a saw or other acceptable method so as to provide a clean edge to
abut the repair. The line of the repair shall be uniform with no irregularities. Repair of
damage by the Contractor beyond the work area shall be approved by the governing
agencies having jurisdiction over the work prior to commencing the work.
02574 - 9/9
3.08 CONCRETE PAVEMENT REPAIR
A. Replace concrete sidewalks and curbs required to be removed due to construction
operations with 3,000 psi concrete, minimum 4-inches thick over a limerock base.
B. All concrete removal and replacement shall be made from expansion joint to
expansion joint, as to replace full flag sections of sidewalk, providing a clean joint by
means of a mechanical circular saw cut.
C. All concrete replacement shall be per Section 02510.
D. Disposal or removed concrete shall be performed in accordance with all applicable
regulations and the cost shall be included in the cost of the proposed concrete items.
END OF SECTION
02577 - 1/3
SECTION 02577 - PAVEMENT MARKING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE:
A. Summary of Work: This Section consists of reflective pavement markers, traffic
stripes and makings and traffic signs as specified herein, and as required for a
complete installation.
1.02 SUBMITTALS:
1.03 A. Contractor shall submit shop drawings and related information for materials to be
used for pavement markings to the ENGINEER for approval in accordance with Section
01300.
1.04 QUALITY CONTROL:
A. The phrase "DOT Specifications" shall refer to the Florida Department of
Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction. The DOT
Specifications, are referred to herein and are hereby made a part of this Contract to
the extent of. such references, and shall be as binding upon the Contract as though
reproduced herein in their entirety.
1.05 CERTIFICATIONS:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the manufacturer's certification that all signs
furnished conform to these specifications and shall replace or repair at his/her
expense all signs that fail to meet this requirement.
1.06 INSPECTION COORDINATION: The CONTRACTOR shall provide access to the WORK
for the ENGINEER as requested for inspection. The Contractor shall provide 48 hours
notice of its intention to begin new WORK activities.
1.07 WARRANTY: (Not Used)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PAVEMENT MARKINGS
A. CONTRACTOR shall replace any existing reflective pavement markers damaged
during construction, and provide traffic stripes and markings as indicated on the
construction drawings and as required to comply with traffic marking standards.
B. Paint for traffic stripes and markings shall be in conformance with DOT specification
“Thermoplastic Traffic Stripes and Markings Paint" 711-12. The colors of the paint
shall be yellow or white as existed before the repair or as required for a complete
installation as described in the detail drawings and in the Manual on Uniform Traffic
Control Devices.
C. Reflective pavement markers (RPM) shall be in conformance with DOT specification
Section 706-2.
02577 - 2/3
2.02 TRAFFIC SIGNS
A. General: CONTRACTOR shall replace signs damaged during construction. Traffic
regulating signs shall conform to the colors, dimensions and requirements of the
Manual on uniform Traffic Control Devices (ANSI).
B. Sign Panels and Support Members: Sign panels and support members shall conform to
Aluminum Association Alloy 6061-T6.
C. Bolts: Bolts shall conform to Aluminum Association Alloy 2024-T4 with an anodic coating
0.0002-inches thick minimum and chromate sealed.
D. Nuts: Nuts shall conform to Aluminum Association Alloy 6269-T9.
E. Reflective Sheeting: Reflective sheeting shall conform to DOT Type A requirements.
F. Construction Warning Signs: The CONTRACTOR shall install traffic and warning signs
during construction in accordance with OSHA, DOT and County requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PAVEMENT MARKINGS
A. The surface which is to be painted shall be cleaned, by compressed air or other effective
means, immediately before the start of painting, and shall be clean and dry when the
paint is applied. Any vegetation or soil shall be removed from the pavement before edge
striping is begun.
B. The traffic stripe shall be of the specified width, with clean, true edges and without sharp
breaks in the alignment. A uniform coating of paint shall be obtained and the finished
stripe shall contain no light spots or paint skips. Any stripes which do not have a uniform,
satisfactory appearance, both day and night, shall be corrected.
C. All newly painted stripes, including edge stripes, shall be protected until the paint is
sufficiently dry to permit vehicles to cross the stripe without damage from the tires. While
the center line stripes are being painted, all traffic shall be routed away from the painting
operations and the newly painted stripe. When necessary, a pilot car shall be used to
protect the painting operations from traffic interference.
D. Any portions of the stripes damaged by passing traffic or from other causes shall be
repainted at the CONTRACTOR'S expense.
a. Thermoplastic Traffic Stripes and Markings: Thermoplastic pavement markings,
including stripes, pavement messages, stop bars, directional arrows, reflective
pavement markers and other miscellaneous items, will be replaced as existed
before the repair was made. The thermoplastic compound shall be as specified in
Section 711 of the D.O.T. Specifications. The thermoplastic compound shall be
extruded or sprayed onto the pavement surface in a molten state by mechanical
means, with surface application of glass spheres, when required, and upon
cooling to ambient pavement temperature shall produce an adherent pavement
02577 - 3/3
marking of specified thickness and width and capable of resisting deformation.
E. The portion of the pavement surface or thermoplastic marking to which the marker is
attached by the adhesive shall be cleaned of dirt, curing compound, grease, oil, moisture,
loose or unsound pavement and any other material which would adversely affect the
adhesive. Reflective markers shall be installed in such a manner that the reflective face
of the marker is perpendicular to a line parallel to the roadway centerline. No markers
shall be installed over longitudinal or transverse joints of the pavement surface. The
adhesive shall be spread on the bonding surface (not the marker) so that 100 percent of
the bonding area of the marker will be covered. The adhesive application shall be
sufficient thickness so that when the marker is pressed into the adhesive, excess
adhesive shall be forced out around the entire perimeter of the marker. All excessive
adhesive shall be removed from in front of the reflective faces, if any adhesive or foreign
matter adheres to the reflective face of the marker, the marker shall be replaced. The
ENGINEER shall determine the minimum time necessary to cure the adhesive for
sufficient set to bear traffic.
3.02 SIGN FABRICATION
A. Preparation of sign blanks and fabrication of reflectorized faces shall conform to the
applicable requirements of DOT Section 700-4 and 700-5.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Sign and supports shall be erected in conformance to DOT requirements and as
specified herein.
B. All damaged signs and reflective pavement markers and traffic stripes and markings
shall be replaced in conformance with this Section and DOT requirements.
3.04 WEATHER LIMITATIONS: The CONTRACTOR shall not apply paint when any
moisture is present on the surface to be painted or when the air temperature is below 40
degrees F. Painting shall not be done when winds are sufficient to cause spray dust.
3.05 CORRECTED MEASURES: All painted stripes, which fail to meet the
specifications including the permissible tolerances and appearance requirements, or are
marred or damaged by traffic or from other causes, shall be corrected by the
CONTRACTOR at its sole expense. All drips and spattered paint shall be removed to the
satisfaction of the ENGINEER. Whenever it is necessary to remove paint, it shall be
performed by sand blasting or by any other means, which will not damage the underlying
surface of the pavement as approved by the ENGINEER.
END OF SECTION
02741 - 1/2
SECTION 02741 - PRIME AND TACK COATS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
The work specified in this Section consists of the application of bituminous material on
previously prepared base in accordance with these specifications and in conformity with
the line, grades, dimensions and notes shown on the Drawings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Liquid Asphalt for Prime Coat shall be Asphalt Emulsion Prime (AEP) meeting the
requirements of D.O.T. Specifications Section 916-4 and Section 300.
B. Liquid Asphalt for Tack Coat shall be Asphalt Emulsion Prime (AEP), conforming to
the requirements of D.O.T. Specification Section 916-4 and Section 300.
2.02 EQUIPMENT
A. The pressure distributor used for placing the tack or prime coat shall be equipped
with pneumatic tires having sufficient width of rubber in contact with the road surface
to avoid breaking the bond of or forming a rut in the surface. The distance between
the centers of openings of the outside nozzles of the spray bar shall be equal to the
width of the application required, within an allowable variation of 2-inches. The
outside nozzle at each end of the spray bar shall have an area of opening of not less
than 25 percent, nor more than 75 percent in excess of the other nozzles which shall
have uniform openings. When the application covers less than the full width, the
normal opening of the end nozzle at the junction line may remain the same as those
of the interior nozzle.
B. Application of prime or tack coat shall be done with a distributor approved by the
Engineer of Record.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Before applying any bituminous material, all loose material, dust, dirt, and foreign
material, which might prevent proper bond with the existing surface, shall be
removed. Particular care shall be taken to clean the outer edges of the strip to be
treated in order to insure that the prime or tack coat will adhere.
B. When the prime or tack coat is applied adjacent to curb and gutter, or any other
concrete surface (except where they are to be covered with a bituminous wearing
course) such concrete surfaces shall be protected by heavy paper or other protective
material while the prime or tack coat is being applied. Any bituminous material
deposited on such concrete surfaces shall be removed immediately.
3.02 WEATHER LIMITATIONS
No bituminous material shall be applied when the air temperature is less than 50 ºF in the
shade, or when the weather conditions or the condition of the existing surface is
unsuitable. In no case shall bituminous material be applied while rain is falling or when
there is water on the surface to be covered.
02741 - 2/2
3.03 APPLICATION OF PRIME COAT
A. After the base has been finished, the full width of surface shall be swept with a power
broom supplemented with hand brooms and mechanical blowers prior to the
application of the prime coat. Care shall be taken to remove all loose dust, dirt and
objectionable matter. If deemed necessary, the base shall be lightly sprinkled with
water immediately in advance of the prime coat. The prime coat shall be applied to
the full width of the base.
B. The temperature of the prime material shall be such as to insure uniform distribution.
The material shall be applied with a pressure distributor as specified above. The
amount to be applied shall be sufficient to coat the surface thoroughly and uniformly
without any excess to form pools or to flow off the base. For limerock base, the rate
of application shall not be less than 0.10 gallons per square yard.
C. If the roadway is to be opened for use following the application of the prime material,
a light uniform application of clean sand shall be applied and rolled. The sand shall
be nonplastic, shall be free from silt and rock particles and shall not contain any
sticks, vegetation, grass, roots or organic matter. After the sand covering has been
applied, the surface may be opened to traffic.
3.04 APPLICATION OF TACK COAT
A. In general, a tack coat will not be used on primed bases except in areas which have
become excessively dirty and cannot be cleaned or where the prime has cured and
lost all of its bonding effect.
B. No tack coat shall be applied until the primed base or leveling course or new or
existing asphaltic concrete has been cleaned and is free from sand, dust or other
objectionable material.
C. The tack coat shall be applied with a pressure distributor as specified above. It shall
be heated to a suitable consistency and applied in a thin uniform layer at the rate of
between 0.05 gallons and 0.15 gallons per square yard.
D. The tack coat shall be applied sufficiently in advance of the laying of the wearing
surface to permit drying, but shall not be applied so far in advance or over such an
area as to lose its adhesiveness as a result of being covered with dust or other
foreign material. The tack coat shall not advance ahead of the paving by more than
300 feet in business or residential areas unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
Suitable precautions shall be taken by the Contractor to protect the surface while the
tack coat is drying and until the wearing surface is applied.
END OF SECTION
02932 - 1/3
SECTION 02932 - SODDING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to prepare lawn bed
and install sodding as required to restore damaged sodding.
B. Area to receive sodded grass lawns shall include all disturbed areas to the limits
shown on the drawings. Sodded areas shall extend to the pavement, sidewalk, or
property lines, whichever is greater.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide technical data as provided in Section 01300 for shop drawings on all
materials or installation procedures required under this Section.
B. Submit representative topsoil samples for analysis by a private laboratory to
determine nutrient deficiencies and outline a proper fertilization program. Copies of
the test results shall be provided to the ENGINEER. Based on tests performed by
the CONTRACTOR, the soil conditioners shall be as specified or as recommended
by the ENGINEER.
C. Submit as provided in Section 01300 certifications required for all sodding supplied.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with all current restrictions in regard to movement of sod into or within areas
which are outside of quarantine boundaries for the white fringed beetle and the
imported fire ant, as issued by the following agencies:
1 U.S. Department of Agriculture, Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service.
2 Florida Department of Agriculture, Division of Plant Industry.
1.4 GUARANTEE
A. Furnish a guarantee of all sodding work for a period of 120 calendar days after the
date of satisfactory installation of the sod or until final acceptance by the OWNER,
whichever is later. Continue maintenance and watering of the sodded areas as
specified herein during this guarantee period which is also considered the
establishment period.
B. During the guarantee period, replace at no cost to the OWNER any sod required
under the Contract that dies, is not established or is defective. In case of any doubt
as to the condition and satisfactory establishment of the sod, the OWNER may allow
such sod to remain through another establishment (120 days) period at which time
the sod in question, if found to be dead, in an unhealthy or badly impaired condition,
must be replaced.
02932 - 2/3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 SOD
A. Sod, except as noted on plans, shall be Paspalum notatum (Argentine Bahia Grass)
of firm texture having a compacted growth and good root development as approved.
Grass sod shall be viable, clean, free of noxious pests and capable of vigorous
growth and development. Where noted on plans, Stenotaphrum Secondatum (St.
Augustine Floratam) will be used.
B. Sod shall be certified to meet Florida State Plant Board specifications, absolutely
true to varietal type, and free from weeds or other objectionable vegetation, fungus,
insects and disease of any kind.
C. Before being cut and lifted the sod shall have been mowed 3 times with the final
mowing not more than a week before cutting into uniform dimensions.
2.02 SOIL CONDITIONERS
A. Fertilizer:
1. Fertilizer shall be a complete fertilizer, the elements of which are derived from
organic sources. Fertilizer shall be a standard product complying with State
and Federal fertilizer laws.
2. Percentages of nitrogen, phosphorus and potash shall be based on laboratory
tests on soils outlined in Paragraph 1.02B and approved by the ENGINEER.
For purpose of bidding, assume 6 percent nitrogen, 6 percent phosphorus and
6 percent potash by weight. At least 50 percent of the total nitrogen shall
contain no less than 3 percent water-insoluble nitrogen.
3. Fertilizer shall be delivered to the site, mixed as specified, in the original
unopened standard size bags showing weight, analysis and name of
MANUFACTURER. Containers shall bear the MANUFACTURER's guaranteed
statement of analysis, or a MANUFACTURER's certificate of compliance
covering analysis shall be furnished to the ENGINEER. Store fertilizer in a
weatherproof place and in such a manner that it will be kept dry and its
effectiveness will not be impaired.
B. Superphosphate shall be composed of finely ground phosphate rock as commonly
used for agricultural purposes containing not less than 20 percent available
phosphoric acid.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 LAWN BED PREPARATION
A. Areas to be sodded shall be cleared of all rough grass, weeds, and debris, and the
ground brought to an even grade as approved.
B. The soil shall then be thoroughly tilled to a minimum 8-inch depth.
C. Superphosphate at a rate for bidding purposes of 5 pounds per 1000 square foot and
complete fertilizer at a rate for bidding purposes of 16 pounds per 1,000 square foot
shall be evenly distributed over entire area and cross disced in to a depth of 4-6
inches.
02932 - 3/3
D. The areas shall then be brought to proper grade, free of sticks, stones, roots, or
other foreign matter over 1-inch in diameter or dimension. The surface shall conform
to finish grade, less the thickness of sod, free of water retaining depressions, the soil
friable and of uniformly firm texture.
3.02 SOD HANDLING AND INSTALLATION
A. During delivery, prior to planting, and during the planting of the lawn areas, the sod
panels shall at all times be protected from excessive drying and unnecessary
exposure of the roots to the sun. All sod shall be stacked during construction and
planting so as not to be damaged by sweating or excessive heat and moisture.
B. After completion of soil conditioning as specified above, sod panels shall be laid
tightly together so as to make a solid sodded lawn area. There shall be no overlap of
butts or sides. On mounds and other slopes, the long dimension of the sod shall be
laid parallel to the contour of the slope. Immediately following sod laying the lawn
areas shall be rolled with a lawn roller customarily used for such purposes, and then
thoroughly watered.
C. No sod which has been cut for more than 72 hours shall be used unless specifically
authorized by the ENGINEER after ENGINEER'S inspection. Any sod which is not
planted within 24 hours after cutting shall be stacked in an approved manner and
maintained properly moistened.
D. Bring the sod edge in a neat, clean manner to the edge of all paving and shrub
areas. Top dressing with approved, clean, weed free, sand may be required at no
additional cost to the OWNER if deemed necessary by the ENGINEER.
E. Sodding shall not be performed when weather and soil conditions are, in the
ENGINEER'S opinion, unsuitable for proper results.
F. Areas on which sod is to be placed shall contain sufficient moisture to prevent drying
out. CONTRACTOR shall keep sod moist to the full depth of the rooting zone for a
minimum of two (2) weeks after installation.
3.03 MAINTENANCE
A. The CONTRACTOR shall produce a dense, well established lawn. The
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the repair and resodding of all eroded or
bare spots until project acceptance. Repair sodding shall be accomplished as in the
original work except that fertilizing may be omitted.
B. Sufficient watering shall be done by the CONTRACTOR to maintain adequate
moisture for optimum development of the lawn areas. Sodded areas shall receive no
less than 1.5 inches of water per week.
3.04 REPAIRS TO LAWN AREAS DISTURBED BY CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS
A. Lawn areas planted under this Contract and lawn areas outside the designated areas
damaged by CONTRACTOR's operations shall be repaired at once by proper sod
bed preparation, fertilizing and resodding, in accordance with these specifications,
except that for lawn areas in existence at the time of construction shall be resodded
with the type of sod originally in existence.
END OF SECTION
03300 - 1/22
SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE:
A. The work of this Section consists of furnishing all labor, equipment, supplies, and
materials necessary for the proper placement, curing, finishing, protection, and repair
of the cast-in-place concrete required by the Contract Documents.
1. SECTION 02200 - Earthwork
1.02 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS: The following standard specifications shall apply to the
Work of this Section:
A. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
1. ACI 117 - Standard Tolerance for Concrete Construction and Materials.
2. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings
3. ACI 304.2R - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and
Placing Concrete
4. ACI 305 - Committee Report on Hot-Weather Concreting
5. ACI 306 - Committee Report on Cold-Weather Concreting
6. ACI 308 - Standard Specification for Curing Concrete
7. ACI 309 - Consolidation of Concrete
8. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. C 31 - Making and Curing Concrete compression and Flexure Test Specimens
in the Field
2. C 33 - Concrete Aggregates
3. C 39 - Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens
4. C 94 - Ready-Mixed Concrete
5. C 127 - Test Method for Specific Gravity and Absorption of Coarse Aggregate
6. C 128 - Test Method for Specific Gravity and Absorption of Fine Aggregate
7. C 136 - Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates
8. C 143 - Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete
9. C 150 - Portland Cement
10. C 156 - Test Method for Water Retention by Concrete Curing Materials
11. C 157 - Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic Cement Mortar
and Concrete
12. C 173 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the
Volumetric Method
13. C 231 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the
Pressure Method
14. C 260 - Specification for Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.
15. C 309 - Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete
16. C 494 - Chemical Admixtures for Concrete
03300 - 2/22
17. C 566 - Test Method for Total Moisture Content of Aggregate by Drying
18. C 618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural
Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete
19. C 881 - Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for
Concrete
20. C 1077 - Practice for Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates
for use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation
21. C 1240 - Standard Specification for Silica Fume for Use as a Mineral Admixture
in Hydraulic-Cement Concrete, Mortar, and Grout
22. D 1751 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for
Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient
Bituminous Types)
23. D 2419 - Test Methods for Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate
24. E 96 - Water Vapor Transmission of Materials
25. E 1643 - Standard Practice for Installation of Water Vapor Retarders Used in
Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs
C. Federal Specifications
1. UU-B-790A - Building Paper, Vegetable Fiber (Kraft, Waterproofed, Water
Repellant and Fire Resistant).
D. Florida Building Code and Local Building Codes as appropriate.
1.03 DEFINITIONS:
A. Structural Concrete: Concrete to be used in all cases except where indicated
otherwise in the Contract Documents.
B. Pea Gravel Concrete: Concrete in thin sections and areas with congested
reinforcing, at the option of the CONTRACTOR and with written approval of the
ENGINEER for the specific location.
C. Sitework Concrete: Concrete to be used for curbs, gutters, catch basins, sidewalks,
pavements, fence and guard post embedment, underground pipe encasement,
underground duct bank encasement and all other concrete appurtenant to electrical
facilities unless otherwise indicated.
D. Lean Concrete: Concrete to be used for thrust blocks, pipe trench cut-off blocks and
cradles that are indicated on the Drawings as un-reinforced. Lean concrete shall be
used as protective cover for dowels intended for future connection.
E. Hydraulic Structure: An environmental engineering concrete structures for the
containment, treatment, or transmission of water, wastewater, other fluids, or gases.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. Mix Designs:
1. Prior to beginning the WORK and within 14 days of the Notice to Proceed, the
CONTRACTOR shall submit preliminary concrete mix designs which shall
show the proportions and gradations of all materials proposed for each class
and type of concrete. Mix designs shall be checked by an independent testing
laboratory acceptable to the ENGINEER. All costs related to such checking
shall be CONTRACTOR’S responsibility.
03300 - 3/22
2. Test data relating to the cement, aggregate, and admixtures shall be less than
six months old. Furnish the submittals in accordance with ACI 301 for the
following:
a. Mill tests for cement.
b. Admixture certification. Chloride ion content shall be included.
c. Aggregate gradation test results and certification.
d. Delivery Tickets:
3. Where ready-mix concrete is used, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish delivery
tickets at the time of delivery of each load of concrete. Each ticket shall show
the state certified equipment used for measuring and the total quantities, by
weight, of cement, sand, each class of aggregate, admixtures, and the
amounts of water in the aggregate added at the batching plant, and the
amount allowed to be added at the Site for the specific design mix. In addition,
each ticket shall state the mix number, total yield in cubic yards, and the time of
day, to the nearest minute, corresponding to the times when the batch was
dispatched, when it left the plant, when it arrived at the Site, when unloading
began, and when unloading was finished.
B. Other
1. The CONTRACTOR shall submit materials and methods for curing.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall submit product specifications, data, and installation
instructions for all miscellaneous products called for in this specification.
1.05 QUALIFICATIONS:
Truck mixers shall be equipped with electrically actuated counters by which the number of
revolutions of the drum or blades may be readily verified. The counter shall be of the
resettable, recording type, and shall be mounted in the driver's cab. The counters shall be
actuated at the time of starting mixers at mixing speeds.
1.06 CERTIFICATIONS AND TESTING:
A. General
1. Concrete and other materials for testing shall be furnished by the
CONTRACTOR, and the CONTRACTOR shall assist the ENGINEER in
obtaining samples, and disposal and cleanup of excess material.
2. The testing laboratory will meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM C 1077.
3. The cost of trial batch, laboratory, and shrinkage tests on cement, aggregates,
and concrete, will be the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility.
B. Trial Batch and Laboratory Tests
1. Tests for determining slump shall be in accordance with the requirements of
ASTM C 143.
2. Testing for aggregate shall include sand equivalence, reactivity, organic
impurities, abrasion resistance, and soundness, according to ASTM C 33.
3. A testing laboratory approved by the ENGINEER shall prepare a trial batch of
each class of concrete, based on the preliminary concrete mixes submitted by
the CONTRACTOR. During the trial batch the aggregate proportions may be
adjusted by the testing laboratory using the two coarse aggregate size ranges
to obtain the required properties. If one size range produces an acceptable
03300 - 4/22
mix, a second size range need not be used. Such adjustments will be
considered refinements to the mix design and will not be the basis for extra
compensation to the CONTRACTOR. Concrete shall conform to the
requirements of this Section, whether the aggregate proportions are from the
CONTRACTOR's preliminary mix design, or whether the proportions have
been adjusted during the trial batch process. The trial batch shall be prepared
using the aggregates, cement, and admixture proposed for the project. The
trial batch materials shall be of a quantity such that the testing laboratory can
obtain 3 drying shrinkage, and 6 compression test specimens from each batch.
4. The determination of compressive strength will be made by testing 6-inch
diameter by 12-inch high cylinders; made, cured and tested in accordance with
ASTM C 31 and ASTM C 39. Three compression test cylinders will be tested
at 7 days and 3 at 28 days. The average compressive strength for the 3
cylinders tested at 28 days for any given trial batch shall not be less than 125
percent of the indicated compressive strength.
5. A sieve analysis of the combined aggregate for each trial batch shall be
performed according to the requirements of ASTM C 136. Values shall be
given for percent passing each sieve.
C. Field Tests
1. The responsibility to retain the services of an independent testing laboratory
shall be as defined in SECTION 01410.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall pay the cost of any additional tests and investigation
on WORK that does not meet the specifications.
3. Tests on pumped concrete shall be taken at the point of final placement.
4. Compressive Test:
a. Compressive test specimens shall be taken during construction from the
first placement of each class of concrete placed each day and for each
150 cubic yards or fraction thereof each day.
b. Each set of test specimens shall consist of 5 cylinders. Specimens shall
be made in accordance with ASTM C 31. Specimens shall be 6-inch
diameter by 12-inch high cylinders.
c. Compression tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C 39.
Two (2) cylinders shall be broken at 7 days and two (2) at 28 days, and
the remaining cylinder shall be held to verify test results, if needed.
d. The acceptance of the test results shall be the average of the strengths of
the two specimens tested at 28 days as per ACI 318. Evaluation and
acceptance of the concrete shall be per ACI 318, Chapter 5.
5. Slump Tests: One (1) slump test shall be taken per truckload in accordance
with ASTM C 143.
6. Air Content: Air content shall be determined for each compressive test taken in
accordance with ASTM C 231 or by ASTM C 173.
7. Aggregate testing shall be made every 12 months during construction to insure
continued compliance with these Specifications.
8. Concrete that fails to meet the ACI requirements and these Specifications is
subject to removal and replacement.
03300 - 5/22
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 GENERAL:
A. All materials shall be classified as acceptable for potable water use according to NSF
Standard 61.
B. Cement for concrete that will contact potable water shall not be obtained from kilns
that burn metal rich hazardous waste fuel.
C. Materials shall be delivered, stored, and handled so as to prevent damage by water
or breakage. Cement reclaimed from cleaning bags or leaking containers shall not
be used. Cement shall be used in the sequence of receipt of shipments.
D. Materials shall comply with the requirements of Sections 201, 203, and 204 of ACI
301, as applicable.
E. Storage of materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 205 of ACI 301.
2.02 CEMENT:
A. Cement shall be standard Portland Cement Type I conforming to ASTM C 150 A
minimum of 85 percent of cement by weight shall pass a 325 screen.
B. A single brand of cement shall be used throughout the WORK, and prior to its use,
the brand shall be accepted by the ENGINEER.
C. Sacked cement shall be stored in such a manner so as to permit access for
inspection and sampling. Certified mill test reports, including fineness, for each
shipment of cement to be used shall be submitted to the ENGINEER, if requested,
regarding compliance with these Specifications.
2.03 AGGREGATES:
A. Aggregates shall be obtained from pits acceptable to the ENGINEER, shall be non-
reactive, and shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 33.
B. When tested in accordance with ASTM C 33, the loss resulting after 5 cycles of the
soundness test, shall not exceed 10 percent for fine aggregate and 12 percent for
coarse aggregate, when using sodium sulfate.
C. When tested in accordance with ASTM C 33, the ratio of silica released to reduction
in alkalinity shall not exceed 1.0.
D. Course Aggregates:
1. Coarse aggregates shall be crushed stone, gravel or other approved inert
material having clean, hard, durable, uncoated particles conforming to ASTM C
33.
2. The coarse aggregates shall be prepared and handled in 2 or more size
groups for combined aggregates with a maximum size greater than 3/4-inch.
When the aggregates are proportioned for each batch of concrete, the 2 size
groups shall be combined.
3. When tested in accordance with ASTM C 33, the coarse aggregate shall show
a loss not exceeding 42 percent after 500 revolutions, or 10.5 percent after 100
revolutions.
E. Fine Aggregates:
03300 - 6/22
1. Fine aggregates shall be clean sand conforming to ASTM C 33.
2. When tested in accordance with ASTM D 2419, the sand equivalency shall not
be less than 75 percent for an average of 3 samples, nor less than 70 percent
for an individual test. Gradation of fine aggregate shall conform to ASTM C 33
when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136 for the fineness modulus of the
sand used, including the optional grading in Section 6.2. The fineness
modulus of sand used shall not be over 3.1.
3. When tested in accordance with ASTM C 33, the fine aggregate shall produce
a color in the supernatant liquid no darker than the reference standard color
solution.
2.04 WATER:
A. The water used in the concrete mix and for curing shall be clean, potable, and in
accordance with ACI 318. Water shall be free from objectionable quantities of silty
organic matter, alkali, salts, and other impurities.
B. The water shall be considered potable, for the purposes of this Section only, if it
meets the requirements of the local governmental agencies. Agricultural water with
high total dissolved solids (over 1000 mg/l TDS) shall not be used.
2.05 ADMIXTURES:
A. General: All admixtures shall be compatible and be furnished by a single
manufacturer capable of providing qualified field service representation. Admixtures
shall be used in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. If the use of an
admixture is producing an inferior end result, the CONTRACTOR shall discontinue
use of the admixture. Admixtures shall not contain thiocyanates nor more than 0.05
percent chloride ion, and shall be non-toxic after 30 days.
B. Air Entraining Admixtures:
1. Air entraining admixture shall conform to ASTM C 260. Air content shall be
tested at the point of placement.
2. The air-entraining agent shall be added to the batch in a portion of the mixing
water. The solution shall be batched by means of a mechanical batcher
capable of accurate measurement.
C. Set Controlling and Water Reducing Admixtures:
1. Admixtures may be added at the CONTRACTOR's option, subject to the
ENGINEER's approval, to control the set, effect water reduction, and increase
workability. The cost of adding an admixture shall be the CONTRACTOR's
responsibility. Concrete containing an admixture shall be first placed at a
location determined by the ENGINEER. Admixtures shall conform to the
requirements of ASTM C 494. The required quantity of cement shall be used
in the mix regardless of whether or not an admixture is used.
2. Concrete shall not contain more than one water-reducing admixture.
3. Set retarding admixture may be either with or without water-reducing
properties. Where the air temperature at the time of placement is expected to
be consistently greater than 80 degrees F, a set retarding admixture shall be
used. Set retarding admixture shall conform to ASTM C 494 Type B or D.
4. Set accelerating admixture may be either with or without water-reducing
properties. Where the air temperature at the time of placement is expected to
03300 - 7/22
be consistently less than 40 degrees F, a non-corrosive set accelerating
admixture shall be used. Set accelerating admixture shall conform to ASTM C
494 Type C or E.
5. Normal range water reducer shall conform to ASTM C 494, Type A. The
quantity of admixture used and the method of mixing shall be in accordance
with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.
6. High range water reducer shall conform to ASTM C 494, Type F or G. High
range water reducer shall be added to the concrete after all other ingredients
have been mixed and initial slump has been verified. No more than 14 ounces
of water reducer per sack of cement shall be used. Water reducer shall be
considered as part of the mixing water when calculating the water/cement ratio.
a. If the high range water reducer is added to the concrete at the Site, it may
be used in conjunction with the same water reducer added at the batch
plant. Concrete shall have a slump of 3 inches plus or minus 1/2-inch
prior to adding the high range water reducing admixture at the Site. The
high range water reducing admixture shall be accurately measured and
pressure injected into the mixer as a single dose by an experienced
technician. A standby system shall be provided and tested prior to each
day's operation of the primary system.
b. Concrete shall be mixed at mixing speed for a minimum of 70 mixer
revolutions or 5 minutes after the addition of the high range water
reducer, unless recommended otherwise by the manufacturer.
2.06 CURING MATERIALS:
A. Curing compound shall conform to ASTM C 309, Type I. Curing compound shall be
white pigmented, resin based and compliant with local VOC requirements. When
curing compound must be removed for finishes or grouting, it shall be of a dissipating
type. Sodium silicate compounds shall not be allowed.
B. Polyethylene sheet for use as concrete curing blanket shall be white and shall have a
nominal thickness of 6 mils. The loss of moisture when determined in accordance
with the requirements of ASTM C 156, shall not exceed 0.055 grams per square
centimeter of surface.
C. Polyethylene-coated waterproof paper sheeting for use as concrete curing blanket
shall consist of white polyethylene sheeting free of visible defects, uniform in
appearance, have a minimum thickness of 2 mils, and be permanently bonded to
waterproof paper conforming to the requirements of Federal Specification UU-B-
790A. The loss of moisture, when determined in accordance with the requirements
of ASTM C 156, shall not exceed 0.055 gram per square centimeter of surface.
D. Polyethylene-coated burlap for use as concrete curing blanket shall be minimum 4-
mil thick, white opaque polyethylene film impregnated or extruded into one side of
the burlap. Burlap shall weigh not less than 9 ounces per square yard. The loss of
moisture, when determined in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 156,
shall not exceed 0.055 grams per square centimeter of surface.
E. Curing mats for use in Curing Method 6 below, shall be heavy shag rugs or carpets
or cotton mats quilted at 4-inches on center. Curing mats shall weigh a minimum of
12 ounces per square yard when dry.
03300 - 8/22
2.07 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS:
A. Damp proofing agent shall be an asphalt emulsion conforming to ASTM D1227, Type
III, Class 1.
B. Evaporation retardant shall create a monomolecular film on the concrete. The
retardant shall have no effect on cement hydration and shall meet local VOC
requirements. Evaporation retardant shall not effect adhesion of curing compounds
or other treatments and shall not effect the color of the concrete.
C. Reinforcement shall be per SECTION 03200 Concrete Reinforcement.
D. Water Stops shall be per SECTION 03100 Concrete Formwork.
E. Damp proofing agent shall be a waterborne emulsified-asphalt. Damp proofing shall
be suitable for "green" or slightly damp surfaces and shall withstand normal
expansion and contraction of the concrete. Damp proofing agent shall breath to
allow vapors to escape. Damp proofing agent shall meet local VOC requirements.
F. Bonding agents shall be 100% solids, epoxy adhesives conforming to the following:
1. For bonding freshly-mixed, plastic concrete to hardened concrete, bonding
agent shall be a medium viscosity adhesive conforming to ASTM C 881 Ty pe
II, Grade 2, Class C,
2. For bonding hardened concrete or masonry to steel, bonding agent shall be a
non-sagging gel adhesive conforming to ASTM C 881 Type I or IV, Grade 3,
Class C.
G. Vapor Barrier:
1. Vapor Barrier shall consist of a composite of heavy kraft paper, asphalt,
fiberglass reinforcement, and polyethylene film. The composite shall be
laminated under heat and pressure.
2. Vapor Barrier shall comply with federal specification UU-B-790A, Type I, Grade
A, Style 4. Vapor Barrier shall have a water vapor permeance of less than 0.30
perms when tested per ASTM E 96.
3. Vapor Barrier shall be installed under concrete slabs of all habitable spaces.
Barrier shall be installed per the manufacturer recommendations and per
ASTM E 1643.
H. Non-Waterstop Joint Material:
1. Preformed Joint Material: Preformed asphalt-impregnated fiber conforming to
ASTM D 1751.
2. Bond Breaker: All bond breakers shall be roofing felt or 15 mils minimum dry
film thickness of bituminous paint as indicated.
2.08 CONCRETE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS:
A. General: Concrete shall be composed of cement, admixtures, aggregates, and
water of the qualities indicated. The exact proportions in which these materials are
to be used for different parts of the WORK will be determined during the trial batch
process. In general, the mix shall be designed to produce a concrete capable of
being deposited so as to obtain maximum density and minimum shrinkage, and,
where deposited in forms, to have good consolidation properties and maximum
smoothness of surface. The aggregate gradations shall be formulated to provide
fresh concrete that will not promote rock pockets around reinforcing steel or
03300 - 9/22
embedded items. The proportions shall be changed whenever necessary or
desirable to meet the required results. All changes shall be subject to review by the
ENGINEER.
B. Fine Aggregate Composition:
1. In mix designs for structural concrete, the percentage of fine aggregate in total
aggregate by weight, shall be as indicated in the following table.
Fine Aggregate
Fineness Modulus Maximum Percent
2.7 or less 41
2.7 to 2.8 42
2.8 to 2.9 43
2.9 to 3.1 44
2. For other concrete, the maximum percentage of fine aggregate of total
aggregate, by weight, shall not exceed 50.
C. Duct bank concrete shall contain an integral red-oxide coloring pigment. Concrete
shall be dyed red throughout. Surface treatment to color duct banks will not be
acceptable.
D. Water/Cement Ratio and Compressive Strength:
1. Water/cement ratio is given for aggregates in saturated-surface dry condition
and total moisture of all aggregates, calculated by ASTM C 566, less the
absorption of the aggregate as calculated by ASTM C 127 and C 128 shall
represent total free moisture in the aggregate determine the water/cement
ratio, total free moisture of aggregates shall be added to batch water to
estimate water content of concrete. Concrete shall have the following
minimum properties:
03300 - 10/22
E. Adjustments to Mix Design: The CONTRACTOR may elect to decrease the
water/cement ratio to achieve the strength and shrinkage requirements and/or add
water reducers, as required to achieve workability. The mixes shall be changed
whenever such change is necessary or desirable to secure the required strength,
density, workability, and surface finish, and the CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to no
additional compensation because of such changes. Any changes to the accepted
concrete mix design shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for review and shall be
tested again in accordance with these Specifications.
F. When using a floor hardener the water/cement ratio shall not be greater than
specified by the hardener manufacturer.
2.09 CONSISTENCY:
A. The quantity of water in a batch of concrete shall be just sufficient, with a normal
mixing period, to produce a concrete which can be worked properly into place
without segregation and which can be compacted by vibratory methods to give the
desired density, impermeability, and smoothness of surface. The quantity of water
shall be changed as necessary, with variations in the nature or moisture content of
the aggregates, to maintain uniform production of a desired consistency. The
consistency of the concrete in successive batches shall be determined by slump
tests in accordance with ASTM C 143 The slumps shall be as follows:
Part of Work Slump (in)
All concrete, unless indicated
otherwise
3-inches plus or minus 1-inch
With high range water reducer
added
7-inches plus or minus 2-inches
Pea gravel mix 7-inches plus or minus 2-inches
Ductbank and pipe encasement 5-inches plus or minus 1-inch
Concrete with hardener Per Hardener Manufacturer
2.10 MEASUREMENT:
A. The amount of cement and of each separate size of aggregate entering into each
batch of concrete shall be determined by direct weighing equipment furnished by the
CONTRACTOR and acceptable to the ENGINEER.
B. Weighing tolerances
Material Percent of Total
Weight
Cement 1
Aggregates 3
Admixtures 3
C. The quantity of water entering the mixer shall be measured by a suitable water meter
or other measuring device of a type acceptable to the ENGINEER and capable of
measuring the water in variable amounts within a tolerance of one percent. The
water feed control mechanism shall be capable of being locked in position so as to
deliver constantly any required amount of water to each batch of concrete. A positive
quick-acting valve shall be used for a cut-off in the water line to the mixer. The
operating mechanism shall prevent leakage when the valves are closed.
03300 - 11 /22
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PROPORTIONING AND MIXING:
A. Proportioning of the mix shall conform to the requirements of Chapter 3
"Proportioning" of ACI 301.
B. Mixing shall conform to the requirements of Chapter 7 of ACI 301.
C. Slumps shall be as indicated herein.
D. Retempering of concrete or mortar that has partially hardened shall not be permitted.
3.02 PREPARATION OF SURFACES FOR CONCRETING:
A. General: Earth surfaces shall be thoroughly wetted by sprinkling prior to the placing
of any concrete, and these surfaces shall be kept moist by frequent sprinkling up to
the time of placing concrete thereon. The surface shall be free from standing water,
mud, and debris at the time of placing concrete.
B. Vapor Barrier
1. Vapor Barrier shall be installed under on-grade building floor slabs of
occupiable (non-hydraulic) structures and at other locations indicated.
2. Base shall be leveled, compacted, and tamped per SECTION 02200
Earthwork. Remove sharp edges, projection materials and roughness that
might penetrate vapor barrier. Install barrier with width parallel with the
direction of the pour of the concrete.
3. Place, protect, and repair defects in sheet according to ASTM E 1643, and the
manufacturer's written instructions. Seams shall be lapped and sealed in
accordance with ASTM E 1643.
4. The CONTRACTOR shall exercise care to avoid puncturing or tearing the
vapor barrier during installation. Patch punctures and tears as they occur.
C. Joints in Concrete:
1. All joints shall be installed where indicated on the Drawings or where otherwise
approved by the Engineer. The surface of the construction joint shall be rough
and prior to placement shall be cleaned and moistened with water.
2. Concrete surfaces upon or against which concrete is to be placed, where the
placement of the concrete has been stopped or interrupted so that, as
determined by the ENGINEER, the new concrete cannot be incorporated
integrally with that previously placed, are defined as construction joints. The
surfaces of horizontal joints shall be given a compacted, roughened surface for
good bonding. Except where the Drawings call for joint surfaces to be coated,
the joint surfaces shall be cleaned of all laitance, loose or defective concrete,
foreign material, and be roughened to a minimum 1/4-inch amplitude. Such
cleaning and roughening shall be accomplished by hydroblasting or
sandblasting (exposing aggregate) followed by thorough washing. Pools of
water shall be removed from the surface of construction joints before the new
concrete is placed.
3. After the surfaces have been prepared, all approximately horizontal
construction joints shall be covered with a 6-inch lift of a pea gravel mix. The
mix shall be placed and spread uniformly. Wall concrete shall follow
immediately and shall be placed upon the fresh pea gravel mix. If high range
03300 - 12/22
water reducer is used in the wall concrete, then the pea gravel joint topping
does not need to be used.
D. Placing Interruptions: When placing of concrete is to be interrupted long enough for
the concrete to take a set, the working face shall be given a shape by the use of
forms or other means that will secure proper union with subsequent work; provided
that construction joints shall be made only where acceptable to the ENGINEER.
E. Embedded Items:
1. No concrete shall be placed until all formwork, installation of parts to be
embedded, reinforcement steel, and preparation of surfaces involved in the
placing have been completed and accepted by the ENGINEER at least 4 hours
before placement of concrete. Surfaces of forms and embedded items that
have become encrusted with dried grout from previous usage shall be cleaned
before the surrounding or adjacent concrete is placed.
2. Inserts or other embedded items shall conform to the requirements herein.
3. Reinforcement, anchor bolts, sleeves, inserts, and similar items shall be set
and secured in the forms at locations indicated on the Drawings or shown by
Shop Drawings and shall be acceptable to the ENGINEER before any concrete
is placed. Accuracy of placement is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.
F. Casting New Concrete Against Old: Where concrete is to be cast against old
concrete (any concrete which is greater than 60 days of age), the surface of the old
concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned and roughened by hydroblasting or
sandblasting to expose aggregate. The joint surface shall be coated with an epoxy
bonding agent unless indicated otherwise by the ENGINEER.
G. No concrete shall be placed in any structure until all water entering the space to be
filled with concrete has been properly cut off or has been diverted by pipes, or other
means, and carried out of the forms, clear of the WORK. No concrete shall be
deposited underwater nor shall the CONTRACTOR allow still water to rise on any
concrete until the concrete has attained its initial set. Water shall not be permitted to
flow over the surface of any concrete in such manner and at such velocity as will
injure the surface finish of the concrete. Pumping or other necessary dewatering
operations for removing ground water, if required, shall be subject to the review of
the ENGINEER.
H. Corrosion Protection: Pipe, conduit, dowels, and other ferrous items required to be
embedded in concrete construction shall be so positioned and supported prior to
placement of concrete that there will be a minimum of 2-inches clearance between
said items and any part of the concrete reinforcement. Securing such items in
position by wiring or welding them to the reinforcement will not be permitted.
I. Openings for pipes, inserts for pipe hangers and brackets, and anchors shall, where
practicable, be provided during the placing of concrete.
J. Anchor bolts shall be accurately set and shall be maintained in position by templates
while being embedded in concrete.
K. Cleaning: The surfaces of metalwork to be in contact with concrete shall be
thoroughly cleaned of all dirt, grease, loose scale and rust, grout, mortar, and other
foreign substances immediately before the concrete is placed.
03300 - 13/22
3.03 CONVEYING:
A. Concrete shall be conveyed from the mixer to the place of final deposit by methods
that will prevent separation or loss of material.
B. No aluminum materials shall be used in conveying any concrete.
C. Ends of chutes, hopper gates, and all other points of concrete discharge throughout
the CONTRACTOR'S conveying, hoisting, and placing system shall be designed and
arranged so that concrete passing from them will not fall separated into whatever
receptacle immediately receives it. Conveyor belts, if used, shall be of a type
acceptable to the ENGINEER. Chutes longer than 50 feet will not be permitted.
Minimum slopes of chutes shall be such that concrete of the indicated consistency
will readily flow in them. If a conveyor belt is used, it shall be wiped clean by a
device operated in such a manner that none of the mortar adhering to the belt will be
wasted. All conveyor belts and chutes shall be covered.
D. Pumping:
1. If the pumped concrete does not produce satisfactory end results, the
CONTRACTOR shall discontinue the pumping operation and proceed with the
placing of concrete using conventional methods.
2. The pumping equipment shall have 2 cylinders and be designed to operate
with one cylinder in case the other one is not functioning. In lieu of this
requirement, the CONTRACTOR may have a standby pump on the Site during
pumping.
3. The minimum diameter of the hose conduits shall be in accordance with ACI
304.
4. Pumping equipment and hose conduits that are not functioning properly shall
be replaced.
5. Aluminum conduits for conveying the concrete shall not be permitted.
6. Concrete samples for slump, air content, and test cylinders will be taken at the
placement end of the hose.
3.04 DELIVERY:
A. Ready-mixed concrete shall be batched, mixed, transported and delivered in
accordance with these specifications and ASTM C 94 including the following
supplementary requirements.
1. Concrete shall be discharged within 1-1/2 hours from the time concrete was
mixed, if centrally mixed, or from the time the original water was added, if
transit-mixed or before the drum has been revolved 300 revolutions, whichever
is first.
2. Truck mixers and their operation shall be such that the concrete throughout the
mixed batch as discharged is within acceptable limits of uniformity with respect
to consistency, mix, and grading. If slump tests taken at approximately the 1/4
and 3/4 points of the load during discharge give slumps differing by more than
one-inch when the required slump is 3-inches or less, or if they differ by more
than 2-inches when the required slump is more than 3-inches, the mixer shall
not be used on the WORK unless the causative condition is corrected and
satisfactory performance is verified by additional slump tests. Mechanical
details of the mixer, such as water measuring and discharge apparatus,
condition of the blades, speed of rotation, general mechanical condition of the
03300 - 14/22
unit, and clearance of the drum, shall be checked before a further attempt to
use the unit will be permitted.
3. The use of non-agitating equipment for transporting ready-mixed concrete will
not be permitted. The quality and quantity of materials used in ready-mixed
concrete and in batch aggregates shall be subject to continuous inspection at
the batching plant by the ENGINEER.
4. Each batch of concrete shall be mixed in a truck mixer for not less than 70
revolutions of the drum or blades at the rate of rotation designated by the
manufacturer of equipment. Additional mixing, if any, shall be at the speed
designated by the manufacturer of the equipment as agitating speed. All
materials including mixing water shall be in the mixer drum before actuating the
revolution counter for determining the number of revolution of mixing.
3.05 PLACING:
A. Non-Conforming Work or Materials: Concrete which during or before placing is
found not to conform to the requirements indicated herein shall be rejected and
immediately removed from the WORK. Concrete which is not placed in accordance
with these Specifications, or which is of inferior quality, shall be removed and
replaced.
B. Unauthorized Placement: No concrete shall be placed except in the presence of a
duly authorized representative of the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR shall notify
the ENGINEER in writing at least 24 hours in advance of placement of any concrete.
C. Concrete shall not be dropped more than four feet (4’) without use of chutes or
tremies. Concreting shall be a continuous operation until placement of the section is
complete. All concrete shall be worked around reinforcement and embedded items.
If vibrators are used, care shall be taken not to segregate concrete. Vibrators will not
be allowed to move concrete within the form. All forms and subgrade shall be
dampened prior to placement and excess water removed.
D. Placing of concrete shall conform to the applicable requirements of Chapter 8 of ACI
301 and the requirements of this Section.
E. Placement in Slabs: Concrete placed in sloping slabs shall proceed uniformly from
the bottom of the slab to the top, for the full width of the placement. As the work
progresses, the concrete shall be vibrated and carefully worked around the slab
reinforcement, and the surface of the slab shall be screeded in an up-slope direction.
F. Concrete shall not be dropped through reinforcement steel or into any deep form, nor
shall concrete be placed in any form in such a manner as to leave accumulation of
mortar on the form surfaces above the placed concrete. In such cases, means such
as hoppers and, if necessary, vertical ducts of canvas, rubber, or metal shall be used
for placing concrete in the forms in a manner that it may reach the place of final
deposit without separation. Concrete shall be uniformly distributed during the
process of depositing and in no case after depositing shall any portion be displaced
in the forms more than 6-feet in horizontal direction. Concrete in wall forms shall be
deposited in uniform horizontal layers not deeper than 2-feet; and care shall be taken
to avoid inclined layers or inclined construction joints except where such are required
for sloping members. Each layer shall be placed while the previous layer is still soft.
The rate of placing concrete in wall forms shall not exceed 5-feet of vertical rise per
hour. Sufficient illumination shall be provided in the interior of all forms so that the
concrete at the places of deposit is visible from the deck or runway.
03300 - 15/22
G. Concrete with hardener shall be placed per the hardener manufacturers written
recommendations.
H. Casting New Concrete Against Old: Epoxy adhesive bonding agent shall be applied
to the old surfaces according to the manufacturer's written recommendations. This
provision shall not apply to joints where waterstop is provided, see SECTION 03100
Concrete Formwork.
I. Temperature of Concrete: The temperature of concrete when it is being placed shall
be not more than 90 degrees F nor less than 55 degrees F for sections less than 12-
inches thick nor less than 50 degrees for all other sections. The CONTRACTOR
shall be entitled to no additional compensation on account of the temperature
requirements.
J. Hot Weather Placement
1. Placement of concrete in hot weather shall conform to ACI 305 and the
following:
2. When the temperature of the concrete is 85 degrees F or above, the time
between the introduction of the cement to the aggregates and discharge shall
not exceed [60] minutes.
3. If concrete is placed when the weather is such that the temperature of the
concrete would exceed 90 degrees F, the CONTRACTOR shall employ
effective means, such as pre-cooling of aggregates and mixing water using ice
or placing at night, as necessary to maintain the temperature of the concrete
below 90 degrees F as it is placed.
K. Cold Weather Placement
1. Placement of concrete in cold weather shall conform to ACI 306.1, and the
following:
2. Concrete ingredients shall not be heated to a temperature higher than that
necessary to keep the temperature of the mixed concrete, as placed, from
falling below the minimum temperature.
3. Remove all snow, ice, and frost from the surfaces, including reinforcement,
against which concrete is to be placed. Before beginning concrete placement,
thaw the subgrade to a minimum depth of 6-inches. Reinforcement and
embedded items shall be warmed to above 32 degrees F prior to concrete
placement.
4. Maintain the concrete temperature above 50 degrees F for at least 72 hours
after placement.
L. Order of Placing Concrete
1. The order of placing concrete in all parts of the WORK shall be acceptable to
the ENGINEER. In order to minimize the effects of shrinkage, the concrete
shall be placed in units as bounded by construction joints at the indicated
locations. The placing of units shall be done by placing alternate units in a
manner such that each unit placed shall have cured at least 5 days for
hydraulic structures and 2 days for all other structures before the contiguous
unit or units are placed, except that the corner sections of vertical walls shall
not be placed until the 2 adjacent wall panels have cured at least 10 days for
hydraulic structures and 4 days for all other structures.
03300 - 16/22
2. The surface of the concrete shall be level whenever a run of concrete is
stopped. To insure a level, straight joint on the exposed surface of walls, a
wood strip at least 3/4-inch thick shall be tacked to the forms on these
surfaces. The concrete shall be carried about 1/2-inch above the underside of
the strip. About one hour after the concrete is placed, the strip shall be
removed and any irregularities in the edge formed by the strip shall be leveled
with a trowel and laitance shall be removed.
3.06 TAMPING AND VIBRATING:
A. As concrete is placed in the forms or in excavations, it shall be thoroughly settled
and compacted throughout the entire depth of the layer which is being consolidated,
into a dense, homogeneous mass, filling all corners and angles, thoroughly
embedding the reinforcement, eliminating rock pockets, and bringing only a slight
excess of water to the exposed surface of concrete. Vibrators shall be Group 3 per
ACI 309, high speed power vibrators (8000 to 12,000 rpm) of an immersion type in
sufficient number and with at least one standby unit as required. Group 2 vibrators
may be used only at specific locations when accepted by the ENGINEER.
B. Care shall be used in placing concrete around waterstops. The concrete shall be
carefully worked by rodding and vibrating to make sure that all air and rock pockets
have been eliminated. Where flat-strip type waterstops are placed horizontally, the
concrete shall be worked under the waterstops by hand, making sure that air and
rock pockets have been eliminated. Concrete surrounding the waterstops shall be
given additional vibration over and above that used for adjacent concrete placement
to assure complete embedment of the waterstops in the concrete.
C. Concrete in walls shall be internally vibrated and at the same time rammed, stirred,
or worked with suitable appliances, tamping bars, shovels, or forked tools until it
completely fills the forms or excavations and closes snugly against all surfaces.
Subsequent layers of concrete shall not be placed until the layers previously placed
have been worked thoroughly. Vibrators shall be provided in sufficient numbers, with
standby units as required, to accomplish the required results within 15 minutes after
concrete of the prescribed consistency is placed in the forms. The vibrating head
shall not contact the surfaces of the forms. Care shall be taken not to vibrate
concrete excessively or to work it in any manner that causes segregation of its
constituents.
3.07 CURING AND DAMPPROOFING: Concrete shall be cured for a minimum of five (5) days
after placement in accordance with the methods indicated below for the different parts of
the WORK.
A. The surface shall be sprayed with a liquid curing compound.
1. It shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions at
a maximum coverage rate of 200 square feet per gallon and in such a manner
as to cover the surface with a uniform film that will seal thoroughly.
2. Where the curing compound method is used, care shall be exercised to avoid
damage to the seal during the 7-day curing period. If the seal is damaged or
broken before the expiration of the curing period, the break shall be repaired
03300 - 17/22
immediately by the application of additional curing compound over the
damaged portion.
3. Wherever curing compound has been applied by mistake to surfaces against
which concrete subsequently is to be placed and to which it is to adhere,
compound shall be entirely removed by wet sandblasting just prior to the
placing of new concrete.
4. Curing compound shall be applied as soon as the concrete has hardened
enough to prevent marring on unformed surfaces and within 2 hours after
removal of forms. Repairs to formed surfaces shall be made within the 2 hour
period; provided, however, that any such repairs which cannot be made within
the said 2 hour period shall be delayed until after the curing compound has
been applied. When repairs are to be made to an area on which curing
compound has been applied, the area involved shall first be wet-sandblasted
to remove the curing compound.
5. At locations where concrete is placed adjacent to a panel which has been
coated with curing compound, the panel shall have curing compound reapplied
to an area within 6-feet of the joint and to any other location where the curing
membrane has been disturbed.
6. Prior to final acceptance of the WORK, all visible traces of curing compound
shall be removed from all surfaces in such a manner that does not damage the
surface finish.
B. For slabs on grade:
1. Until the concrete surface is covered with curing compound, the entire surface
shall be kept damp by applying water using nozzles that atomize the flow so
that the surface is not marred or washed. The concrete shall be given a coat
of curing compound in accordance with paragraph A above. Not less than one
hour nor more than 4 hours after the curing compound has been applied, the
surface shall be wetted with water delivered through a fog nozzle, and
concrete-curing blankets shall be placed on the slabs. The curing blankets
shall be polyethylene sheet, polyethylene-coated waterproof paper sheeting, or
polyethylene-coated burlap. The blankets shall be laid with the edges butted
together and with the joints between strips sealed with 2-inch wide strips of
sealing tape or with edges lapped not less than 3-inches and fastened together
with a waterproof cement to form a continuous watertight joint.
2. The curing blankets shall be left in place during the 7-day curing period and
shall not be removed until after concrete for adjacent work has been placed. If
the curing blankets become torn or otherwise ineffective, the CONTRACTOR
shall replace damaged sections. During the first 3 days of the curing period,
no traffic of any nature and no depositing, temporary or otherwise, of any
materials shall be permitted on the curing blankets. During the remainder of
the curing period, foot traffic and temporary depositing of materials that impose
light pressure will be permitted only on top of plywood sheets 5/8-inch
minimum thickness, laid over the curing blanket. The CONTRACTOR shall
add water under the curing blanket as often as necessary to maintain damp
concrete surfaces at all times.
C. Damp proofing
1. The exterior surfaces of backfilled dry well walls and buried roof slabs shall be
damp proofed as follows.
03300 - 18/22
2. Immediately after completion of curing the surface shall be sprayed with a
damp proofing agent consisting of an asphalt emulsion. Application shall be in
2 coats. The first coat shall be diluted to one-half strength by the addition of
water and shall be sprayed on so as to provide a maximum coverage rate of
100 square feet per gallon of dilute solution. The second coat shall consist of
an application of the undiluted material, and shall be sprayed on so as to
provide a maximum coverage rate of 100 square feet per gallon. Damp
proofing material shall be as indicated above.
3. As soon as the material has taken an initial set, the entire area thus coated
shall be coated with whitewash. Any formula for mixing the whitewash may be
used if it produces a uniformly coated white surface and remains until placing
of the backfill. If the whitewash fails to remain on the surface until the backfill
is placed, the CONTRACTOR shall apply additional whitewash.
3.08 CONCRETE FINISHES:
A. General: Surfaces shall be free from fins, bulges, ridges, offsets, honeycombing, or
roughness of any kind, and shall present a finished, smooth, continuous hard
surface. Allowable deviations from plumb or level and from the alignment, profiles,
and dimensions indicated are defined as tolerances and are indicated herein. These
tolerances are to be distinguished from irregularities in finish as described herein.
Aluminum finishing tools shall not be used.
B. Formed Surfaces:
1. No treatment is required after form removal except for curing, repair of
defective concrete, and treatment of surface defects. Where architectural
finish is required, it shall be as indicated.
C. Unformed Surfaces:
1. After proper and adequate vibration and tamping, unformed top surfaces of
slabs, floors, walls, and curbs shall be brought to a uniform surface with
suitable tools. Immediately after the concrete has been screeded, it shall be
treated with a liquid evaporation retardant. The retardant shall be used again
after each work operation as necessary to prevent drying shrinkage cracks.
The classes of finish for unformed concrete surfaces are designated and
defined as follows:
Unformed Surface Finish Schedule
Area Finish
Grade slabs and foundations to be covered with
concrete or fill material U1
Floors to be covered with grouted tile or topping grout U2
Water bearing slabs with slopes 10 percent and less U3
Water bearing slabs with slopes greater than 10
percent U4
Slabs not water bearing U4
Slabs to be covered with built-up roofing U2
Interior slabs and floors to receive architectural finish U3
Top surface of walls subject to foot traffic U4
Top surface of walls not subject to foot traffic U3
Floors to receive surface hardener U5
03300 - 19/22
2. Finish U1 - Sufficient leveling and screeding to produce an even, uniform
surface with surface irregularities not to exceed 3/8-inch. No further special
finish is required.
3. Finish U2 - (Float Finish)
a. Compact, accurately screed and float to a true uniform surface.
b. Surfaces shall be floated with wood or metal floats or a finishing machine
using float blades. Excessive floating of surfaces while the concrete is
plastic and dusting of dry cement and sand on the concrete surface to
absorb excess moisture will not be permitted.
c. Floating shall be the minimum necessary to produce a surface that is free
from screed marks and is uniform in texture. Test surface with
straightedge and eliminate high and low spots of more than 1/8 inch in 10
feet. Surface irregularities shall not exceed 1/4-inch.
d. Joints and edges shall be tooled where indicated or as determined by the
ENGINEER.
4. Finish U3 - (Hand-Troweled Finish)
a. Finish surface as in Finish U2 - Float Finish and after the surface has
hardened sufficiently to prevent excess of fine material from being drawn
to the surface, trowel with steel trowel to obtain a smooth dense finish
after concrete has hardened to ring under the trowel.
b. The finish shall be produce a smooth dense uniform surface free of all
irregularities, blemishes, ripples, and trowel marks.
5. Finish U4 - (Nonskid Finish)
a. Trowel the Finish U3 - Hand-trowelled Finish surface to remove local
depressions or high points. In addition, the surface shall be given a light
broom finish with brooming perpendicular to drainage unless otherwise
indicated.
b. The resulting surface shall be rough enough to provide a nonskid finish.
6. Finish U5 - (Surface hardener)
a. Immediately after screeding, shake on hardener shall be applied per the
manufacturer's written recommendations.
b. Surface shall receive a minimum of two coats of a liquid hardener per the
manufacturer's written recommendations.
3.09 ARCHITECTURAL FINISH:
A. General: Architectural finishes shall be provided only where specifically indicated
below. In all other locations, the paragraph entitled Concrete Finishes shall apply.
B. Immediately after the forms have been stripped, the concrete surface shall be
inspected and any poor joints, voids, rock pockets, or other defective areas shall be
repaired and form-tie holes filled as indicated herein.
C. Architectural finishes shall not be applied until the concrete surface has been
repaired as required and the concrete has cured at least 14 days.
D. Architecturally treated concrete surfaces shall conform to the accepted sample in
texture, color, and quality. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to maintain
and protect the concrete finish.
03300 - 20/22
E. Burlap Finish:
1. Wet and fill all voids using mortar with the same sand-cement ratio as original
concrete. Use approximately 20 percent white cement to match concrete color.
2. The freshly applied grout shall be vigorously rubbed into the concrete surface
with a wood float filling all small air holes. After all the surface grout has been
removed with a steel trowel, the surface shall be allowed to dry.
3. Once dry, strike off all excess mortar flush with the surface using a burlap or
canvas cloth with a circular motion.
4. Remove all rough spots and rub with cloth to leave a surface of uniform texture
and appearance without any appearance of a paint or grout film.
5. Finish shall result in a coating of mortar that will fill all small voids and air holes,
leaving a smooth surface.
6. Cure as specified under "Curing Concrete".
7. The entire cleaning operation for any area shall be completed the day it is
started, and no grout shall be left on the surface overnight.
8. Cleaning operations for any given day shall be terminated at panel joints. It is
required that the various operations be carefully timed to secure the desired
effect.
9. Before beginning any of the final treatment on exposed surfaces, the
CONTRACTOR shall treat in a satisfactory manner a trial area of at least 200
square feet in some inconspicuous place selected by the ENGINEER and shall
preserve said trial area undisturbed until the completion of the job.
F. Sandblasted Concrete Finish
1. Sandblasting shall be done in a safe manner acceptable to local authorities
and per OSHA requirements. The sandblasting shall be a light sandblast to
remove laitance and to produce a uniform fine aggregate surface texture with
approximately 1/32- to 1/16-inch of surface sandblasted off. Corners, patches,
form panel joints, and soft spots shall be sandblasted with care.
2. A 3-sq ft sample panel of the sandblasted finish shall be provided by the
CONTRACTOR for acceptance by the ENGINEER prior to starting the
sandblasting work. The sample panel shall include a corner, plugs, and joints
and shall be marked after approval. All other sandblasting shall be equal in
finish to the sample panel.
3. Protection against sandblasting shall be provided on all adjacent surfaces and
materials not requiring sandblasting. After sandblasting, the concrete surfaces
shall be washed with clean water and excess sand removed.
3.10 PROTECTION:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall protect concrete against injury until final acceptance.
B. Fresh concrete shall be protected from damage due to rain, hail, sleet, or snow. The
CONTRACTOR shall provide such protection while the concrete is still plastic and
whenever precipitation is imminent or occurring.
3.11 DEFECTIVE SURFACE TREATMENTS:
A. Patching Concrete:
03300 - 21/22
1. Patch all tie holes, honeycombs or other defects with a Portland Cement and
sand grout.
2. Defective surfaces to be repaired shall be cut back from trueline a minimum
depth of 1/2-inch over the entire area. Feathered edges will not be permitted.
Where chipping or cutting tools are not required in order to deepen the area
properly, the surface shall be prepared for bonding by the removal of all
laitance or soft material, plus not less than 1/32-inch depth of the surface film
from all hard portions by means of an efficient sandblast.
3. After cutting and sandblasting, the surface shall be wetted sufficiently in
advance of shooting with shotcrete or with cement mortar so that while the
repair material is being applied, the surfaces underneath will remain moist but
not so wet as to overcome the suction upon which a good bond depends.
4. Holes left by tie-rod cones shall be reamed with suitable toothed reamers so as
to leave the surfaces of the holes clean and rough. Holes then shall be
repaired in an approved manner with dry-packed cement grout. Holes left by
form-tying devices having a rectangular cross-section and other imperfections
having a depth greater than their least surface dimension shall not be reamed
but shall be repaired in an approved manner with dry-packed cement grout.
5. The grout shall not be richer than one (1) part cement and three (3) parts sand
with the amount of mixing water enough to produce a workable mix. For
exposed walls, the cement shall contain such a proportion of white portland
cement as is required to make the color of the patch match the color of the
surrounding concrete. The patch shall be finished in such a manner as to
match the adjoining surfaces.
6. Surfaces of repairs shall receive the same kind and amount of curing treatment
as required for the concrete in the repaired section.
B. Defective Concrete:
1. Any concrete which is not formed as shown on the Drawings or does not
conform to the Contract tolerances or shows defects which reduce its structural
adequacy, shall be removed from the job by the CONTRACTOR at his
expense unless the Engineer grants permission to patch the defective area.
C. Exposed Concrete Surfaces:
1. As soon as forms are removed, exposed surfaces shall be carefully examined
and all ridges, ribs and other imperfections shall be rubbed with an abrasive
stone or ground in a satisfactory manner in order to secure a smooth, uniform
and continuous surface. Plastering or coating of surfaces to be smoothed will
not be permitted
2. No repairs shall be made until after inspection by the ENGINEER.
3. In no case will extensive patching of honeycombed concrete be permitted
4. Concrete containing minor voids, pinholes, honeycombing, or similar
depression defects shall be repaired as indicated below.
5. Concrete containing extensive voids, holes, honeycombing, or similar
depression defects shall be completely removed and replaced. Repairs and
replacements shall be performed promptly.
03300 - 22/22
3.12 REINFORCEMENT: Reinforcement shall be in accordance with SECTION 03200
Concrete Reinforcement, of these Specifications. Concrete protection for the
reinforcement shall conform to the requirements ACI 318, paragraph 7.7.1.
3.13 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall set and maintain concrete forms and perform finishing
operations to ensure that the completed WORK is within tolerances. Surface defects
and irregularities are defined as finishes and are to be distinguished from tolerances.
Tolerance is the permissible variation from lines, grades, or dimensions indicated on
the Drawings. Where tolerances are not stated in the specifications, permissible
deviations will be in accordance with ACI 117.
3.14 CARE AND REPAIR OF CONCRETE:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall protect concrete against injury or damage from excessive
heat, lack of moisture, overstress, or any other cause until final acceptance.
Particular care shall be taken to prevent the drying of concrete and to avoid
roughening or otherwise damaging the surface. Any concrete found to be damaged,
or which may have been originally defective, or which becomes defective at any time
prior to the final acceptance of the completed WORK, or which departs from the
established line or grade, or which, for any other reason, does not conform to the
requirements of the Contract Documents, shall be satisfactorily repaired or removed
and replaced with acceptable concrete.
END OF SECTION
03375 - 1/2
SECTION 03375 - FLOWABLE FILL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. This section specifies the requirements for flowable fill used for trenches, support for
pipe structures, culverts, utility cuts and other works where cavities exist and where
firm support is needed for pavements and structural elements. Flowable fill may also
be used to fill water and sewer lines, and fuel tanks placed out of service, and other
locations approved by the Engineer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS:
A. The material used shall conform with the requirements specified in Division III of the
FDOT Standard Specifications fro Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition, and
herein. Specific references are as follows:
B. Portland Cement (Types I, II or III)……………………………….. ………….Section 931
C. Fly Ash, Slag and Pozzolanic Materials for Portland Cement Concrete….Section 929
D. Fine Aggregate (Sand*)………………………………………………………..Section 902
E. Water…………………………………………………………………………….Section 923
*Any clean sand with 100% passing 3/8” sieve and not more than 10% passing with 200
mesh may be used.
2.02 MIX PROPORTIONS:
A. The contractor shall be responsible for producing a flowable mixture using these
guidelines and by adjusting his mixture design as called for by circumstances or as
may be directed by the ENGINEER.
B. Flowable fill material shall be proportioned to produce a 28-day compressive strength
of approximately 50-150 psi.
C. General mix quantities are as follows:
Components Pounds per Cubic Yard
Cement 50-100*
Fly Ash or Granulated 0-600
Blast Furnace Slag
Fine Sand 2,750
(adjust to yield one cubic
yard of flowable fill)
Water 500
(Maximum)
03375 - 2/2
* The percentage of cement may be increased above these limits only when early
strength is required and future removal is unlikely.
2.03 APPROVED MIXES OF “FLOWABLE FILL”:
The following are approved FDOT design mixes:
PLANT MIX NUMBER
Tarmac -end of Tpk. 06-FF-04
Fla. Rock & Sand -Card Sound 06-FF-05
Rinker Princeton 06-FF-07
Rinker Downtown 06-FF-08
Rinker LeJeune 06-FF-08
Rinker Sweetwater 06-FF-08
Rinker N. Miami 06-FF-08
Dade Concrete and Pumping 06-FF-09
Job-Mix Concrete Company 06-FF-10
Job-Mix Concrete Company 06-FF-11
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PRODUCTION AND PLANCIG:
Flowable fill shall be produced and delivered using concrete construction equipment.
Placing flowable fill shall be done by chute, pumping or other methods approved by the
ENGINEER.
3.02 CONSTRCUTION REQUIREMENTS:
The flowable fill shall be placed to the designated fill line without vibration or other means
of compaction. Placement shall be avoided during inclement weather, e.g. rain or ambient
temperatures below 40 degrees F. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to
prevent any damages caused by the hydraulic pressure of the fill during placement prior to
hardening. Also, necessary means to confine the material within the designated space
shall be provided by the Contractor
A. The flowable shall be proportioned and placed as specified herein. In general, the
strength desired is the maximum hardness that can be excavated at a later date
using conventional excavating equipment. No curing protection is required.
B. The fill shall be left undisturbed until material obtains sufficient strength. Sufficient
strength is 250 psi penetration resistance as measured using a hand held
penetrometer. The penetrometer shall be provided by the Contractor.
C. All flowable fill areas subject to traffic loads must have a durable riding surface.
D. An approved type of accelerator may be approved for the placement of "Flowable
Fill" in traffic areas when submitted to the Department for D.O.T. approval
END OF SECTION
15060 - 1/4
SECTION 15060 - CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. All applicable provisions of Bidding and Contract Requirements including Division 1 -
General Requirements, shall govern the work under this section.
1.02 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide all labor, materials, necessary equipment and services to complete the
Conduits, Fittings and Supports work, as indicated on the drawings, as specified
herein or both, except as for items specifically indicated as "NIC ITEMS".
1.03 RELATED WORK
A. Section 02200 - Earthwork
B. Section 15108-Handhole and Boxes
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings and product data in accordance with Section 01300
1.05 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide conduit work to include excavating and backfilling as necessary for a
complete duct bank in accordance with drawings and specifications.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The work shall be performed in accordance with the Section EXCAVATING,
TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING FOR UTILITIES IN Division 2.
1.07 COORDINATION
A. Do not excavate for conduit work until the work is ready to proceed without delay, so
that the total time laps from exaction to completion of backfilling will be minimum.
B. The surface disturbed during the installation of conduits shall be restored to its
original elevation and condition.
1.08 LABELING:
A. Materials to bear Underwriters' Laboratories Labels, where applicable.
15060 - 2/4
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 DUCTS
A. Underground conduits of the size as indicated on drawings shall consist of a number
of individual PVC schedule 80 shall be UL rated conduits installed in a common
trench with a minimum depth as shown on the construction drawings between
finished grade and top of the conduits .
B. Plastic conduit shall be single bore, and shall be schedule 80 polyvinyl-chloride conduit.
Conduit fittings shall conform to the applicable utility Standards, except that where
utility standards for conduit fittings do not exist for the type of plastic installed, fittings
shall be as recommended by the conduit manufacturer.
C. Conduit and fittings shall be free, within commercial tolerances, of objectionable lines,
striations, bubbles, welds, and other manufacturing defects that would impair the
service of the conduit. The bore of the conduit shall be straight and circular in cross
section with smooth interior surfaces free from obstructions and rough and flakey
areas. The conduit and fittings shall be free from all substances that injuriously affect
any wire or cable covering such as is used on rubber-covered wire, polyethylene or
polyvinyl chloride sheathed cable. The conduit and fittings shall be corrosion-resistant
and not adversely affected by acids, alkalies, salts, bacteria, and other organic matter
that would normally be encountered in the ground. The conduit length for each size
shall be the length that is standard with the manufacturer with a permissible
tolerance of l/4 inch per l0-foot length. Bends, elbows, and other fittings shall be
capable of freely passing a ball that is l/4 inch less in diameter that the nominal bore of
the conduit. Conduit and fittings shall be capable of being joined, by means of a
solvent welding cement so as to provide a watertight and rustproof joint.
15060 - 3/4
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Do not proceed with the work of this section until conditions detrimental to the
proper and timely completion of the work have been corrected in an acceptable
manner.
3.02 DUCT LINE INSTALLATION
A. Duct lines shall be laid to a minimum grade of 4 inches per l00 feet. Grade from
one manhole to the next or both ways from a high point between manholes,
depending on the contour of the finished grade. Low points that may trap water
are not acceptable. Conduits shall be installed so that the top of conduit to finished
grade or finished paving at any point is not less than shown on the construction
drawings. A 5-degree bend segment may be used to pass under obstruction.
Changes in direction of run shall be accomplished by long sweep bends having a
minimum radius of 36 inches., Conduit shall terminate in end bells where duct lines
enter manholes. Conduit shall be thoroughly cleaned before using or laying. During
construction and after the duct line is completed, the ends of the conduits shall be
plugged to prevent water washing mud into the conduits or manholes. Particular
care shall be taken to keep the conduit clean of concrete, dirt, and any other
substance during the course of construction.
1. Excavate trench bottom to provide firm and uniform support for duct bank.
Comply with requirements in Section 02220 for preparation of trench bottoms
for pipes less than 6 inches in nominal diameter.
2. Support ducts on duct separators coordinated with duct size, duct spacing, and
outdoor temperature.
3. Space separators close enough to prevent sagging and deforming of ducts,
with not less than four spacers per 20 feet of duct. Secure separators to earth
and to ducts to prevent displacement during backfill and yet permit linear duct
movement due to expansion and contraction as temperature changes. Stagger
spacers approximately 6 inches between tiers.
4. Depth: depth of cover from finished grade to the top of the duct bank shall be
as shown on the construction drawings..
5. Install conduits as shown on construction drawings.
6. Install manufactured rigid conduit elbows for stub-ups at poles and equipment,
through floor, and at changes of direction in duct run.
a. Conduits shall be extended a minimum of 6 inches into boxes.
7. After installing first tier of ducts, backfill and compact. Start at tie-in point and
work toward end of duct run, leaving ducts at end of run free to move with
expansion and contraction as temperature changes during this process.
Repeat procedure after placing each tier. After placing last tier, hand place
backfill over ducts and hand tamp. Firmly tamp backfill around ducts to provide
maximum supporting strength. Use hand tamper only. After placing controlled
15060 - 4/4
backfill over final tier, make final duct connections at end of run and complete
backfilling with normal compaction. Comply with requirements in Section 02220
for installation of backfill materials.
Place minimum 3 inches of sand as a bed for duct bank.
Warning Tape: Bury warning tape approximately 12 inches above all direct
buried ducts and duct banks. Align tape parallel to and within 3 inches of
centerline of duct bank. Provide an additional warning tape for each 12-inch
increment of duct-bank width over a nominal 18 inches. Space additional tapes
12 inches apart.
B. After the duct line has been completed, a standard flexible mandrel not less than
12 inches long, having a diameter approximately 1/4 inch less than the inside
diameter of the conduit, shall be pulled through each conduit in the presence of the
engineer after which a brush with stiff bristles shall be pulled through each conduit
to make certain that no particles of earth, sand, or gravel have been left in the line.
If the mandrel fails to pass through the conduit being tested, defective conduits
must be exposed and the defect corrected. Provide pull line with a minimum tensile
strength of 1800 lbs at both ends of conduit to facilitate conductor pulling. Where
connection is made to an existing duct that is of different material and shape that
the duct line being installed, a suitable coupling of a type recommended by the duct
manufacturer shall be used. Conduits shall be stored to avoid warping or
deterioration. Plastic conduit shall be stored on a flat surface and protected from
the direct rays of the sun, unless otherwise shown on the construction plans.
D. Installation of couplings: Joints in all types of conduit shall be made up in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for the particular conduit
and coupling selected. Conduit joint couplings shall be made watertight.
E. Plastic conduit joints shall be made up by brushing a plastic solvent cement on
the inside of the plastic coupling fitting and on the outside of the conduit ends. The
conduit and fitting shall then be slipped together, until seated, with a slight twist to
set the joint tightly, and the conduit then rotated one-half turn to distribute the
cement evenly. Excess cement built up on the inside surface of the conduit shall
then be removed.
F. Ends of conduits shall be adequately sealed against water entry. Provide end bells
on conduit entries into manholes and walls.
15080 - 1/10
SECTION 15080 - HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals
required to perform the successful installation of the pipeline using horizontal
directional drilling.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall make an inspection of the area(s) within the vicinity of the
project and the immediate area of the Work and become thoroughly familiar with the
natural and man-made features.
C. The CONTRACTOR'S attention is directed to the existing utilities shown on the
Drawings. The ENGINEER does not make any representation to the accuracy or
correctness of this conditions, locations, and elevations necessary for the proper
completion of the work under this Contract.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall, by exploratory methods (soft digs), locate all existing
utilities that will be crossed by the horizontal directional drilling operation prior to
preparing the submittal of the operation for approval.
E. Related work specified elsewhere that shall apply to all equipment, materials, labor
and services furnished under this Section shall include, but not be limited to, the
following:
Section 15060, Piping and Fittings.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Experience Requirements:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall have a minimum of 5 years experience using
horizontal directional drilling for the installation of pipelines or water services.
Additionally, the CONTRACTOR shall have performed at least five prior
waterway and road way crossing projects with length and pipe diameter equal
to or greater than that required by this project. These projects must have been
completed using high-density polyethylene (HDPE) as the pipe material.
B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies:
1. Comply with OSHA standards, Underwriter Laboratories, and all other
authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of
the following, except as otherwise shown or specified.
1. AWWA C906, Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings 4" Through 62”, for
Water Distribution.
2. ASTM D3261, Specifications for Butt Heat Fusion polyethylene (PE) Plastic
Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing.
15080 - 2/10
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Submit for approval the following:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall submit all deviations to the Work as shown or specified
for approval in accordance with Section 01300.
2. Tests: Submit description of pipe joint testing methods, procedures and
apparatus. Submit copies of all test reports.
3. Certificates: Submit certificates of compliance with referenced standards
indicated above.
4. As-Built Drawings: During progress of the Work, keep an up to date set of
drawings showing field and shop drawing modifications. The drawings shall
show all piping in plan and profile, with all reference dimensions and elevations
required for complete as-built drawings of the piping systems. Conform to the
requirements of Section 01720. As-Built shall clearly show the size, outside
diameter, manufacturer and type of pipe used in the directional drilling.
B. Experience Requirement: In accordance with Paragraph 1.02.A of this Section.
C. Pipe Material Calculations: The CONTRACTOR shall provide calculations
determining the maximum pulling force that may be anticipated during the pullback
operation to overcome theoretical frictional forces. The calculated pulling force will
not exceed the manufacturer's recommended yield tensile strength and factor of
safety for the proposed pipe material and fused joint.
D. Drilling Plan: CONTRACTOR shall submit a detailed narrative description of the
sequence of events that will be performed to install the specified pipe using
horizontal directional drilling. The plan shall indicate the location of existing utilities
as found by exploratory methods in the field. Plans shall also include the diameter of
the pilot hole, rig pulling capacity, torque, and mud pumping capabilities. Included
shall be a description of methods and precautions the CONTRACTOR proposes to
use to prevent exceeding the pipe manufacturer's approved safe yield tensile
strength during pullback.
E. Fusion Technician Qualification Certification: In accordance with Paragraph
3.02.C.4 of this Section.
F. Boring Path Report: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish a Bore Path Report for pipe
4” or larger to the ENGINEER within seven days of the completion of the bore path.
The report must include:
1 Location of project.
2 Name of person collecting data, including title, position and company name.
3 Investigation site location (Contract drawings station number or reference to a
permanent structure within the project right-of-way).
4 Identification of the detection method used.
5 Elevations and offset dimensions of the bore path.
6 Proposed directional drilling pipe path.
15080 - 3/10
1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. See Section 15060.
B. Pipe and appurtenances shall be unloaded opposite to or as close to the place
where they are to be laid as is practical to avoid unnecessary handling. Interiors shall
be kept completely free from dirt, water and foreign matter.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the proper support of the piping to
ensure that the pipe is not overstressed or damaged.
D. If applicable, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the City two additional transition
couplings as spare parts, of the same type and specifications as the ones used to
connect the directional drilled HDPE and the proposed DIP pipe. Transition
couplings shall be delivered to the City’s Maintenance facility or as instructed by the
City, and shall include all the necessary appurtenances to make two complete
transitions from HDPE to DIP pipe.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. The material standards are to be interpreted as the minimum in place standards. Use
materials that are appropriate for the stresses generated by the selected equipment
and field conditions.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that the appropriate material is used to retain
compliance once it is installed.
C. Refer to applicable Sections of this Specifications for detailed pipe material
Specifications.
2.02 GENERAL EQUIPMENT
A. The directional drilling equipment shall consist of a directional drilling rig of sufficient
capacity to perform the bore and pullback the pipe, a drilling fluid mixing, delivery
and recovery system of sufficient capacity to successfully complete the crossing, a
drilling fluid recycling system to remove solids from the drilling fluid so that the fluid
can be re-used, a guidance system to accurately guide boring operations, a vacuum
truck of sufficient capacity to handle the drilling fluid volume, trained and competent
personnel to operate the system. All equipment shall be in good, safe operating
condition with sufficient supplies, materials and spare parts on hand to maintain the
system in good working order for the duration of this project.
2.03 DRILLING SYSTEM
A. Drilling Rig: The directional drilling machine shall consist of a hydraulically powered
system to rotate, push and pull hollow drill pipe into the ground at a variable angle
while delivering a pressurized fluid mixture to a guidable drill (bore) head. The
machine shall be anchored to the ground to withstand the pulling, pushing and
rotating pressure required to complete the crossing. The hydraulic power system
shall be self-contained with sufficient pressure and volume to power drilling
15080 - 4/10
operations. Hydraulic system shall be free of leaks. Rig shall have a system to
monitor and record maximum pull-back pressure during pull-back operations. The
rig shall be grounded during drilling and pull-back operations. There shall be a
system to detect electrical current from the drill st ring and an audible alarm which
automatically sounds when an electrical current is detected.
B. Drill Head: The drill head shall be steerable by changing its rotation and shall
provide the necessary cuffing surfaces and drilling fluid jets.
C. Mud Motors (if required): Mud motors shall be of adequate power to turn the
required drilling tools.
D. Drill Pipe: Shall be constructed of high quality 4130 seamless tubing, grade D or
better, with threaded box and pins. Tool joints should be hardened to 32-36 RC.
2.04 GUIDANCE SYSTEM
A. A Magnetic Guidance System (MGS) or proven gyroscopic system shall be used to
provide a continuous and accurate determination of the location of the drill head
during the drilling operation. The guidance shall be capable of tracking at all depths
up to one hundred feet and in any soil condition, including hard rock. It shall enable
the driller to guide the drill head by providing immediate information on the tool face,
azimuth (horizontal direction), and inclination (vertical direction). The guidance
system shall be accurate to +2 percent of the vertical depth of the borehole at
sensing position at depths up to one hundred feet and accurate within 1.5 meters
horizontally.
B. The Guidance System shall be of a proven type and shall be operated by personnel
trained and experienced with this system. The Operator shall be aware of any
magnetic anomalies on the surface of the drill path and shall consider such
influences in the operation of the guidance system if using a magnetic system.
2.05 DRILLING FLUID (MUD) SYSTEM
A. Mixing System: A self-contained, closed, drilling fluid mixing system shall be of
sufficient size to mix and deliver drilling fluid. Mixing system shall continually agitate
the drilling fluid during drilling operations.
B. Drilling Fluids: Drilling fluid shall be composed of clean water and appropriate clay
additives. Water shall be from an authorized source with a pH of 8.5 - 10. Water of a
lower pH or with excessive calcium shall be treated with the appropriate amount of
sodium carbonate or equal. The water and additives shall be mixed thoroughly and
be absent of any clumps or clods. No potentially hazardous material may be used in
drilling fluid.
C. Delivery System: The mud pumping system shall have adequate capacity of
required throughout the project and be capable of delivering the drilling fluid at a
constant pressure. The delivery system shall have filters in-line to prevent solids
from being pumped into the drill pipe. Connections between the pump and drill pipe
shall be relatively leak-free. Used drilling fluid and drilling fluid spilled during drilling
operations shall be contained and conveyed to the drilling fluid recycling system. A
berm, minimum of 12 inches high, shall be maintained around drill rigs, drilling fluid
mixing system, entry and exit pits and drilling fluid recycling system to prevent spills
into the surrounding environment. Pumps and or vacuum truck(s) of sufficient size
15080 - 5/10
shall be in place to convey excess drilling fluid from containment areas to storage
and recycling facilities.
D. Drilling Fluid Recycling System: The drilling fluid recycling system shall separate
sand, dirt and other solids from the drilling fluid to render the drilling fluid re-usable.
Spoils separated from the drilling fluid shall be stockpiled for later use or disposal.
2.06 OTHER EQUIPMENT
A. Pipe Rollers: Pipe rollers shall be of sufficient size to fully support the weight of the
pipe while being hydro-tested and during pull-back operations. Sufficient number of
rollers shall used to prevent excess sagging of pipe.
B. Pipe Rammers: Hydraulic or pneumatic pipe rammers may only be used if
necessary and with the authorization of Engineer.
C. Restrictions: Other devices or utility placement systems for providing horizontal
thrust other than those previously defined in the preceding sections shall not be
used unless approved by the Engineer prior to commencement of the work.
Consideration for approval will be made on an individual basis for each specified
location. The proposed device or system will be evaluated prior to approval or
rejection on its potential ability to complete the utility placement satisfactorily without
undue stoppage and to maintain line and grade within the tolerances prescribed by
the particular conditions of the project.
2.07 PIPE AND FITTINGS - HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE)
A. High density polyethylene (HDPE) pipe used in directional drilling shall be as
specified herein.
B. Smooth wall high density polyethylene (HDPE) liner pipe shall be a Type III, Class
C, Category 5, Grade P 34; PE 3408; as defined in ASTM D1248. Minimum cell
classification, as given by ASTM 3350, shall be PE 335434C. Pipe shall meet the
standards of ASTM F714, as modified herein, including the "Governmental/Military
Procurement" sections. Minimum hydrostatic design basis shall be 1600 psi. In all
cases, hydrostatic design basis and pressure rating shall be as determined using
the methods of ASTM F714. Pipe of this type shall be butt-fusion welded at joints.
All welding of joints shall be in strict conformity with the recommendations of the
pipe manufacturer and performed by a firm or individual recommended in writing by
the manufacturer.
C. As a part of the shop drawing submittals, the Contractor shall furnish, signed by a
Florida Registered Engineer, all calculations to determine, the pipe thickness, SDR
rating, allowable stresses, in accordance with ASME B31.8, Table A842.22 and
recommended coating, as required by the manufacturer.
D. CONTRACTOR shall submit two spare transition couplings to the City as necessary
to allow two complete transitions from the directionally drilled HDPE to PVC pipe.
15080 - 6/10
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. The installation shall be coordinated with Miami-Dade County and any other agency
having jurisdiction over the area of work. The Contractor shall not begin work until
he has received permission from the City and the governing authority to do so. In
the event railroad companies, FDOT or governing agency require payment for any
services rendered, including services required due to around-the-clock construction,
the costs shall be borne by the Contractor.
B. The Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits required for around-the clock
operation from the various agencies having jurisdiction over the work area, if he
intends to schedule work as such. Additionally, the Contractor shall furnish and
install temporary noise barriers as required to comply with noise ordinances of the
various agencies having jurisdiction over the work area.
C. The Contractor shall have performed exploratory excavations or soft digs to locate
existing utilities prior to commencement of work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. In general, the Work will proceed as follows with the horizontal directional
drilling material being HDPE:
a. Drill a pilot hole from one side of the bore path to the other side. The pilot
hole shall follow the design centerline of the pipe with the path recorded
and controlled using a specially designed instrument package situated
behind the drill bit.
b. The entire length of pipeline shall be fused and hydrostatically tested prior
to pull back.
c. A cutter/reamer shall be used to widen the drilled hole to its final
diameter. A barrel reamer shall be used to smooth the wall of the hole
and direct cuttings to the surface. A swivel shall be installed between the
barrel reamer and the pipeline to ensure that no torque is transmitted to
the pipeline while being pulled back. A bulkhead shall be fused to the end
of the pipeline prior to attaching the swivel and barrel reamer.
d. The HDPE pipeline shall be pulled back in a continuous operation at a
constant speed until the pullback is complete. The pipe shall be filled with
potable water during pull back unless otherwise approved by the
OWNER. The pipe shall be pulled beyond the exit pit a minimum distance
equilibrium before any other work is performed on the pipeline.
e. Should the pipe become lodged during the pullback operation, the
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all additional costs to dislodge
the pipe. Additional costs may include, but shall not be limited to,
replacement of overstressed sections of the pipe, additional excavation,
environmental damage, or drilling of a new hole. All required work must
be in compliance with all necessary permits.
f. After the pipeline is in place, it shall be hydrostatically tested in
accordance with the requirements of, Cleaning, Testing, and Disinfecting
15080 - 7/10
of Piping, Section 15060.
B. Drill Path Geometry:
1. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for horizontal and vertical alignment of the
pilot drill and final installed pipe. The pilot drill alignment shall conform to the
pipeline alignments submitted by the contractor in Bore Path Report. The
CONTRACTOR shall submit all proposed changes to the vertical alignment
shown on the Contract Drawings for approval prior to commencing work. Under
no circumstances shall installed pipe be at a different elevation than 2-feet
from the horizontal alignment shown on the Drawings.
2. Should the completed directional drill pipeline alignment differ from the
Drawings such that additional/different fittings are necessary to join the
excavated pipe, then these shall be provided and installed at no additional
cost.
3. Entry and exit points shall be surveyed by experienced survey personnel
licensed in the State of Florida.
4. CONTRACTOR shall map the location of each pilot drill string joint to a
minimum horizontal and vertical scale of 1-inch equals 40-feet. The map shall
be posted in the CONTRACTOR'S office and at no cost.
5. Should the CONTRACTOR exceed the limits described above, a new pilot drill
shall be performed at the expense of the CONTRACTOR and at no cost.
6. Sump pits are required to contain drilling fluids if vacuum devices are not
operated throughout the drilling operation.
a. Within 48 hours of completing installation of the boring product, clean the
work site of all excess slurry or spoils.
b. The CONTRACTOR shall take responsibility for the removal and final
disposition of the excess slurry or spoils.
c. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that the work site is restored to pre-
construction conditions.
C. HDPE Joining and Installation:
1. Sections of HDPE pipe shall be joined into continuous lengths on the job site
above ground.
2. Joining method shall be the butt joint heat fusion method and shall be
performed in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations and
by experienced personnel.
3. Butt fusion equipment used in the joining procedures shall be capable for
meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer, including, but
not limited to, temperature requirements, alignment and 75 psi interfacial
fusion pressure.
4. Pipe and fitting joints shall be heat fused by a qualified fusion technician:
trained by an approved manufacturer's representative. In accordance with the
manufacturer's recommended fusion procedures. The CONTRACTOR shall
provide written certification from the pipe manufacturer for each fusion
technician employed on the Project. Training or requalification shall have been
obtained within the 12 months prior to the beginning of work
15080 - 8/10
5. Each person making butt or socket fusion joints shall demonstrate proficiency
by making trial joints and destructively testing the trial fusions by bent strap
testing or ultra-sonic testing. Trial joints shall be allowed to cool completely
before testing, and shall not fail at the joint. During construction, the first fusion
of the day shall be a trial fusion, which shall be allowed to cool, and
destructively bent strap tested or ultra-sonically tested. If the fusion fails,
additional trial fusions shall be made and tested until successful fusions are
made, then that procedure shall be used for the balance of the day's
construction provided the procedure is within the limitations recommended by
the manufacturer.
6. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the services of a competent specialist
representing the pipe manufacturer. The manufacturer's representative shall be
available, at a minimum, during the welding and testing of the pipe segments
and during the pipe pullback operation.
D. Project Conditions:
1. Existing Utilities: The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to field locate
existing underground utilities in the areas of Work.
a. Should uncharted or incorrectly charted piping or utilities be encountered
during the work, consult piping or utility owner immediately for
instructions. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate with the utility
companies in keeping respective services and facilities in operation.
Damaged utilities shall be repaired to the satisfaction of utility owner.
b. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied and used by
others, except when permitted in writing by OWNER and then only after
acceptable temporary utility services have been provided.
c. Coordinate with utility companies for shut-off of services, if required.
2. Topographic mapping shown on plan/profile drawings was derived from and
actual on the ground field survey utilizing laser field equipment. The mapping
should be regarded as accurate within those standards adopted pursuant to
minimum technical standards for land surveys. For further details please refer
to the accompanying survey control base map prepared by surveyor.
3. Use of Explosives: Do not bring explosives onto site or use in the Work. Use of
explosive materials is specifically prohibited.
4. Dust Control: The CONTRACTOR shall conduct all of his operations and
maintain the area of his activities, including sweeping and sprinkling of
roadways, so as to minimize creation and dispersion of dust.
5. The CONTRACTOR shall take responsibility for restoration for any damage
caused by heaving, settlement, separation of pavement, escaping drilling fluid
(frac-out) or the directional drilling operation at no cost to the OWNER.
6. If remediation plans are required by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall
provide the detailed drawings which show how damage will be remedied. The
details shall become part of the as-built drawing package and shall be
approved by the ENGINEER prior to work proceeding.
7. If an obstruction is encountered during boring which prevents completion for
the installation in accordance with the design location and specification, the
pipe may be taken out of service and left in place at the discretion of the
ENGINEER. Immediately fill the product left in place with excavatable flowable
fill. Submit a new installation procedure and revised plans to the ENGINEER
for approval before resuming Work at another location.
15080 - 9/10
8. If conditions warrant removal of any materials installed in a failed bore path, as
determined by the ENGINEER, the cost of removal shall be the responsibility of
the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly fill all voids by injection
all taken out of service products that have any annual space with excavatable
flowable fill.
E. lnstallation Specialist:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the full time services of a competent
installation specialist during the directional drilling to assist in technical matters.
He/She shall advise the CONTRACTOR on drilling matters which may include,
but may not be limited to, drilling procedures, pipe support, mapping of the
pipe location, quality assurance of the work, safety or their items as necessary.
The installation Specialist may be the CONTRACTOR'S superintendent.
3.03 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall meet the requirements of all specifications for all Work in
this project and at all locations utilized by the CONTRACTOR during the progress of
the Work.
B. Disposal Site: All costs for proper disposal of drilling mud and excess excavated
materials shall be included in the lump sum price bid for the Work.
C. All operations involving drilling mud shall be controlled and monitored by the
CONTRACTOR to ensure containment.
1. The CONTRACTOR shall establish bermed or sandbagged pits of sufficient
size to accommodate the volume of drilling mud anticipated plus a two-foot
freeboard. The bermed areas shall be maintained and designed by the
CONTRACTOR to ensure containment and prevent loss of drilling mud.
2. Transportation of the disposal materials off site by public roads shall meet all
Miami-Dade County and Department of Transportation requirements.
3.04 DAMAGED OR IMPROPERLY INSTALLED PIPE
A. If the pipe or protective coating is damaged before installation or does not meet the
specifications it shall be replaced at no expense to the Owner. If the pipe is
damaged during installation by the Contractor's operations, is placed at the
improper grade or line or cannot be advanced because of an unseen obstruction or
any other reason, it shall be abandoned in place, and filled with concrete. After
abandoning a pipe, an alternate installation shall be made, as directed by the
Engineer. With the exception of pipe that has to be abandoned in place due to
unseen obstructions, the cost for abandonment of pipe shall be at the expense of
the Contractor. No additional payment shall be made for the pipe which is
abandoned, including dewatering, excavation, drilling etc.
3.05 PIPE TESTING
A. The Contractor will hydrostatically test the pipe after pullback to ensure its integrity,
according to testing specifications. A calibrated pressure recorder shall be used to
record the pressure during the test period. This record shall be presented to the
Engineer of Record and made available to the City. The Contractor will supply
portable mud tanks or construct temporary mud pits to contain excess drill fluids
during construction. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall legally
15080 - 10/10
dispose of any drill cuttings and excess drill fluids in accordance with FDEP (Florida
Department of Environmental Protection) and local regulations. The Contractor shall
provide as-built drawings reflecting actual installation.
3.06 SITE RESTORATION
A. Following drilling operations, Contractor shall de-mobilize equipment and restore
the work-site to original condition. All excavations shall be backfilled and compacted
to 98% of original density, or 95% if it is outside paved areas. Landscaping shall be
subcontracted to a local professional landscaping company.
B. In the event that the Contractor must abandon a drill hole before completion of the
crossing, the Contractor will seal the bore hole and redrill the crossing at no
additional cost to the City.
C. In the event that the pipeline becomes lodged and cannot be pulled out of the drilled
hole during the installation, the Contractor shall seal the pipe and existing hole. The
Contractor shall redrill a pilot hole and again commence the pulling of the pipeline.
Cost of the pipe and its welding to replace the portion of the pipe not retrieved shall
be borne by the Contractor.
3.07 RECORD KEEPING, AS-BUILTS
A. Contractor shall maintain a daily project log of drilling operations and a guidance
system log with a copy given to the Engineer at completion of project. The
Contractor shall provide as-built drawings of the completed operation and certified
as to accuracy by the Contractor.
END OF SECTION
15108 - 1/2
SECTION 15108 - HANDHOLE AND BOXES
Part 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
All applicable provisions of bidding and Contract requirements including
Division 1 - General requirements, shall govern the work under this section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes handholes and, boxes, for utility conduits.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor shall submit shop drawings and related information to the
ENGINEER for approval in accordance with section 01300.
Part 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 HANDHOLES AND BOXES DESCRIPTIONS FOR UNDERGROUND
CONDUITS
A. Configuration: Units shall be designed for flush burial and have
integral closed bottom, unless otherwise indicated
B. Cover: Weatherproof, secured by tamper-resistant locking
devices and having structural load rating consistent with
enclosure.
C. Cover Finish: Nonskid finish as per detail plans
D. Cover Legend: Molded lettering bearing the utility name
E. Conduit Entrance Provisions: Conduit-terminating fittings shall mate with
entering ducts for secure, fixed installation in enclosure wall.
F. Handholes minimum 12 inches wide by 24 inches long (300 mm wide by
600 mm long) and larger shall have inserts for cable racks and pulling-in
irons installed before concrete is poured. All handholes shall be in
accordance with the sizes called for and shown on the construction plans.
G. All shall be minimum H20 load rated.
15108 - 2/2
2.02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL FOR UNDERGROUND ENCLOSURES
A. Handhole and Pull-Box Prototype Test: Test prototypes of handholes and
boxes for compliance with SCTE 77. Strength tests shall be for specified
tier ratings of products supplied.
B. Tests of materials shall be performed by a independent testing agency.
C. Strength tests of complete boxes and covers shall be by either an
independent testing agency or manufacturer. A qualified registered
professional engineer shall certify tests by manufacturer.
Part 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND HANDHOLES AND BOXES
A. Install handholes and boxes level and plumb and with orientation and
depth coordinated with connecting conduits to minimize bends and
deflections required for proper entrances.
B. Unless otherwise indicated, support units on a level bed of crushed stone
or gravel, graded from 1/2-inch (12.5-mm) sieve to No. 4 ) sieve and
compacted to same density as adjacent undisturbed earth.
C. Elevation: In paved areas, set so cover surface will be flush with finished
grade.
D. Field-cut openings for conduits according to enclosure manufacturer's
written instructions. Cut wall of enclosure with a tool designed for
material to be cut. Size holes for terminating fittings to be used, and seal
around penetrations after fittings are installed.
END OF SECTION
16132 - 1/3
SECTION 16132 - PRECAST MANHOLE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. All applicable provisions of Bidding and Contract Requirements
including Division 1 - General Requirements, shall govern the work
under this section.
1.02 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide all labor, materials, necessary equipment and services to
complete the pre-cast manholes work," as indicated on the drawings, as
specified herein or both, except as for items specifically indicated as "NIC
ITEMS".
1.03 RELATED WORK
A. Section 02200 - Earthwork.
B. Section 15108 –Handhole and Boxes
1.04 SUBMITALS
A. Submit shop drawings and product data in accordance with Section
1300.
1.05 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide precast manholes include excavating and backfilling as necessary
for a complete installation in accordance with drawings and specifications.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The work shall be performed in accordance with the drawings.
Earthwork shall be in accordance with Section, EXCAVATING,
TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING FOR UTILITIES in Division 2.
1.07 COORDINATION
A. Prior to beginning trenching operations, exact locations and clearances
for all pre-cast manholes shall be established. Adjust position of
underground utilities or adjust runs as necessary for proper location and
installation.
16132 - 2/3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER, MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS
A. Provide and install per-cast concrete manholes with covers as shown on
the drawings.
B. Manholes shall be as manufactured by the suppliers as shown on the
construction drawings.
C. Concrete
1. Plain and reinforced concrete used in structures, connections of
pipes with structures and the support of structures of frames shall
be 3,000 psi.
D. Frames and Covers
1. All frames and covers shall be of fabricated steel units. Stiffeners
used on covers shall transfer load directly to the frame.
2. All frames and covers shall be designed for H20 loading.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXCAVATION FOR MANHOLES
A. The Contractor shall do all excavation for manholes to the lines and
grades or elevations, shown on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer.
The excavation shall be of sufficient size to permit the placing of the full
width and length of the manholes as shown. The elevations as shown on
the plans, shall be considered as approximately only; and the Engineer
may order, in writing, changes in dimensions or elevations necessary to
secure a satisfactory foundation.
B. Boulders, logs, or any other objectionable material encountered in
excavation shall be removed. All rock or other hard foundation material
shall be cleaned of all loose material and cut to a firm surface either level,
stepped, or serrated, as directed by the Engineer. All seams or crevices
shall be cleaned out and grouted. All loose and disintegrated rock and
thin strata shall be removed. When concrete is to rest on a surface other
than rock, special care shall be taken not to disturb the bottom of the
excavation, and excavation to final grade shall not be made until just
before the manhole is to be placed.
C. The Contractor shall do all bracing, sheathing, or shoring necessary to
implement and protect the excavation and the manhole as required for
safety or conformance to governing laws. The cost of bracing, sheathing,
or shoring shall be included in the unit price bid for the structure.
16132 - 3/3
D. Unless otherwise provided, bracing, sheathing, or shoring involved in the
construction of this item shall be removed by the Contractor after the
completion of the manhole. Removal shall be effected in a manner which
will not disturb or mar finished masonry. The cost of removal shall be
included in the unit price bid for the structure.
E. After each excavation is completed, the Contractor shall notify the
Engineer to that effect and the manhole shall be placed after the Engineer
has approved the depth of the excavation and the character of the
foundation material.
3.02 BACKFILLING
A. After installation of manhole has been completed, that area around it shall
be filled with approved material, in horizontal layers and compacted to the
density required. The top of the fill shall meet the elevation shown on the
plans or as directed by the Engineer.
END OF SECTION